Claas Ares 816 826 836 Workshop
Claas Ares 816 826 836 Workshop
Claas Ares 816 826 836 Workshop
OFF
J2 – PNEUMATIC BRAKING
Chapter J
FRONT LIFT
CHARACTERISTICS....................................................................................................................................................... J1.2
EXPLODED VIEWS OF 3 500 AND 6 600 DAN FRONT LIFTS ..................................................................................... J1.3
TIGHTENING TORQUES................................................................................................................................................ J1.4
HOW IT WORKS
MEASUREMENT AND CHECKING POINTS.................................................................................................................. J2.3
WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING, AND TRAILER CONNECTED, NO ACTION OF BRAKES.......................................... J2.4
WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND TRAILER CONNECTED, SERVICE BRAKES APPLIED..................................... J2.6
WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND TRAILER CONNECTED, HAND BRAKE APPLIED............................................. J2.8
MAIN COMPONENTS
PNEUMATIC CIRCUIT LAYOUT ON GTA 3230........................................................................................................... J2.10
COMPRESSOR............................................................................................................................................................. J2.11
PRESSURE REGULATOR............................................................................................................................................ J2.11
TANK ............................................................................................................................................................................. J2.11
TRAILER CONTROL VALVE ........................................................................................................................................ J2.12
SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................................................................................ J2.12
PRINCIPAL CONTROL VALVE..................................................................................................................................... J2.13
BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC TRAILER BRAKING SYSTEM....................................................... J2.13
TOOLS
LIFT, FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF AND PNEUMATIC BRAKING TOOLS .................................................................. J2.15
The purpose of this procedure is to check a number of points before and after measuring on the power bench. It is suited
to engines with electronic control (TIER 2).
Failing to carry out these tests may lead to an incorrect power reading.
Always check the following points before starting a PTO power test.
Reminder: Wait until the running-in period has elapsed (minimum 100 hours) before testing an engine on the power bench.
This period is necessary to ensure that measuring is carried out under the right conditions.
1. Visual checks
Make sure that the supply and return circuit lines are
correctly fitted (not trapped or kinked on fitting, etc.).
Check that the engine serial n° read with Métadiag is the
same as the one indicated on the engine identification
plate and if there are any error codes.
2. Engine oil
Check the level:
l
I Normal level.
II Readjust the level as soon as possible. ll
lll
III Readjust the level before starting up the engine again.
221hsm01 Fig. 1
Fig. 2: Quadrishift.
Fig. 3: Full Powershift.
A level above level (J) affects engine power and
increases temperature. Example: Overfilling will greatly K
affect performance in road transport at high speed.
341hpn09 Fig. 2
J
13 l
542hsn03 Fig. 3
4. Battery
Check the voltage with the engine off (between 12 and 13 V). Alternator-generated power consumption can reach 1,5 kW.
5. Coolers
Check that all radiators/coolers are clean.
6. Diesel filters
Change the filters. Fit the pressure gauge.
Unit reference: 60 05 00 55 21.
See measurement sheet for values.
161msm14 Fig. 4
161msm15 Fig. 5
7. Air filter
Check condition and replace if necessary.
8. Turbocharger pressure
Fit the pressure gauge.
Unit reference: 60 05 00 55 21.
See measurement sheet for values.
141msm01 Fig. 6
141msm02 Fig. 7
9. Hydraulic pressure
Fit the pressure gauge(s). See appendix for pressure connections.
002msm01 Fig. 8
20. Leave the engine running between 1 500 and 1 600 rpm for 3 to 5 minutes, then idle before
switching off
If the results do not match the manufacturer's data following these operations, a flowmeter will need to be installed and the
values compared to the injection sheets.
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
Engine speed 1 000 1 100 1 200 1 300 1 400 1 500 1 600 1 700 1 800 1 900 2 000 2 100 2 200
Measurement (kW)
Measurement (N.m).
(power take-off)
Measurement (l/h)
Measurement of boost pressure
(bar)
Measurement of diesel supply pressure
at filter outlet (bar)
Boost pressure (bar)
0,36 0,39 0,51 0,65 0,79 0,85 0,87 0,91 0,94 0,97 1,02 1,04 1,00
Ares 816
Boost pressure (bar) Ares 826 0,39 0,50 0,66 0,87 1,05 1,16 1,21 1,27 1,32 1,36 1,40 1,40 1,37
Boost pressure (bar)
— 0,47 0,61 0,78 0,93 1,02 1,13 1,21 1,23 1,24 1,23 1,22 1,18
Ares 836
Diesel supply pressure at filter
0,25 ß 0,30
outlet (bar) Ares 816-826
Diesel supply pressure at filter
0,50
outlet (bar) Ares 836
2
1
396hsm01 Fig. 9
HP
BP
396hsm02 Fig. 10
Parts list
1 High-pressure pump output pressure = 30 bar at 1 000 rpm. 2 Booster pump output pressure = 5 bar at 1 000 rpm.
DYNAMIC TIMING
Electronic management.
TEST CONDITIONS
– Refer to inspection procedure.
NOTE
– Reference values: measurements made on a tractor equipped with pneumatic braking, ambient temperature of 25 °C
with the visco-coupler free.
Supply system
Suction
Supply system
Supply pump pressure
Discharge line
Return line
161hsm02
30
REFERENCE VALUES - Power Take-off position 1000 rpm
Engine rpm 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200
25 SPEED
PTO rpm 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1050 1100
DYNAMIC TIMING
Electronic management.
TEST CONDITIONS
– Refer to inspection procedure.
NOTE
– Reference values: measurements made on a tractor without pneumatic braking, ambient temperature of 25 °C with the
visco-coupler free.
Supply system
Suction
Supply system
Supply pump pressure
Discharge line
Return line
161hsm02
800 540 840 Æ 860 240 Æ 246 2200 629 2304 Æ 2404 658 Æ 687
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm 840 Æ 860 298 Æ 305 817 Æ 852
Pow er take- 540 ECO 2200 780 2304 Æ 2404
l/h CONSUMPTION PER HOUR off position
40
1000 840 Æ 860 420 Æ 430 2200 1100 2304 Æ 2404 1152 Æ 1202
1000 ECO _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
35
DYNAMIC TIMING
Electronic management.
TEST CONDITIONS
– Refer to inspection procedure.
NOTE
– Reference values: measurements made on a tractor without pneumatic braking, ambient temperature of 25 °C with the
visco-coupler free.
Supply system
Suction
Supply system
Supply pump pressure
Discharge line
Return line
161hsm02
35
DYNAMIC TIMING
3 Electronic management.
TEST CONDITIONS
– Refer to inspection procedure.
7 NOTE
– Reference values: measurements made on a tractor without pneumatic braking, ambient temperature of 25 °C with the
visco-coupler free.
Supply system 1
Suction
Supply system
Supply pump pressure
Discharge line
Return line
161hsm01
1000 540 840 Æ 860 240 Æ 246 2200 629 2265 Æ 2285 647 Æ 653
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm 840 Æ 860 298 Æ 305 803 Æ 810
Pow er take- 540 ECO 2200 780 2265 Æ 2285
l/h CONSUMPTION PER HOUR off position
40
1000 840 Æ 860 402 Æ 411 2200 1052 2265 Æ 2285 1083 Æ 1093
1000 ECO _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
35
161hsm01c 161hsm02c
0,5 daN.m
2,7 daN.m
3 daN.m
2,7 daN.m
4 daN.m
19,5 daN.m
2,5 daN.m
9,5 daN.m
2,7 daN.m
0,6 daN.m
161msm01
0,5 daN.m
2,7 daN.m
4 daN.m
7 daN.m
2,7 daN.m
2,7 daN.m
0,6 daN.m
4,8 daN.m
161hsm03c
Pre-filter
Filters: 149 microns
161hpn01
Fuel filter
1 2 1 2
3 3
A B
161hsm13c
Parts list
A Final filter B Primary filter
1 Fuel outlet 3 Drain screw
2 Fuel inlet 4 Filter
Injection pump
STANADYNE injection pump (DE 10)
161msm02
Parts list
A Fuel inlet. F Fuel control solenoid.
B Drive shaft. G Pump distributor.
C Transfer pump. H Distributor rotor.
D Cam ring. I Fuel temperature sensor.
E Pipe coupling for injector. J Fuel return.
Injection pump
BOSCH injection pump (VP 44)
161hsm04c
Parts list
A Drive shaft. E High-pressure solenoid valve.
B Fuel pump. F Pump control unit (UCE).
C High-pressure radial piston pump. G Timing device.
D Distributor shaft. H Timing solenoid valve.
Injectors
Parts list
1 Injector nozzle.
2 Carbon deposit arrestor seal.
3 Needle.
4 Injector body.
5 Seal. 11 20
6 Injection pipe coupling.
7 Needle guide. 14
8 Union nut.
9 Spring retainer. 15
12
10 Adjustable spring.
11 Stroke adjustment screw. 13
12 Locknut.
13 Union. 10
14 Locknut.
15 Pressure adjustment screw.
16 Clamp. 16 18 19
17 Olive. 9
18 Filter basket.
19 Injection pipe.
20 Cap.
7
5 6 17
4
8
161msm03
B
A
161msm04
Parts list
A Engine oil pressure sensor: 1,5 daN.m.
B Pump control solenoid.
C Engine control unit.
D Crankshaft position sensor: 1,4 daN.m.
E Fuel temperature sensor: 1,3 to 1,8 daN.m.
F Engine coolant temperature sensor: 1,5 daN.m.
G Manifold air temperature sensor: 1 daN.m.
161hsm05c
Parts list
A Engine coolant temperature sensor: 1,5 daN.m.
B Engine oil pressure sensor: 1,5 daN.m.
C Fuel pressure sensor: 1,3 to 1,8 daN.m.
D Electric transfer pump connector.
E Pump position sensor.
F Crankshaft position sensor: 1,4 daN.m.
G Engine control unit.
H Coolant temperature sensor (thermostat housing): 1,5 daN.m.
I Manifold air temperature sensor: 1 daN.m.
161msm05
A B
D
161msm07
2nd case
After complete draining of the circuit
- Perform operations from 1 to 3 described under
the 1st case.
- Loosen the return pipe (F) until all the air is eliminated,
then tighten it up again.
- Whilst turning the engine using the starter motor,
161msm09
loosen the couplings (H) until the fuel escaping from
the coupling is free of air bubbles. Retighten the union
while turning the starter.
- Repeat the procedure for the other injectors until the
engine starts.
161msm10
C
161msm12
161hsm07c
Check for
clogging of Incorrect Repair or
intake replace the
exhaust components
Correct
Check Incorrect
compression Problem of pistons, rings,
liners or valve guides
Correct
161hsm08c
Check Incorrect Apply some oil on the piston ring area Correct
compression through the injector bore.
Repeat the compression test.
Incorrect
Correct
Adjust the
clearance and Check Correct
Have the pump perform the valve
repaired test again lifting
Incorrect
Wear on
camshaft boss,
rollers, rocker
arm rods
161hsm09c
first
Repair according
Repair or replace the Inspect the turbocharger: to the code
defective components - compressor inlet/outlet, (see chapter G7)
Correct - turbine inlet/outlet, Incorrect
- internal/external central body,
- end float,
- supercharging pressure.
Incorrect Repair or
Check the replace the
injectors injectors
Correct
161hsm10c
first
Repair according
to the code
(see chapter G7)
See sheet
"Cylinder head Check Incorrect Problem of pistons, rings,
gasket inspection compression liners or valve guides
procedure"
Correct
161hsm11c
If the codes
No Look for possible presence Yes comprise a
of air in the supply system. SPN 637,
diagnose them
first
Incorrect Check fuel supply pressure Correct Bleed the Repair according
and flowrate system to the code
(see chapter G7)
Repair or
replace any
defective part
in the system.
Repair or Repair or
Have the pump
replace the replace the
repaired
pipe(s) pipe(s)
161hsm12c
Manufacturer's plate
The plate (C) is on the right-hand side of the engine and
includes the following information:
First line
Second line
Engines 6 cylinders
Make DPS
Injection Direct
Air intake Turbo
Cooling Liquid
Number of cylinders 6
Injection order 5-3-6-2-4
Bore (in mm) 106,5
Travel (in mm) 127
Cubic capacity (cm3) 6788
Compression ratio 17/1
Compression pressure (in bar) 24
Rated speed (rpm) 2 200
Idle speed (rpm) 850 ± 10
Maximum rev speed off-load (rpm) 2325 ± 10
Lubrication circuit (I)* Minimum 14/maximum 17
Cooling circuit (I)** 23 with heating
* Lubricant: Corresponding to standard SAE 15W40 - ACEA E5 - API CH-4.
** Fluid: Coolant volume – Reference GLACEOL RX GF (– 37°C) or corresponding to type D standards.
1
2
3
4
5
6
101hsm00 Fig. 2
130hsm00 Fig. 3
A.
– Minimum acceptable cylinder head thickness: 104,87 mm.
– Maximum acceptable cylinder head thickness: 105,13 mm.
– Maximum acceptable cylinder head rework: 0,76 mm.
Minimum cylinder head thickness after rework: 104,11 mm.
B. Cylinder head flatness over entire length: 0,08 mm.
C G
D H
F J
E I
131hsm00 Fig. 4
Intake Exhaust
C. G.
Ø Valve stem minimum: 7,864 mm. Ø Valve stem minimum: 7,848 mm.
Ø Valve stem maximum: 7,884 mm. Ø Valve stem maximum: 7,884 mm.
D. H.
Minimum clearance between stem and guide: 0,05 mm. Minimum clearance between stem and guide: 0,05 mm.
Maximum clearance between stem and guide: 1,10 mm. Maximum clearance between stem and guide: 1,10 mm.
Wear limit: 0,15 mm. Wear limit: 0,15 mm.
E. I.
Minimum valve withdrawal: 0,61 mm. Minimum valve withdrawal: 1,22 mm.
Maximum valve withdrawal: 1,11 mm. Maximum valve withdrawal: 1,72 mm.
Withdrawal wear limit: 1,63 mm. Withdrawal wear limit: 2,26 mm.
F. J.
Ø Valve head minimum: 46,47 mm. Ø Valve head minimum: 42,37 mm.
Ø Valve head maximum: 46,73 mm. Ø Valve head maximum: 42,63 mm.
131hsm01 Fig. 5
Parts list
Adm. : Intake. A Uncompressed length: 54 mm. Length compressed to 24 daN:
Ech. : Exhaust. 46 mm. Length compressed to 68 daN: 34,5 mm.
LU. : Wear limit.
0,025 → 150
337,896 → 337,972
Ø 84,46 → 84,48
111hsm00 Fig. 6
Parts list
A Ø without bush of bearing n° 1. Minimum: 59,96 mm. B Ø without bush of bearing n° 1.
Maximum: 59,98 mm. Ø without bush of other bearings. Minimum: 55,96 mm.
Minimum: 55,98 mm. Maximum: 56,01 mm. Maximum: 55,98 mm.
Ø 120,61 → 120,69
Ø 5,952 → 5,988
Ø 120,70 → 120,75
Ø 0,1 → 0,14
10
Ø 115,724 → 115,748
E
Ø 71,64 → 71,70
Ø 115,75 → 115,80
A C
Ø 106,38 → 106,40
19
0,08 → 0,30
0,09 → 0,14
121hsm00 Fig. 7
Parts list
Maximum ovalization: 0,05 mm. E Clearance on first fit between 0,025 —> 0,075 mm.
Maximum taper: 0,05 mm. Clearance on 2nd fit between 0 —> 0,075 mm.
Wear limit: 0,1 mm.
* Maximum gap between nearest two points of two liners = 0,05 mm.
Connecting rods
After measuring A, B and C (bearing bush removed), the maximum difference must be 0,038 mm.
121hsm01 Fig. 8
Parts list
Bearing bush/crank pin clearance: Maximum bore ovalization:
Minimum 0,050 mm. LU: 0,038 mm.
Maximum 0,127 mm. Repair bushes available: 0,25 mm.
LU: 1,152 mm. LU: Wear limit.
0,05 → 0,25
101hsm06 Fig. 9
Parts list
Bearing bush/crank pin clearance: Maximum bore ovalization:
Minimum 0,050 mm. LU: 0,038 mm.
Maximum 0,127 mm. Repair bushes available: 0,25 mm.
LU: 1,152 mm. LU: Wear limit.
Camshaft
111hsm09 Fig. 10
Parts list
Adm. Intake. A Axial clearance.
Ech. Exhaust. B Bearing clearance.
LU Wear limit. C Clearance of bearing n° 1 with bush.
Distribution
A = 0,095 → 0,145
Ø 69,802 → 69,832
Ø 69,757 → 69,777
0,08 → 0,75
0,08 → 0,75
B = 0,075 → 0,125
0,005 → 0,68
A = 0,095 → 0,145
0,06 → 0,65
0,007 → 0,65
0,08 → 0,6
B = 0,026 → 0,102
132hsm00 Fig. 11
Parts list
A Axial clearance. B Clearance.
Lubrication
Oil pump
Oil pump delivery at maximum speed, at 3 bar pressure .......................................................................................... 70 l/min
Minimum oil pressure at tick-over, with the oil at 90°C ................................................................................... 1 bar minimum
Minimum oil pressure at maximum off-load speed, with the oil at 90°C
– All engine types ........................................................................................................................................... 3 bar minimum
Bypass valve spring.
– Spring length (off-load) ............................................................................................................................................. 51 mm
– Spring force at a length of 29 mm .......................................................................................................................... 8,7 daN
B = Ø 16,05 → 16,10
A = Ø 16,02 → 16,03
35,97 → 36,05
D = 0,04 → 0,165
C = Ø 12,35 → 12,36
A = Ø 12,31 → 12,33
D = 0,04 → 0,165
0,131 → 0,211
1
0,21
1→
0,13
220hsm00 Fig. 12
Parts list
A Shaft. B Bush. C Bore. D Axial clearance.
Cooling
Thermostat
Thermostat opening temperature ................................................................................................................ 82 °C (80-84 °C)
Temperature for full opening of the thermostat.............................................................................................................. 94 °C
Cooling system pressure .............................................................................................................................................0,7 bar
Water pump and fan drive support
250hsm00 Fig. 13
Turbocharger
Type of turbocharger ........................................................................................................................................................ CZ.
Normal turbocharger pressure at full load nominal speed .........................................................................................0,83 bar
165hsm00 Fig. 14
Engine/transmission link
A - 2 M22 x 90 screws: 56 ± 10 daN.m.
B - 4 M16 x 85 screws: 23 ± 4 daN.m.
C - 4 M22 x 110 screws: 56 ± 10 daN.m.
D - 1 M16 x 60 screws: 23 ± 4 daN.m.
P - Guide pin
30 ± 5 daN.m
101msm02 Fig. 15
10
101msm03 Fig. 16
3 daN.m*
101hsm07 Fig. 17
101hsm08 Fig. 18
* Plus 3 punches.
101msm04 Fig. 19
50 daN.m
101msm05 Fig. 20
Checking compression
2 1
N.B.: before starting the test, make sure that the
battery is fully charged and that the injector area is
perfectly clean.
Start the engine and run it at idle speed during 10
to 15 minutes.
Remove the injectors.
Mount tool n° 60 05 005 516 (1), (Fig. 21 and 22) with
seal (3) on a compression tester.
Disconnect the power connector from the injection pump.
Turn the engine using the starter motor during a few
seconds.
The compression value should be 24 bar minimum. It
must be measured on each cylinder. The difference
between the min. and the max. value should be inferior
to 3,5 bar. Check at crankshaft minimal speed at 150 rpm
131hsm02 Fig. 21
when cold or 200 rpm when hot.
131hsm14 Fig. 22
101hsm01 Fig. 23
111hsm01 Fig. 25
131hsm04 Fig. 26
– Faulty turbocharger.
251hsm01 Fig. 30
251hsm02 Fig. 31
Speed of the
Ambient Engine speed / pulley driving Minimum fan
Engine speed Maximum slip
Optional temperature in viscous fan the viscous fan speed in
at full load tolerated in %
°C coupling ratio coupling in rpm (B)
rpm (A)
Without air-
conditioning with or
25 2 200 1,12 2464 1602 35
without pneumatic
braking
With air-conditioning
with or without 25 2 200 1,34 2948 1916 35
pneumatic braking
Preliminary checks
– Coolant level in the chamber and cleanliness of all the
radiators (water, oil and air).
– Belt condition.
– Operation of the thermostat(s).
– Operation of the temperature probe.
N.B.: The rotation speed of the pulley (A) is given as
an indication for when a check is carried out.
N.B.: When the engine is cold, slippage on the
viscous fan coupling is approximately 7%. Allow the
engine to warm up properly before measuring.
Preliminary operations
Cab
– Apply the handbrake.
– Set the gearbox lever to neutral.
Electricity
– Disconnect the battery.
Transmission shaft
– Remove the protective casing.
101hsm02 Fig. 33
– Disconnect and remove the transmission shaft.
Drains
(according to intervention)
– Drain the cooling system.
– Drain the engine casing.
Front weights
– Remove the removable ballast weights.
Tractor adjustment
– Chock the rear wheels.
– Neutralize the tilt angle by fixing the front axle.
* According to equipment.
451hsm47 Fig. 35
* According to equipment.
101hsm03 Fig. 37
Separate engine/gearbox
12
Elements to be removed or separated to enable engine
removal:
– Starter (use a hinged socket wrench "FACOM
series 66").
– Muffler (according to equipment).
– Hydraulic unit. 9
– Protection screen (9), chassis and insulating plate.
– Diesel fuel piping (10), supply and return.
– Heating piping (11).
– Hydraulic piping of the differential lock system
(according to equipment). 10
101hsm05 Fig. 39
13 13
131hsm06 Fig. 40
14
– Unscrew the 10 securing screws (14), on the engine
flywheel casing side while lifting the engine.
– Use a 3/4" 22 12 point-socket for the screws(A) and
a 16 12 point-socket for the screws (B). 111hsm02 Fig. 41
15
111hsm03 Fig. 42
A A
B B
A A
111hsm04 Fig. 43
56 ± 10 daN.m 56 ± 10 daN.m
111hsm05 Fig. 44
35 ± 6 daN.m
X
35 ± 6 daN.m
250hsm00 Fig. 45
Cylinder head
Remove the cylinder head
Remove the intake and exhaust manifolds. C
Remove the injectors using special tool
No.60 05 005 503 (1).
N.B.: The injectors must be removed to prevent
damaging them when removing the cylinder head.
Mark all the parts before removing them, in order to
help assembly in their initial location.
Remove the rocker arm assembly.
Remove the cylinder head fitting bolts, and remove the A B C
cylinder head.
Important: After removing the cylinder head, never
turn the crankshaft unless all the liners are held (C)
using bolts (A) and washers (B).
131hsm07 Fig. 46
131hsm08 Fig. 47
D
C
B
A
131hsm10 Fig. 49
131hsm11 Fig. 50
Tightening method
1 Apply a LITTLE graphite grease to the threads and 3
under the head of each screw before fitting.
2 Remove the centring studs and fit all the cylinder head
bolts.
3 Tighten the cylinder head bolts to the tightening torque
specified, according to the sequence indicated, starting
with bolt No.1.
Refer to the chapter "Tightening torques".
A Centring stud housing.
B Front of engine.
110hsm01 Fig. 52
A A
111hsm08 Fig. 53
Stage A A B
Stage B
Scribe a mark on the cylinder head opposite each bolt.
C D
Stage C
Fit the socket onto the bolt while ensuring that the first
60˚ A
mark is aligned with the reference mark on the cylinder A
B
head.
Stage D
Tighten all the bolts (in sequence) until the second mark 131hsm12 Fig. 54
on the socket is aligned with the mark on the cylinder
head.
Important: The angular tightening method eliminates
the obligation to retighten the cylinder head bolts C
after the first hours of service.
A Reference mark.
B Mark at 60°.
Camshaft
Removing the camshaft
N.B.: Removing the cylinder head from the engine is
not required to remove the camshaft. A
120hsm09 Fig. 57
120hsm10 Fig. 58
Cylinder block
Changing the camshaft bush
Removal A
1 Remove the camshaft.
2 Remove the Torx bolt (A) and fit the taper end stud (B)
of the tool No.5531.
3 Install the 2 other flat end studs (C) from tool No. 5531
and the disassembly/assembly plate (D) of tool No.5520.
4 Insert the bush extractor (E) from tool No.5520 into the
camshaft bore as shown in the photo.
5 Tighten the hex head nut (F) until the bush is released
Fig. 59
from the bore. 120hsm11
120hsm13 Fig. 61
120hsm14 Fig. 62
Liners
Disassembling the liners 1
Important: Before disassembly, number the liners
and the pistons. Mark the FRONT part of the liner to
ensure its proper reassembly position.
Extract the liners from the cylinder block using tool
n° 60 05 005 504 (1).
Important: After removing the cylinder head, never
turn the crankshaft unless all the liners are held (C)
using bolts (A) and washers (B).
120hsm00 Fig. 63
A B C
120hsm01 Fig. 64
120hsm02 Fig. 65
120hsm04 Fig. 67
120hsm06 Fig. 69
120hsm07 Fig. 70
120hsm18 Fig. 74
121hsm03 Fig. 76
121hsm04 Fig. 77
121hsm05 Fig. 78
121hsm06 Fig. 79
3 Insert the piston pin (B) in the piston pin bore. Install
new circlips (C) while directing the circlip cutting edge
opposite the piston pin. Check that the circlips are
properly pushed into the piston pin bore grooves.
Ring spacing
The figure here shows where the ring openings must be
located.
A Piston head.
B Top compression ring opening.
C Oil ring opening.
D Expander opening.
E Compression ring opening.
F Slit in the expander. 1 2 3
G Front of engine.
121hsm08 Fig. 81
B E
A
F
C D
121hsm09 Fig. 82
121hsm11 Fig. 84
Tightening method
1 Position the wrench in parallel the engine axis (A). A
2 Tighten the bolt until the wrench is perpendicular to the
engine axis (B).
121hsm11 Fig. 86
90˚
121hsm13 Fig. 87
121hsm15 Fig. 89
1 2
121hsm16 Fig. 90
121hsm18 Fig. 92
121hsm19 Fig. 93
121hsm23 Fig. 97
121hsm24 Fig. 98
4
121hsm28 Fig. 102
6
121hsm31 Fig. 105
Refitting
1 Apply a fine layer of Loctite (518) on the edge of the
crankshaft flange.
2 Secure the guide No.60 05 005 510 (A) at the end of the
crankshaft using bolts.
1
3 Position the new rear bearing seal (1) on the guide A
ensuring that the seal opening is turned towards the
engine.
4 Slide the fitting tool (B) onto the guide (A) and tighten
nut (C) gradually until the tool is bearing on the guide.
F
101msm11 Fig. 110
A B
111hsm21 Fig. 124
D
111hsm25 Fig. 131
A B C
E D
111hsm30 Fig. 136
Lubrication
Removing the cooler
1 Drain the engine block and remove the Plug (A) to drain
the cooling fluid remaining in the casing (D).
2 Remove the closing plate (B) and the elbowed
adapter (C).
3 Remove the casing (D) and the cooler (E).
Refitting
N.B.: It is recommended to install the valve only after
having installed the front plate. The retaining studs of
the plate protect the valve.
1 Position the fitting tool (A) in the valve (B).
A B
2 Using a hammer, fit the valve in the engine block
bore (C) until it is seated correctly.
A B
D
E
7
5
6
7
8
1
Parts list
1 Cylinder block seal. 4 Outlet pipe. 7 Bolts, (4).
2 Ring (outlet pipe). 5 Strainer . 8 Drive pinion.
3 Ring (strainer pipe). 6 Pump casing. 9 Nut.
1 Fit the new seal (1) in the cylinder block. 5 Tighten the four bolts (7) to 3,5 daN.m and the bolt of the
2 Fit the new O-rings (2) and (3) in the pump body at the lower intermediate pinion to 8 daN.m according to the
discharge pipe and on the strainer tube (5). sequence indicated in the diagram.
3 Fit the drive shaft and the intermediate pinion in the 6 Fit the pump drive pinion (8) and tighten the nut (9)
pump body (6). The two pinions must rotate freely. to 5 daN.m.
4 Install the pump cover and the suction strainer on the 7 Lock the nut with three punches.
pump body.
Cooling
Water pump
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Parts list
A Casing. D Body. G Shaft.
B Turbine. E Bearing. H Inside stop ring.
C Sealing joint. F Outside stop ring.
B A
251hsm15 Fig. 162
1
4
5
3 2
4
B
Turbocharger
Checking the shaft radial clearance
1 Fit on the turbocharger a comparator fitted onto a
support with a graduated extension, and fit the graduated
extension on the shaft of the compressor, by passing it
through the lubrication orifice.
2 Push and pull alternately the compressor shaft.
3 With equal pressure applied to both ends of the shaft,
the clearance should not exceed the values indicated in
the chapter "Dimensional specifications".
Visual check
– Presence of coolant on the cylinder head gasket.
– Presence of coolant in the crankcase.
– Insufficient coolant level.
– High oil level.
– Presence of cooling liquid in the engine breather (A).
0,7 bar
If no leak is visible, but if pressure drops, there may
be an internal coolant leak or an internal leak in the
seal between the block and the cylinder head.
Rear bearing seal extractor Rear bearing bush seal fitting tool
Bore cleaning tool "pencil injectors" Set of camshaft bush extraction tools
60 05 005 530
Wear bush disassembly/assembly tool Crankshaft front bearing and pinion fitting tool
Liner or piston protrusion checking tool Engine oil pressure checking kit (0 to 10 bar)
GBA xx
E.g.: GBA 10
G = GIMA
B = Gearbox
A = Agricultural
10 = Type of gearbox
GPA zz
E.g.: GPA 41
G = GIMA
P = Rear axle
A = Agricultural
GTA xx zz
E.g.: GTA 10 41
G = GIMA
T = Transmission
A = Agricultural
II I III
4
3
2
1 II IV
1 2 3 4 5 6
322hsm04 Fig. 1
Type GBA 10
Quadrishift (4)
Type GBA 10
Control Electrical
Pressurising Hydraulic
Clutches 2 wet multidisc
Operating diagram 2 epicyclic gear sets
Number of gears 4
Type GBA 10
Transmission kinematics
General diagram
N E F
B
31
38 41
33 C D
94 26
24 18 94
21 15
48 18
42 58 58
54
24
I
17
18 39
A M
O
15
29
21
27
H
33
46 G
2 1 4 3 H L
J K
L
25 14 54
322hsm01 Fig-. 2
Parts list
A Engine. F 1000 rpm PTO. K Proportional power take-off (option)*.
B Damper. G Direct drive. L Principal brake.
C Power take-off clutch. H Crawler (option). M Forward gear clutch.
D Economy power take-off (option). I Handbrake. N Reverse gear clutch.
E 540 rpm PTO. J 4 WD clutch. O Quadrishift.
* The economy PTO and the proportional PTO are not fitted together.
E F
B
37
40 63
35 C 28
D 36
94 29
24 24
18 94
21 20
48 18
42 58 58
68
24
49/45* I
23
22 43
A
8
25
27
24
30
H 45/49*
37/35*
36
66 G
2 1 4 3 H L
72
79
37/38* 84
J K
L
25 14
64
322hsm05 Fig. 3
* Depending on assembly.
E F
B
36
40 63
35 C 28
D 36
94 29
24 24
18 94
21 20
48 18
42 58 58
68
24
49/45* I
23
22 44
A
9
25
28
24
30
H 45/49*
37/35*
36
66 G
2 1 4 3 H L
72
79
37/38* 84
J K
L
29 14
73
322hsm06 Fig. 4
* Depending on assembly.
E F
B
36
40 63
35 C 28
D 36
94 29
24 24
18 94
21 20
48 18
42 58 58
68
24
49/45* I
23
22 44
A
9
25
28
24
30
H 45/49*
37/35*
36
66 G
2 1 4 3 H L
72
79
37/38* 84
J K
L
29 14
73
322hsm07 Fig. 5
* Depending on assembly.
E F
B
36
40 43
35 C 28
D 36
94 30
24 24
18 94
21 20
48 18
42 58 58
68
24
49/45* I
23
22 44
A
17
29
24
30
H 45/49*
37/35*
35
66 G
2 1 4 3 H L
72
79
37/38* 84
J K
L
29 14
73
322hsm08 Fig. 6
* Depending on assembly.
322hsm09 Fig. 7
322hsm10 Fig. 8
322hsm08 Fig. 9
322hsm12 Fig. 10
322hsm13 Fig. 11
Stage 6: Countershaft
322hsm14 Fig. 12
5 ± 0,4 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
20 ± 0,5 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
322hsm15 Fig. 13
28 ± 1 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
25 ± 1 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
322hsm16 Fig. 14
A 4,1 ± 0,5 daN.m 4,1 ± 0,5 daN.m 5,2 ± 0,5 daN.m 1,4 ± 0,2 daN.m 3,3 ± 0,2 daN.m 1,4 ± 0,1 daN.m 1,4 ± 0,2 daN.m 3,3 ± 0,4 daN.m 0,6 ± 0,1 daN.m 3,3 ± 0,4 daN.m
Frenetanch (242) Frenetanch (242) Frenetanch (242) Frenetanch (242) Frenetanch (242) Frenetanch (242) Rectijoint (242) Frenetanch (242)
Rectijoint (518)
5 ± 2 daN.m
Frenboc (270)
3 ± 0,5 daN.m
E
12 ± 1,8 daN.m
Frenbloc (270)
5 ± 0,4 daN.m
1,5 bar
C D Scelbloc (648)
E
4,1 ± 0,5 daN.m Rectijoint (518) 5,8 ± 1 daN.m 15 ± 2 daN.m 10,5 ± 1,5 daN.m 5,8 ± 1 daN.m 4,4 ± 0,4 daN.m
Frenbloc (270)
C
D
322hsm17 Fig. 15
0,06 ± 0,09 mm
A B
P2 = 0,03 ± 0,02 mm
A B
J = 0,70 ± 0,10 mm
322hsm18 Fig. 16
Clutch function
322hsm19 Fig. 17
The REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser is made up of 2 wet The clutch is engaged by the pressure supplied by the
multidisc clutches (front and rear clutch) which control proportional solenoid valves mounted on the hydraulic
forward and reverse movement. These two clutches also unit (see chapter "B2").
act as the main clutch.
Neutral
Both clutches are free. No torque transmission (Fig. 20).
322hsm20 Fig. 18
322hsm21 Fig. 19
322hsm22 Fig. 20
Exploded view
14
13
12
11
10
32
9
8
7
6
5
4
20
3
19
2
1
18
17
16
15
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
31
30
28 29
322hsm23 Fig. 21
Parts list
1 Circlip. 12 Seal. 23 Ring.
2 Bearing. 13 Piston. 24 O-ring.
3 Shims. 14 Belleville washer. 25 Ring.
4 Lubrication pump cover. 15 Circlip. 26 Circlip.
5 Lubrication pump. 16 Bearing. 27 Bush.
6 Lubrication pump housing. 17 Front clutch hub. 28 Clutch shaft.
7 Bush. 18 Front clutch housing. 29 Circlip.
8 Bearing. 19 Circlip. 30 Backplate.
9 Rings. 20 Bearing. 31 Disc.
10 Cover. 21 Circlip. 32 Spacer.
11 Seal. 22 Sleeve.
6
18
33 34
28
21 6
34
322hsm24 Fig. 22
322hsm25 Fig. 23
322hsm26 Fig. 24
Removal
22 27 1 6 10 18
Pump
– Remove the circlips (1), (21) and the sleeve (22).
– Extract the pump body (6).
Disassemble the pump and carry out any necessary
repairs (rings, seals, valve, etc.).
Clutch
– Separate the housing (18) from the cover (10) by
means of the screws (35).
– Take out the discs and backplates.
– Position the clutch vertically on the locally made
support (Fig. 26).
– Compress the Belleville washers (14) with the tool.
– Remove the circlip (26) and the bush (27). 21 26 35 37 36
– Gradually decompress the Belleville washers. 322hsm27 Fig. 25
13 180
32 14
15
60
X 17
ø 36
X
124
248
X–X
60
322hsm28 Fig. 26
Refitting
13 18
Clutch
– Refit the assembly in reverse order to removal, making 10
sure that the parts are the right way round.
28 A
– Refit the bearings using a press and an appropriate jig.
– Lubricate the new seals before fitting.
– Refit the piston (13), aligning it with the cover (10) by 17
means of a pin of appropriate diameter in the indexed
holes (A). Tap gradually and alternately around the
edge with a mallet. Check that there are no fragments 3 ± 0,4 daN.m
of seal after assembling. Frenbloc (270)
– Fit the bearing (16) using an appropriate jig, with the 16
sealed side against the shoulder of the shaft.
32
– Assemble the shaft (28), retainers, spacer (32),
Belleville washers and cover (10) with the locally made
Frenbloc (270)
tool. 322hsm30 Fig. 27
– Assemble the body (18) and cover (10), inserting the
backplates and discs (first backplate against the
6 Scelbloc (648)
piston).
– Check the rotation of the hub (17) by hand.
Important: New discs must be soaked in a bath of
transmission fluid for approximately one hour. 10
Pump
– Refit the rings (9) with miscible grease.
– Check that the pin (38) is fitted (hydraulic calibration).
– Refit the bush (7) inside the pump body (6), positioning
the chamfer so as to ensure easier fitting on the rings. 38
– Check that the hydraulic ports are not blocked by the
product and lubricate the bush.
– Refit the 1,5 bar valve.
– Oil and reassemble the pump on the cover (10),
9 7
positioning the flat sections of the rotor appropriately.
322hsm29 Fig. 28
3 ± 0,4 daN.m
Frenbloc (270)
322hsm31 Fig. 29
Adjustment
This operation consists of obtaining 0,7 ± 0,1 mm axial
clearance between the pump cover (4) and the
cover (33).
Adjustment
– Place a dial gauge at the end of the shaft (28) and
measure the play while pulling the shaft towards you. 28
– Remove the cover (33) and clutch assembly in order to
refit the PTO shaft. 33 4
– Depending on the value measured, add or remove
shims to obtain a clearance of 0,7 ± 0,1 mm.
– Smear the shims with grease and reassemble
according to the procedure described in the "refitting"
section.
0,7 ± 0,1 mm
322hsm32 Fig. 30
28
322hsm33 Fig. 31
Exploded view
32
16
15
14
13
12
5
10
7
8
7
5
4
3
2
1
24
6 23
22
11 31
21
11
20
19
19
19
30
29
28
27
26
25
322hsm34 Fig. 32
Parts list
1 Cover. 12 Circlip. 23 Plungers.
2 Circlip. 13 Circlip. 24 Spring.
3 Sun gear. 14 Bearing. 25 Seal.
4 Circlip. 15 Guide pin. 26 Seal.
5 Washer. 16 Planet carrier. 27 Seal.
6 Pins. 17 Coupling. 28 Pins.
7 Needles. 18 Bearing. 29 Discs.
8 Spacer. 19 Rear clutch cover. 30 Spring.
9 Planet gear. 20 Piston. 31 Backing plate.
10 Pinions. 21 Sun gear. 32 Greasing ring.
11 Circlip. 22 Pressure plate.
37 34 35
322hsm36 Fig. 34
38
322hsm37 Fig. 35
ø 8,5
– 0,5
– 0,2
–0
ø 60
–0
ø 32,5
ø 43
ø 31
ø 30
ø 25
40 15
176 156
20 20
ø 15 ø 44 ø 15
322hsm2g Fig. 36
ø 14 x 150
45
322hsm2h Fig. 37
19 22 12 3 2 14 1 20
322hsm38 Fig. 38
Removal
• Position the unit vertically (rear clutch facing upwards). 39 17
• Mark the cover (19) in relation to the unit.
• Unscrew the 2 screws (39) and remove the cover (19).
• Take the cover (19) and remove:
– the plate (22) and replace the seal;
– the piston (20) and replace the seals;
– the 13 bar valve (17) if necessary.
• Retrieve the pins (28), plungers (23) and springs (24)
and (30).
• Prevent planet carrier rotation.
• Unscrew the 6 screws (40) and remove the cover (1).
• Remove the discs and the backplates.
19
• Extract the circlip (2) and the sun gear (3).
• Remove the circlip (12) and take out the planet carrier
322hsm39 Fig. 39
and bearing (14).
• If necessary, remove the bearing (14) and the planet
gears with their needles, spacers and pins.
23 22
• Clean and check the parts.
• Carry out the necessary repairs (piston seal, bearings,
40
discs, etc.).
30 28 24
322hsm40 Fig. 40
322hsm42 Fig. 42
“0”
322hsm43 Fig. 43
22 28 20 42 19 41 23
322hsm44 Fig. 44
17
322hsm46 Fig. 46
General 1 2
Parts list
322hsm48 Fig. 48
322hsm49 Fig. 49
322hsm50 Fig. 50
322hsm51 Fig. 51
28
5
27
3
1
9 26
8 23
32
7 22 55
21
20
38
19 40
18 39
11 38
54
17 37
11
16 53 67
14 52
38
50
40 63
49
39
48 61
38
47
37
44
45 66
15
46 65
44 64
45 62
44 60
42 59
41 56
36 58
35 56
34 57
56
Fig. 52
Quadrishift unit
Parts list
1 Greasing ring. 23 Screw. 46 Spacer.
2 Screw. 24 Spring washer. 47 Secondary planet carrier.
3 Front cover. 25 Ball bearing. 48 Secondary sun gear.
4 Spring. 26 Primary ring gear. 49 Retaining ring.
5 Bearing. 27 Primary shaft. 50 Shims.
6 Screw. 28 Retaining ring. 51 Rear clutch splined hub.
7 Needle bearing. 29 Thrust bearing. 52 Rear brake thrust plate.
8 Washer. 30 Secondary ring gear. 53 Rear clutch housing.
9 Friction washer. 31 Retaining ring. 54 Rear clutch disc.
10 Front clutch housing. 32 Screw. 55 Rear clutch backplate.
11 Front brake disc. 33 Rear brake piston. 56 Rear brake disc.
12 Front clutch Belleville washer. 34 Tab washer. 57 Rear brake backplate.
13 Front clutch and brake thrust plate. 35 Shims. 58 Rear clutch and brake thrust plate.
14 Front clutch disc. 36 Primary ring gear carrier. 59 Belleville washers.
15 Front clutch backplate. 37 Planet gear pin. 60 Cover.
16 Front clutch splined hub. 38 Washer. 61 Screw.
17 Front brake backplate. 39 Needle bearing. 62 Friction washer.
18 Front brake piston. 40 Planet gear. 63 Washer.
19 O-ring. 41 Deflector. 64 Spring.
20 Centre housing. 42 Primary sun gear. 65 Rear cover.
21 Guide pin. 43 Needle. 66 Screw.
22 Secondary ring gear carrier. 44 Retaining ring. 67 Secondary shaft.
45 Bearing.
29
Removing the front brake and clutch 20
60 05 018 806
322hsm53 Fig. 54
18 16
20
4 6 10 27 12
322hsm54 Fig. 55
322hsm55 Fig. 56
68
5 3
322hsm56 Fig. 57
31
48 31
Removing the planet carrier assembly
42
– Compress the planet carrier assembly slightly using
tool n° 60 05 006 133 (Fig. 58). 50
– Remove the retaining ring (31), washers and shims.
– Remove the compression tool and the planet carrier
assembly.
– Retrieve the shims (50).
– Remove the secondary sun gear (48), its bearing and
the spacer.
– Extract the secondary planet carrier and primary sun
gear and remove the bearing from the primary sun
gear (42).
– Separate the primary sun gear from the secondary
planet carrier by tapping lightly on a wooden block to
retrieve the needles (43). 322hsm59 Fig. 60
43
322hsm60 Fig. 61
38
40
39
38
37
44
43
38 50
40 49
39 48
38 47
37
35 45
34 46
45
42
41
36
322hsm61 Fig. 62
44
47
43
48
36
322hsm62 Fig. 63
52 53 51 57
52
72 60 69
322hsm63 Fig. 64 322hsm64 Fig. 65
322hsm66 Fig. 67
70
– Check that the secondary shaft lubrication holes are
not blocked. 73
– Lubricate the bearing cones and cups prior to
assembly with a press and an appropriate jig. 65
– Reposition the secondary shaft in the rear cover (65).
– Do not fit shims (74) behind the cup (73) to obtain a
provisional clearance.
– Refit the cover (70) with the screws (69) tightened
to 3,3 ± 0,4 daN.m.
– Do not fit the deflector (72) on measuring.
– Measure the play on the shaft with a dial gauge by
seating the upper bearing then the lower bearing.
– Remove the cover (70), take out the cup (73) and fit a
shim (74) corresponding in thickness to the play 322hsm67 Fig. 68
73
74
70
322hsm69 Fig. 70
51 53
60
58
61
56
322hsm73 Fig. 74
4
322hsm76 Fig. 77
32 26 25 33 22
23 24
60 05 018 806
322hsm77 Fig. 78
28
322hsm79 Fig. 80
Measuring JB
J2 = 0,1 ± 0,1 mm J1 = 0,6 ± 0,1 mm
– Position the planet carrier assembly on the primary
planet carrier. 322hsm80 Fig. 81
X
JB = Y – 10
Shim thickness E1
Determine E1 according to JA, JB and the play value - 53
J1 = 0,6 ± 0,1 mm. 6 0 05 0 0 6 14 6
E1 = JA + JB + J1
60 05 006 147
67 48
322hsm82 Fig. 83
36
322hsm84 Fig. 85
31 35
50
64
52 65
322hsm85 Fig. 86
322hsm87 Fig. 88
General
– The gearshift cover is mounted on the right-hand side of the gearbox.
– The lever mounted on the cover controls the shift between the 4 gears. A hydraulic device provides the field/road
functions.
5
4
13
12
14
11
10
9
8
7
6
15
17
18
3
16
2
1
29
28 19
20
27 21
24 23
26
25 22
322hsm88 Fig. 89
Parts list
1 Lip seal. 11 Guide pin. 21 Field/road range solenoid valve.
2 Guide bush. 12 Screw. 22 O-rings.
3 Return orifice and coupling. 13 Control shaft. 23 Gearshift cover.
4 Field/road range piston. 14 Bearing. 24 Return port.
5 Guide bearing. 15 Guide pin. 25 Screw.
6 Retaining ring. 16 Screw. 26 Temperature sensor.
7 Washer. 17 Gate. 27 Return coupling.
8 Spring. 18 Ball. 28 Neutral position switch.
9 Washer. 19 Earthing lug. 29 Seal.
10 Rocker. 20 Solenoid valve fastener.
Refitting 30
– Clean the mating surfaces of the gearbox and cover. 322hsm89 Fig. 90
322hsm91 Fig. 92
16
28
322hsm94 Fig. 95
33
0,2 mm
322hsm96 Fig. 97
General
The gearshift guide rods are located on the right-hand Each guide rod is equipped with a fork and an adjustable
side of the gearbox behind the gearshift cover. The guide selector. They are supported at the 2 ends by a front
rods are as follows: bearing fastened to the rear of the Quadrishift unit, and by
– First and second gear. the rear gearbox housing. A 2-lock system fastened to the
– Field and road range. rear of the gearbox prevents shifting to first or second
gear with the shift to third or fourth gear.
– Third and fourth gear.
Exploded view
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20
10
9
10
19
18
17
16
13
14 12
11
322hsm97 Fig. 98
Parts list
1 Short first and second gear lock. 11 Field and road range guide rod.
2 Rear bearing. 12 Third and fourth gear guide rod.
3 Indexing with long spacer. 13 Third and fourth gear fork/selector.
4 First and second gear guide rod. 14 Gearshift cover.
5 First and second gear selector. 15 Needle screw.
6 First and second gear fork. 16 Field and road range selector.
7 Screw. 17 Field and road range fork.
8 Front bearing. 18 Pin.
9 Guide pin. 19 Indexing with short spacer.
10 Quadrishift rear bearing. 20 Long third and fourth gear lock.
12 20 19
322hsm99 Fig. 100
General
The output shaft transmits the movement provided by the shaft and the second in the rear bearing. It supports the
various gears to the rear axle. It is mounted on the bottom double-cone field and road range synchroniser. The
line to the rear of the gearbox. It is supported by 2 tapered bearings are preloaded by means of shims placed behind
roller bearings, the first of which is mounted in the input the bearing cup (15).
Parts list
1 Bearing cup. 8 Field and road range double-cone 14 Adjustment shims.
2 Bearing cone. synchroniser. 15 Rear bearing (setup without crawler
3 Sealing ring. 9 Field range pinion (66 tooth). speed).
4 Lubrication bush. 10 Output shaft. 16 Rear bearing (setup with crawler
5 Bearing cone. 11 Retaining ring (if crawler speed fitted). speed).
6 Bearing cup. 12 Bearing cone. 17 Screw.
7 Road range third gear pinion (30 tooth). 13 Bearing cup.
Exploded view
16
18
17
14
13
12
11
10
5
6
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
10
19
20 4
B
21
A 9
9
Refitting the shaft
– Replace the faulty parts.
– Fit the bearings using appropriate jigs.
– Refit the assembly in reverse order to removal while
observing the following instructions:
– Fit the bush (4), with its sealing ring lightly smeared
with grease, into the input shaft (20). 22
– Position the bush (4) such that the flat section is facing
upwards.
– Smear the synchroniser bushes and cones lightly with
grease.
– Fit the pinion assembly and secure it
with 2 screws (21) flush with pinion (9).
– If the gearbox has been removed, position it vertically
Fig. 108
and secure pinion (9) with 2 overturned threaded 322hsm1g
rods (22) (Fig. 108), then fit the rest of the pinions.
Important: Position the pinion locator (A) and the A
synchroniser lubrication duct (B) to the rear of the
gearbox.
– Engage the shaft, positioning the flat section
uppermost (aligned with the previously fitted bush (4)).
– Refit the assembly in reverse order to removal,
observing the instructions mentioned in the parts
concerned.
B
7
General
The input shaft supports the double-cone gear bearings mounted in the lower bearings of the gearbox
synchronisers. It is mounted on the bottom line, in front of housing. The bearings are preloaded by means of shims
the output shaft. It is supported by 2 tapered roller placed behind the bearing cup (5).
Exploded view
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9 10
Refitting the shaft 322hsm1n Fig. 115
19 18 10 3
322hsm1p Fig. 117
General
The intermediate shaft supports the driven gear pinions. It is mounted on the top line of the gearbox. It is supported
by 2 tapered roller bearings mounted in the rear housing and a roller bearing mounted in the Quadrishift rear bearing. The
bearings are adjusted by means of a shim inserted between the 2 bearing cones (2).
Exploded view
1
2
3
4
3
2
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
322hsm1s Fig. 120
Parts list
1 Nut. 7 Retaining ring. 13 Spacer.
2 Bearing cone. 8 Third gear driven pinion. 14 Adjustment shims.
3 Bearing cup. 9 Spacer. 15 Second gear driven pinion.
4 Shim. 10 Fourth gear driven pinion. 16 Washer.
5 Countershaft. 11 Spacer. 17 Retaining ring.
6 Needle bearing. 12 First gear driven pinion.
• Remove the front cover and clutch, the rear clutch and
the Quadrishift unit as described in the sections
concerned.
• Release and loosen the nut (1) beforehand, holding the
gearbox firmly, to break the adhesive seal.
• Remove the output and input shafts as described in the
previous sections.
• Loosen the nut completely using socket 1
n° 60 05 006 142.
• Pair up the bearing cones (2) and cups (3).
• Retrieve the shim (4).
• Remove the shaft (5) and its pinions from the front.
• Remove the ring (17) followed by the washer, pinions
and spacers.
• If necessary, remove the needle bearing (6).
– Refit the shaft into the gearbox housing with the first
cone (2).
3 3+
5 2 4
General
It is made up of a step-down gear and a dog control is mounted on the rear axle and activates the engagement
function. The step-down gear is made up of an epicyclic dog of the step-down gear via the fork. The dog can only
gear set comprising a planet carrier and ring gear be engaged at a standstill. The reduction ratio of the step-
assembly housed at the rear of the gearbox. The control down gear is 0,25.
Exploded view
16
15
2
14
3
13 7
12
17
4
18
5
6
10 8
11 9
19
20
21
22
23
24
31
32
22
33
34
30
11
25
26
27
28
29
35
– Position the dog correctly and fit the fork and guide rod
complete with a new nut (13).
– Fit the lock (14) and spring and tighten the screw (16)
to 6 ± 1 daN.
– Put the dog (11) in the "Crawler" position with its rear
face flush against the retainer (36).
– Degrease the thread of the guide rod (12) and nut (13).
Precoat the nut with Frenetanch (242).
– Hold the nut (13) against the sunken face of the
housing and turn the guide rod (12) simultaneously to
the right or left (as required) with a screwdriver to
obtain an approximately equal gap between the
dog (11) and the bearing faces of the fork (10).
– Lock the nut (13) by deforming its flange.
N.B.: When the tractor is coupled up, translational
movement of the guide rod (12) will be prevented by 13 14 16 10 12
the contact of the nut (13) with the rear face of the
322hsm2d Fig. 131
gearbox.
– Couple up the tractor.
– Refit the rocker bar (3) with the screw (4) lightly coated
with Frenetanch (242).
– Check manually with the aid of the rocker bar that the
dog locks correctly in each "direct drive" and "crawl"
position.
11 36
38
39
37
3
322hsm2f Fig. 133
2
4
5
6
1
T
P
25
8
27
12
17
3
15
18
19
20
21
13
10
23
24
29
7
28
26
16
9
11
14
392hsm08 Fig. 1
Hydraulic system
Parts list (Fig. 1, 2, 3 and 4)
1 Pump, 19 cm³ per rev. 13 Lubrication valve, 2,1 bar, in feeder 23 Control circuit accumulator.
2 High-pressure filter, 15 µ, with bypass tank. 24 Field/road range solenoid valve.
valve and clogging indicator. 14 RH axle tube lubrication. 25 Braking booster circuit accumulator.
3 Steering unit. 15 LH axle tube lubrication. 26 Rear power take-off brake solenoid
4 Control pressure switch. 16 Low-pressure filter, 60 µ. valve.
5 Control pressure limiter, 17 bar. 17 Automatic handbrake solenoid valve. 27 Rear power take-off clutch solenoid
6 Lubrication circuit safety valve, 8,5 bar. 18 Reverse gear clutch solenoid valve. valve.
7 Cooler. 19 Forward gear clutch solenoid valve. 28 Differential locking solenoid valve.
8 Gearbox lubrication . 20 Quadrishift front brake solenoid valve. 29 Four-wheel-drive solenoid valve.
9 4-wheel-drive clutch lubrication. 21 Quadrishift rear brake solenoid valve. A Intake from tank.
10 Handbrake disc lubrication. 22 Front power take-off clutch solenoid B Return from high-pressure pumps
11 Power take-off shaft lubrication . valve. (recirculation).
12 Power take-off clutch lubrication. C To braking booster.
20 18
22
23
21 19
25
C
17
26
3
27
24 28
60 µ
16 29
3,5 bar
B
B 15 > 200 8
2,4 bar
7
9
10
2
1 11 12
A 17 bar 8,5 bar 13
2,1 bar
14 15
4 5 6
392hsm09 Fig. 2
8
12
7
7
Frenbloc (270)
12
9
9
13
10
11
11
392hsm10 Fig. 3
15
13
14
HD – HDE
392hsm11 Fig. 4
1
2
3
9
20
28
21
12
30 32
31 33
22
16
23
11
24
14
25
8
26
10
7 18
19
27
5
4
6
17
13
15
391hsm35 Fig. 5
Hydraulic system
Parts list (Fig. 5, 6, 7 and 8)
1 Tank/rear axle. 14 Lubrication valve, 2,1 bar, in feeder 27Control pressure switch, 9 bar.
2 Suction strainer, 150 µ. tank. 28Field/road range solenoid valve.
3 Booster pump, 60 cm³ per rev. 15 RH axle tube lubrication. 29Front PTO clutch solenoid valve.
4 High-pressure filter, 15 µ, with bypass 16 LH axle tube lubrication. 30Reverse gear clutch solenoid valve.
valve and clogging indicator. 17 Control pressure priority valve, 17 bar. 31Forward gear clutch solenoid valve.
5 Variable-displacement pump, 45 cm³ 18 Low-pressure filter, 60 µ. 32Quadrishift front brake solenoid valve.
per rev. 19 Control pressure limiter, 22 bar. 33Quadrishift rear brake solenoid valve.
6 Lubrication/boost pressure 20 Control circuit accumulator. ATo priority unit.
switch, 3 bar. 21 Braking booster circuit accumulator. BHigh pressure from steering/braking
7 Boost pressure limiter, 5 bar. 22 Automatic handbrake solenoid valve. priority valve.
8 Oil cooler. 23 Rear power take-off clutch solenoid C High pressure to auxiliary spool valves.
9 Gearbox lubrication . valve. D To braking booster.
10 4-wheel-drive clutch lubrication. 24 Rear power take-off brake solenoid
11 Handbrake disc lubrication. valve.
12 Power take-off clutch lubrication. 25 Rear differential locking solenoid valve.
13 Power take-off shaft lubrication . 26 Four-wheel-drive solenoid valve.
17
20 21
18 60 µ
22 bar
19 D
23
A 24
8 6 5 25
76/65 22
9 3 bar 26
27
11 2,4 bar
7
B 15 > 200 3,5 bar
12 4
13
28
15
14
2,1 bar 30 31
3
LS 110 l/min low-pressure circuit on GTA 1040
76/61
16
2 33
150 µ 32
1
B2.9
Fig. 6
LS 110 l/min low-pressure circuit on GTA 1040
8
9
12 Frenbloc (270)
12
8
8
10
4
14
14
11
13
13
391hsm37 Fig. 7
16
14
15
HD – HDE
391hsm38 Fig. 8
20
19
18
3
2
9
13
17
11
15
23
21
8
16
22
7
5
6
4
14
10
12
393hsm19 Fig. 9
Hydraulic system
Parts list (Fig. 9, 10, 11 and 12)
1 Tank/rear axle. 11 Lubrication valve, 2,8 bar, in feeder 21Four-wheel-drive solenoid valve.
2 Suction strainer, 150 µ. tank. 22Control pressure switch, 9 bar.
3 Booster pump, 60 cm³ per rev. 12 RH axle tube lubrication. 23"Park Lock" solenoid valve.
4 High-pressure filter, 15 µ, with bypass 13 LH axle tube lubrication. 24Front PTO clutch solenoid valve.
valve and clogging indicator. 14 Control pressure priority valve, 17 bar. ATo priority unit.
5 Variable-displacement pump, 45 cm³ 15 Check valve. BHigh pressure from steering/braking
per rev. 16 Control pressure limiter, 22 bar. priority valve.
6 Lubrication/boost pressure 17 Braking booster circuit accumulator. C High pressure to auxiliary spool valves.
switch, 3 bar. 18 Rear power take-off clutch solenoid D To braking booster.
7 Boost pressure limiter, 5 bar. valve.
8 4-wheel-drive clutch lubrication. 19 Rear power take-off brake solenoid
9 Power take-off shaft lubrication . valve.
10 Power take-off clutch lubrication. 20 Rear differential locking solenoid valve.
14
15 17
22 bar
16 D
18
19
A
23
20
6 5
76/65 21
3 bar
2,4 bar
7
B 15 > 200 3,5 bar
4
9 10
LS 110 l/min low-pressure circuit on GPA 30
12 2,8 bar 11
3 76/61
13
2
150 µ
1
Fig. 10
LS 110 l/min low-pressure circuit on GPA 30
8
9
8
9
11
11
10
10
393hsm21 Fig. 11
13
11
12
393hsm22 Fig. 12
10
9 7
392hsm13 Fig. 14
391hsm39 Fig. 15
6 7
391hsm40 Fig. 16
Distribution unit
6
Frenetanch (242)
4,4 ± 0,2 daN.m
5
4
3
8
7
Frenbloc (270)
Formajoint (510)
4
2
1
391hsm41 Fig. 17
The solenoid valves screwed into the hydrulic unit are allocated as follows.
– Two proportional solenoid valves (9) and (10) controlling the front and rear clutches of the Revershift assembly.
– Two solenoid valves (11) and (12) for Quadrishift control:
(11 : 4-port, 2-position solenoid valves (controlling the Quadrishift front brake piston);
(12 : 3-port, 2-position solenoid valves (controlling the Quadrishift rear brake piston).
Oil from the solenoid valves is returned directly into the housing via the upper port of the priority unit.
5 7 8
13’ 9 10 11’ 11 6
391hsm42 Fig. 18
9’ 13’
10’
12
8 12’ 13 6
391hsm43 Fig. 19
Operation
Speed 1 (Fig. 20)
Solenoid valve (11) is powered, thereby enabling the 2
pressurised fluid to reach line (A). This duct directs the oil 1
to the front brake piston and to solenoid valve (12). As this
solenoid valve is in neutral, the oil can flow through the
slide valve to the rear brake piston chamber.
The 2 pistons are therefore under pressure. 5
Speed 2 (Fig. 21) 9 10
The gear change from 1 to 2 is obtained when the 2 12 11
solenoid valves are powered. The fluid flow to the rear 6 3 Frenetanch (242)
piston is therefore interrupted. The rear piston is pushed A4 2 daN.m
back by the springs which return the fluid to line (B). 391hsm44 Fig. 20
This line communicates with the housing via solenoid
valve (11).
Speed 3 (Fig. 22)
The gear change from 2 to 3 is obtained by switching off
electrical power to solenoid valve (11), while maintaining
power to solenoid valve (12). Line (A) is no longer under
pressure but is linked to the casing. The front piston can
therefore return to neutral. Line (B) is under pressure.
Fluid flows to the rear piston via solenoid valve (12).
9 10
Speed 4 (Fig. 23)
Speed 4 is obtained by switching off the electrical supply 12 11
to (12). The 2 brake pistons are linked to the housing via
B
duct (A).
391hsm45 Fig. 21
9 10
12 11
A B
391hsm46 Fig. 22
9 10
12 11
A
391hsm47 Fig. 23
5
3
1 6 7
391hsm48 Fig. 24
5 ± 0,4 daN.m
3 2
5 5
4
6
Frenetanch (242)
391hsm49 Fig. 25
324hsm33 Fig. 14
Ω
60 05 005 734
391hsm50 Fig. 15
Test conditions.
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
13’
391hsm51 Fig. 16
10’ 9’
391hsm52 Fig. 17
Test conditions.
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
12’ 11’
391hsm53 Fig. 18
First speed 17 12 17 0
Second speed 17 12 0 12
Third speed 0 0 17 12
Fourth speed 0 0 0 0
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be sent to CLAAS after-
sales department, it is essential to complete:
Test conditions
Pressure in bar Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Test conditions
Clutch solenoid valve current Solenoid resistance
Transmission oil temperature: 60°C Pressure in bar
(Amps) (Ohm)
Engine running at 2 000 rpm
Recorded values
Test conditions
Clutch solenoid valve current Solenoid resistance
Transmission oil temperature: 60°C Pressure in bar
(Amps) (Ohm)
Engine running at 2 000 rpm
Recorded values
First speed
Second speed
Third speed
Fourth speed
Test conditions.
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
391hsm54 Fig. 19
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be sent to CLAAS after-
sales department, it is essential to complete:
Test conditions.
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
391hsm55 Fig. 20
391hsm56 Fig. 21
Test conditions.
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
391hsm57 Fig. 22
391hsm79 Fig. 23
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be sent to CLAAS after-
sales department, it is essential to complete:
Test conditions
Pressure in bar Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Test conditions
Pressure in bar Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Engine running at 1 000 rpm 3,4
Engine running at 2 000 rpm 3,7
Test conditions
Pressure in bar Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Test conditions
Flow in l/min Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Test conditions.
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
392hsm14 Fig. 24
392hsm15 Fig. 25
Test conditions.
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
392hsm16 Fig. 26
392hsm17 Fig. 27
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be sent to CLAAS after-
sales department, it is essential to complete:
Test conditions
Flow in l/min Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Test conditions
Pressure in bar Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Test conditions
Pressure in bar Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Test conditions
Pressure in bar Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Characteristics
– 18 forward gears.
– 8 reverse gears.
– Constant mesh, helical gears.
– Ball and roller bearings to prevent any vibration.
– Common oil reservoir for the gearbox / rear axle
assembly.
– Hydraulically-actuated multidisc clutches.
– Electro-hydraulic gear change control.
– 100 % modulated gear changing.
– Adaptation to the displacement speed.
– Direction reversal by a lever under the steering wheel.
– Compact design in a 2-piece housing.
– The housing also acts as the tractor chassis between
the engine and the rear axle assembly.
– Pressure lubrication of all the clutches.
– Autonomous hydraulic pump.
– Vibration damper in the flywheel.
– Electronic protection.
74 L 40 5th
70
C 71
1 62 4th
42 70
B 71
R 62 3rd
42
A 71
2 48 2nd
32 1st
48
H 72 6th
65
M 40 7th
324hsm02 Fig. 2
3 M’ H’ L’
Z Y
W
1 R B C A 2
3rd
M 2nd 4th
1st
7th
Y 6th Z
Grolleau le technicien
12345x
Teddy
5th
3 L 4 X 4 H M 3
2 C
A’ 1
2’ B’ R’ 3 R B 1’ C’
324hsm03 Fig. 3
3 17 14
Z Y
W
10 9 13 7 12 11
3rd
2nd 4th
1st
7th
Y 6th Z
Grolleau le technicien
12345x
Teddy
5th
3 16 15 5 4 X 4 18 8 3
3 6 14 17
324hsm04 Fig. 4
L L M 5th
K
C E
1 C 4th
J H
B F
R D 3rd
I
A G
2 B 2nd
A 1st
N
H P 6th
O
M Q 7th
324hsm05 Fig. 5
L L M 5th
K
C E
1 C 4th
J H
B F
R D 3rd
I
A G
2 B 2nd
A 1st
N
H P 6th
O
M Q 7th
324hsm06 Fig. 6
L L M 5th
K
C E
1 C 4th
J H
B F
R D 3rd
I
A G
2 B 2nd
A 1st
N
H P 6th
O
M Q 7th
324hsm07 Fig. 7
10 9 8 5 2 4 7
1 3 6
324hsm08 Fig. 8
Parts list
1. Flywheel. 5. Spring. 9. Bearing.
2. Damper. 6. Gearbox input shaft seal. 10. Circlips.
3. Drive hub. 7. First stage shaft.
4. Coupling shaft. 8. Collar screw, M 10 x 150 – 45.
Tightening torques
Gearbox/engine link
B A B
C C
D D
G G
D D
A A
E F E
327hsm00 Fig. 10
324hsm10 Fig. 11
Frenbloc (270)
8 ± 1 daN.m
Frenbloc (270)
324hsm09 Fig. 12
B4
FULL POWERSHIFT LOW PRESSURE
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
Operation
Clutch pressure circuit Proportional solenoid valves
GBA 31 Full Powershift transmission systems are Each clutch is monitored by a proportional solenoid valve
equipped with their own "Gerotor" toothed rotor hydraulic which sends a pressure in correlation to the electric signal
pump mounted to the rear of the gearbox. The pump is emitted by the Tracto Control (TC) transmission ECU.
driven at engine speed by the first-stage shaft. When the Each solenoid valve is linked to the free return. When the
engine is running, the pump provides the pressure and TC cuts off the supply to the solenoid valve, the oil
flow rate required to actuate the clutches and lubricate the contained in the engaged clutch returns to the reservoir.
transmission. The oil is drawn in through a strainer in the
intermediate housing. The pump delivers the oil through Lubrication system
the gearbox filter and feeds the clutch solenoid valves and After feeding the clutches, the oil delivered by the pump is
the pressure control valve as a priority. Once sufficient conveyed through the cooler or it is diverted by the
flow rate and pressure is obtained to feed the clutches, the thermostatic valve and used to lubricate the clutches.
pressure control valve opens and maintains the working Chilled lube oil is therefore supplied to the gearbox to
pressure of the clutches. The remaining flow is channelled lubricate the shafts, clutches and bearings. All oil supplied
towards lubrication via the thermostatic valve. 3 solenoids to the bearings is metered by gauged orifices.
are then activated simultaneously to engage 3 clutches
and transmit engine power to the transmission system.
Characteristics
Hydraulic characteristics at 2 200 rpm and 60°C
– Clutch pressure control valve ........................................................................................................................ 17,2 – 19 bar
– Lubricating pressure control valve .................................................................................................................. 6,2 – 9,3 bar
– Filter bypass valve - Differential pressure....................................................................................................... 3,1 – 3,7 bar
– Cooler thermostatic valve opens at ............................................................................................................................. 71°C
– Cooler thermostatic valve is fully open at .................................................................................................................... 85°C
– Gerotor pump flow rate ........................................................................................................................................ 94,5 l/min
– Gearbox oil filter................................................................................................................................................. 15 microns
– Oil capacity of transmission system GTA 3130 .................................................................................................... 155 litres
4 3
3,4 bar
250 µ 2
15 > 200 µ
18 bar 7
6 bar
11
8
2,4 bar ˚C
10
9 bar
6
9 1
324hsm11 Fig. 1
3
B
1 2
324hsm12 Fig. 2
10 B D C
11 7 F E 4
324hsm13 Fig. 3
Oil filter
Oil penetrates the head of the filter from the Gerotor
pump. It flows into the filter from the outside to the inside
of the element. Filtered oil from the centre of the element
emerges from the head of the filter to feed the
transmission. If the filter is blocked, a bypass valve opens
and diverts the unfiltered oil to the lubrication circuit. The
bypass valve is based on a pressure differential between
the filtered and unfiltered oil. The pressure differential is
monitored by the bypass valve spring set to between 3,1
and 3,7 bar.
Thermostatic valve
When the transmission oil temperature drops below 71°C,
the thermostatic valve closes to prevent the oil from
flowing to the cooler. When the oil temperature 324hsm14 Fig. 4
reaches 85°C, the thermostatic valve opens fully to
allow the oil to flow to the cooler. The thermostatic valve A
is located under the RH step.
(A) Thermostatic valve closed.
(B) Thermostatic valve open.
324hsm15 Fig. 5
324hsm34 Fig. 6
324hsm16 Fig. 7
19
20
21
20
22
20
23
324hsm17 Fig. 8
IN
D OUT
C
25 26
324hsm19 Fig. 12
324hsm21 Fig. 14
2,4 daN.m
324hsm23 Fig. 15
324hsm25 Fig. 17
29 19
324hsm26 Fig. 18
Discharge valve
The lubrication discharge valve (11) is located at the
bottom of the threaded orifice designed for the
thermostatic valve. It can be replaced by tapping the
inside of the valve and removing with a slide hammer
puller.
11
324hsm27 Fig. 19
Test conditions:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 80°C.
14
14
324hsm29 Fig. 20
Test conditions:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 80°C.
17
60 05 005 911
60 05 005731
¼ – 18 NPTF
BSPP ¼
60 05 005 521
60 05 005 703
17
324hsm30 Fig. 21
Test conditions:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 80°C.
– Tractor in motion.
– Fit 3 pressure couplings n° 60 05 005 910 at the points concerned and connect tester n° 60 05 705 076.
– Put into gear and drive the tractor (beware: reading in the cab).
– The pressure on the 3 clutches concerned must be 18 ± 1 bar and remain constant when the clutches are fully engaged.
X
W
M’ H’ L’
A C
2 1
A’ 2’ B’ R’ R B 1’ C’
324hsm32 Fig. 22
324hsm33 Fig. 23
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
Tractor type.............................................................................................................................................................................
The serial number...................................................................................................................................................................
Total operating hours..............................................................................................................................................................
Date of operation ....................................................................................................................................................................
The gearbox model.................................................................................................................................................................
The gearbox serial n°..............................................................................................................................................................
Test conditions
Pressure in bar Measured value
Oil temperature at 80°C
Test conditions
Pressure in bar Measured value
Oil temperature at 80°C
1 17 0,66 10
Example: 1st forward A 17 0,66 10
L 17 0,66 10
60 05 705 076
Formajoint (510)
28 ± 1 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
25 ± 1 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
341hsm71 Fig. 1
Formajoint (510)
28 ± 4 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
341hsm72 Fig. 2
General cross-section
± 0,2 ±1 ±4 ± 0,05 ±4
12 ± 1 daN.m 2,6 daN.m ± 0,03 12 daN.m 20 daN.m 0,05 mm 28 daN.m
0,11 mm Formajoint (510)
Frenbloc (270) Frenetanch (242) Frenbloc (270) Frenetanch (242)
±1
13 daN.m
Frenbloc (270)
± 0,2
3,2 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
23 ± 2 daN.m
Frenbloc (270)
± 0,05
0,05 mm
Formajoint (510)
13 ± 1 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
± 0,05
0,05 mm
± 0,2
± 0,05 ±1 ± 0,05 2,6 daN.m ± 0,05
0,05 mm 8 daN.m 1,25 mm Formajoint (510) 0,10 mm
Frenbloc (270)
341hsm74 Fig. 3
26 ± 4 daN.m 45 ± 5 daN.m
0,07 ± 0,05 mm
Frenetanch (242) Frenbloc (270)
341hsm76 Fig. 5
±4
26 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
341hsm77 Fig. 6
General
The helical drive pinion is supported by 2 tapered supporting the four-wheel drive driving gear is located in
bearings mounted opposite each other. The bearing the rear axle housing. Its position is adjusted by means of
cone (2) is press-fitted onto the drive pinion and the cup one or more shims (4) located between the handbrake
(12) is also press-fitted into the cover (7). The cup (3) is casing and the housing. The bearings are preloaded by
mounted freely in the handbrake casing. The bearing means of one or more shims (11) fitted between the
cone (13), free on the drive pinion, enables the shims (11) bearing cone (13) and the thrust washer (10).
to be fitted for packing purposes. The drive pinion
Parts list
1 Drive pinion. 6 Screw. 11 Shims.
2 Bearing cone. 7 Handbrake cover. 12 Bearing cup.
3 Bearing cup. 8 Centring pin. 13 Bearing cone.
4 Shims. 9 Screw. 14 Nut.
5 Handbrake casing. 10 Thrust washer.
Exploded view
2
3
4
5
7
10
11
12
13
14
6
8
9
341hsm26 Fig. 8
Removal/refitting
Uncouple the tractor between the gearbox and rear axle
as follows:
– Refer to Chapter "H" for partial cab removal. 15 18
Operations 1 to 7.
– Drain the transmission system.
– Remove the reservoir(s) and disconnect the pipes,
hoses and wiring harnesses interfering with the
uncoupling operation.
– Make the tractor safe with stands and trolleys.
– Chock the tilt between the front axle and the cradle.
– Release the transmission lock.
– Remove the RH and LH hydraulic covers.
– Remove the PTO clutch (15) (see paragraph
concerned).
– Remove the four-wheel drive shaft and clutch (16) (see
chapter "D").
– Remove the crawler speed system if fitted (see
chapter "B").
17
– Remove the retaining ring (17), washer and shims.
– Remove the driving gear (18) from the 4WD casing.
– Remove the pivot screw (19) from the handbrake
compensator.
– Free and secure the nut (14) with spanner
n° 60 05 006 310. Fit special socket n° 60 05 006 311
at the end of the drive pinion (Fig. 10) and turn
clockwise.
– Only release the nut.
– Remove the eight screws (9) and two screws (6).
16
341hsm27 Fig. 9
19
60 05 14
006 3
10
6
9
60 05 006 311
341hsm28 Fig. 10
341hsm30 Fig. 12
14
0
006 31
6 0 05
006 3
11
0 05
341hsm32 Fig. 14
18
± 0,05
0,05 mm
341hsm33 Fig. 15
Measuring "X"
On a press equipped with a pressure gauge.
– Position the casing vertically with the pinion bearing on
the base (Fig. 17).
– Exert 200 daN axial pressure on the cover with an
appropriate jig.
– Rotate the casing a few times to seat the bearings.
– Measure the value "X".
X
Measuring "Y"
On a press equipped with a pressure gauge. X
– Position the casing vertically on the base (Fig. 18).
– Exert 200 daN axial pressure at the end of the drive
pinion shaft.
– Rotate the casing a few times to seat the bearings.
– Measure the value "Y".
341hsm35 Fig. 17
341hsm36 Fig. 18
Calculating J1
"J1" corresponds to the measured play.
11
J1 = X – Y
341hsm38 Fig. 20
General
The ring gear is riveted to the differential case. The The piston chamber housed in the cover (19)
differential assembly rotates on 2 tapered bearings held communicates with a duct in the bearing (36), enabling
by 2 side supports (2) and (36) screwed onto the housing. low pressure (17 bar) to act on the piston. The duct is
The differential assembly consists of 2 half-cases sealed by 2 piston rings (34).
containing 4 planet gears and 2 sun gears. The differential
assembly is preloaded by means of shims (32) placed Clutched position
between the cone (31) and the left-hand bearing (36). When the differential locking solenoid valve is activated,
The backlash between the drive pinion and the ring gear oil flows into the piston chamber. The piston compresses
is obtained by means of shims (7) inserted between the the intermediate plates (24) and the discs (23) connected
cup (6) and the differential half-case (10). to the hub (25) and case (21) respectively. In this clutched
position, the input sun gear of the RH and LH axle tubes
Differential lock rotate at the same speed.
The multidisc locking device located on the left-hand side
of the half-case (19) comprises. Declutched position
– A unit (21) containing the discs (23) and the When power is turned off, the piston withdraws and the
backplates (24). discs and intermediate plates are decompressed,
– A hub (25) connected by splines to the sun gear of the enabling the sun gears and planets gears to fulfil their
LH axle tube. differential function.
– An assembled cover (29) for the piston (27) supported
by a tapered bearing.
Parts list
1 Screw. 15 Friction washer. 29 Differential locking cover.
2 RH bearing. 16 Planet gear. 30 Bearing cup.
3 O-ring. 17 Spider shaft. 31 Bearing cone.
4 Centring pin. 18 Friction ring. 32 Shims.
5 Bearing cone. 19 Differential half-case. 33 O-ring.
6 Bearing cup. 20 Screw. 34 Sealing piston ring.
7 Shims. 21 Differential locking case. 35 Centring pin.
8 Deflector. 22 Screw. 36 LH bearing.
9 Rivets. 23 Differential locking disc. 37 Screw.
10 Differential half-case. 24 Differential locking backplate. 38 O-ring.
11 Friction ring. 25 Differential locking hub. 39 Supply tube.
12 Ring gear. 26 O-ring. 40 Seal.
13 Drive pinion. 27 Piston. 41 Coupling.
14 Sun gear. 28 O-ring.
Exploded view
17
15
14
12
10
8
6 19
18
5 14
3
16
2
13
11
9
7 25
4
1
24
23
22
21 41
20 38
36 40
33
32 39
31
30
29
28
27 37
26
35
34
342hsm28 Fig. 22
42
39
41
29 B
36 A
342hsm32 Fig. 26
33 38 35 31
37
34 32
342hsm33 Fig. 27
RH bearing
The removal/refitting procedure for the right-hand bearing
is similar to the one for the left-hand bearing. Except that
the RH bearing is not equipped with hydraulic ducts and
seals (34).
A
36
37
342hsm35 Fig. 29
60 05 006 319
342hsm0r Fig. 31
33
342hsm39 Fig. 33
342hsm43 Fig. 37
342hsm46 Fig. 40
342hsm48 Fig. 42
60
05
00
6
30
9
342hsm49 Fig. 43
Measuring "X"
Using a suitable depth gauge, measure "C" and determine
dimension "X" between the bearing cone (31) and the
contact surface of the bearing on the housing (Fig. 45):
X = C – 10
(10 mm is the thickness of measuring tool
n° 60 05 006 309).
C
342hsm51 Fig. 45
32
31
36
342hsm52 Fig. 46
General
ND axle tubes are only equipped with plate wheel shafts. gear of the reduction gear unit is press-fitted into the axle
The wheel shaft is supported by 2 tapered roller bearings. tube and ensures that the brake backing plate is centred.
It is preloaded by shims placed at the end of the shaft. It The sun gear is connected to the differential by splines
is sealed on the outside by a 3-lip seal and by a single-lip and supports the brake disc. The oil in the brake housing
seal on the inside. The planet carrier with its 3 planet is renewed via a hydraulic port.
gears is connected by splines to the wheel shaft. The ring
Parts list
42 Plate wheel shaft. 52 Pins. 62 Lockwasher.
43 Wheel studs. 53 Ring gear. 63 Screw.
44 3-lip seal. 54 Tab washer. 64 Sun gear.
45 Seal housing. 55 Screw. 65 Backing plate.
46 Bearing cone. 56 Spacer. 66 Brake disc.
47 Bearing cup. 57 Circlip. 67 Guide pin.
48 Greasing plug. 58 Planet gear pin. 68 Brake piston.
49 Axle tube body. 59 Planet gear. 69 O-rings.
50 Guide pin. 60 Planet carrier. 70 Screw.
51 Single-lip seal. 61 Shims.
Exploded view
13
12
5
6
10
1 9
11
8
7
6
5
4
3
28
19
27
15
26
14
25
24
23
22
21 1
20
29
18
17
16
341hsm00 Fig. 47
Removal
– Immobilise the tractor. Apply the handbrake. Chock the
tilt between the front axle and the cradle.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Using a trolley jack, lift the concerned side of the tractor
and position a jack stand.
– Unscrew and remove the cab damper support on the
axle tube side by lifting the cab slightly (Fig. 48).
– Make the cab safe.
– Remove the draft sensor and accessories.
– Position under the axle tube an appropriate support on
a trolley jack or using a hoist.
– Separate the axle tube from the rear axle housing.
– Remove:
• The brake disc (25).
• The sun gear (23). 341hsm01 Fig. 48
• The centring stud (26).
– Remove the backing plate (24).
26
25
23
24
341hsm02 Fig. 49
Refitting
– Clean the housing and axle tube gasket faces with a
non-greasy solvent.
– Apply a bead of hydrocarbon-resistant silicone in the
inside angle of the housing (Fig. 50).
N.B.: Do not obstruct the oil return hole on the
housing.
341hsm03 Fig. 50
– Check that the disc (25) slides freely on the sun – Clean the screws (29) and coat them with Loctite
gear (23) (Fig. 51). Frenetanch (242).
– Refit the sun gear and disc (25) on the rear axle (23). – Refit the screws (29) and tighten to 26 ± 4 daN.m.
– Screw two opposite guide studs on the casing of the – Refit the draft sensor and lift arms.
rear axle.
N.B.: Coat the sensor lightly with grease.
– Install the backing plate (24) in the axle tube.
– Reassemble the cab securing screws with nuts and
N.B.: To hold the plate, apply 3 spots of grease to the locknuts to:
face of the ring gear (12). Couple the axle tube to the
rear axle housing. • Nut 3,1 ± 0,4 daN.m.
• Locknut 1,7 ± 0,3 daN.m and coat with
N.B.: Rotate the shaft (1) to help the sun gear (23) lock
Frenbloc (270).
into the planet gears (18).
– Reassemble the wheel. Torque to 45 daN.m.
– Lifting test and braking circuit test.
23 25 24 18
12 29 1
341hsm04 Fig. 51
18
17
341hsm06 Fig. 53
17 16
15
14
341hsm07 Fig. 54
tube.
– Fit the 3-lip seal (3) with a suitable jig.
– Lubricate the shaft (1) and fit the wheel-side cone (5).
– Grease the cone and lips of the seal moderately.
– Protect the splines of the shaft (1) and insert it in the
axle tube.
– Shim as described in the procedure below.
– Grease via the plug (7).
– Refit the axle tube.
General
HD and HD+ axle tubes can be equipped with plate wheel inside. The planet carrier with its 3 planet gears is
shafts or smooth wheel shafts. The design of the HD+ connected by splines to the wheel shaft. The ring gear of
axle tube is identical to that of the HD axle tube. It has a the reduction gear unit is placed between the axle tube
larger wheel shaft diameter and is reinforced at the and the brake backing plate. The sun gear is connected to
epicyclic gear set and housing. The wheel shaft is the differential by splines and supports the brake disc. The
supported by 2 tapered roller bearings. It is preloaded by oil in the brake housing is renewed via a hydraulic port in
shims placed at the end of the shaft. It is sealed on the the backing plate.
outside by a 3-lip seal and by a single-lip seal on the
Parts list
1 Plate or smooth wheel shaft. 11 Ring gear. 21 Screw.
2 Wheel studs. 12 Tab washer. 22 Sun gear.
3 3-lip seal. 13 Screw. 23 Backing plate.
4 Seal housing. 14 Spacer. 24 Brake disc.
5 Bearing cone. 15 Circlip. 25 Guide pin.
6 Bearing cup. 16 Planet gear pin. 26 Brake piston.
7 Greasing plug. 17 Planet gear. 27 O-rings.
8 Axle tube body. 18 Planet carrier. 28 Nut.
9 Single-lip seal. 19 Shims. 29 Screw.
10 Pins. 20 Lockwasher. 30 Screw.
Exploded view
12
11
10
6
1 9
8
2
7
6 27
5 26
4 24
3
23
22
21
20
19 25
18
14
13
28
1
17
30
16 29
15
8
341hsm12 Fig. 59
Removal
– Immobilise the tractor. Apply the handbrake. Chock the
tilt between the front axle and the cradle.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Using a trolley jack, lift the concerned side of the tractor
and position a jack stand.
– Unscrew and remove the cab damper support on the
axle tube side by lifting the cab slightly (Fig. 60).
– Make the cab safe.
– Remove the draft sensor and accessories.
– Position under the axle tube an appropriate support on
a trolley jack or using a hoist.
– Separate the axle tube from the rear axle housing
without removing screw (30) (Fig. 59).
– Remove.
• The brake disc (24).
341hsm01 Fig. 60
• The sun gear (22).
• The centring stud.
– Remove the brake backing plate (23) and the ring gear
(11 by removing screw (30) (Fig. 61).
N.B.: Remove the brake backing plate and the ring
gear whenever the axle tube is uncoupled in order to
renew the seals and avoid leaks.
24
22
23
341hsm13 Fig. 61
Refitting
– Clean the gasket faces with a non-greasy solvent.
– Apply a bead of hydrocarbon-resistant silicone in the
inside angles of the housing, backing plate, ring gear
and axle tube (Fig. 62).
N.B.: Do not obstruct the oil return hole on the
housing.
If the studs need to be replaced, coat them with
Frenbloc (270).
341hsm03 Fig. 62
– Check that the disc (24) slides freely on the sun – Refit the screws and nuts and tighten them
gear (22) (Fig. 63). to 26 ± 4 daN.m.
– Refit the sun gear (22) and disc (24) to the rear axle. – Refit the draft sensor and the lift arm.
– Refit the ring gear (11) and the backing plate (23) to N.B.: Coat the sensor lightly with grease.
the axle tube and torque screw (30) to 12 ± 1 daN.m.
– Couple the axle tube to the rear axle housing. – Reassemble the cab securing screws with nuts and
locknuts to:
N.B.: Rotate the shaft (1) to help the sun gear (22) lock
• Nut: 3,1 ± 0,4 daN.m. .
into the planet gears (17).
• Locknut: 1,7 ± 0,3 daN.m and coat
– Clean the screws (29) and nuts (28) and coat them with with Frenbloc (270).
Loctite Frenetanch (242).
– Reassemble the wheel. Torque to 45 daN.m.
– Lifting test and braking circuit test.
24 23 30 11 22 28
17 29 1
341hsm14 Fig. 63
17
16
341hsm16 Fig. 65
16 15
14
13
341hsm17 Fig. 66
General
HDE axle tubes can be equipped with plate wheel shafts inside. The planet carrier with its 3 planet gears is
or smooth wheel shafts. These are sealed partition axle connected by splines to the wheel shaft. The ring gear of
tubes in which the reduction gear has undergone special the reduction gear unit is placed between the axle tube
treatment. The sealed compartment is set to atmospheric and the brake backing plate. The sun gear is connected to
pressure by means of a breather. The wheel shaft is the differential by splines and supports the brake disc via
supported by 2 tapered roller bearings. It is preloaded by a splined pinion. The oil in the brake housing is renewed
shims placed at the end of the shaft. It is sealed on the via a hydraulic port in the backing plate.
outside by a 3-lip seal and by 3 single-lip seals on the
Parts list
1 Plate or smooth wheel shaft. 12 Tab washer. 23 Backing plate.
2 3-lip seal. 13 Screw. 24 Single-lip seal.
3 Seal housing. 14 Spacer. 25 Single-lip seal.
4 Bearing cone. 15 Circlip. 26 Splined pinion.
5 Bearing cup. 16 Planet gear pin. 27 Circlip.
6 Greasing plug. 17 Planet gear. 28 Brake disc.
7 Axle tube body. 18 Planet carrier. 29 Brake piston.
8 Breather tube. 19 Shims. 30 O-rings.
9 Single-lip seal. 20 Lockwasher. 31 Nut.
10 Pins. 21 Screw. 32 Screw.
11 Ring gear. 22 Sun gear. 33 Screw.
Exploded view
10
8
12
11
4
5
9
30
29
7
28
6
27
5
26
4
25
3
24
2
23
22
21
20
19
18
14
13
31
33
17
16
15
32
1
7
341hsm22 Fig. 71
Removal
– Immobilise the tractor. Apply the handbrake. Chock the
tilt between the front axle and the cradle.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Using a trolley jack, lift the concerned side of the tractor
and position a jack stand.
– Unscrew and remove the cab damper support on the
axle tube side by lifting the cab slightly (Fig. 72).
– Make the cab safe.
– Remove the draft sensor and accessories.
– Position under the axle tube an appropriate support on
a trolley jack or using a hoist.
– Separate the axle tube from the rear axle housing
without removing screw (33) (Fig. 71).
– Remove:
• The brake disc (28).
341hsm01 Fig. 72
• The circlip (27) and the splined pinion (26).
• The backing plate (23) with its seals (24) and (25) by
removing screw (33) ;
• The sun gear (22).
– Remove the ring gear.
N.B.: Remove the brake backing plate and the ring
gear whenever the axle tube is uncoupled in order to
renew the seals and avoid leaks.
28
26
27
22
24
25
23
341hsm23 Fig. 73
Refitting
– Clean the gasket faces with a non-greasy solvent.
– Apply a bead of hydrocarbon-resistant silicone in the
inside angles of the housing, backing plate, ring gear
and axle tube (Fig. 74).
N.B.: Do not obstruct the oil return hole on the
housing.
– Coat the outside diameters of seals (24) and (25)
with Frenetanch (542).
– Using a suitable tool on the press, fit seals (24)
and (25) back to back against shoulder (A).
– If the studs need to be replaced, coat them with
Frenbloc (270).
341hsm03 Fig. 74
A
25
24
341hsm24 Fig. 75
– Check that the disc (28) slides freely on the splined – Clean the screws (32) and nuts (31) and coat them with
pinion (26) (Fig. 76). Loctite Frenetanch (242).
– Refit the sun gear (22) and protect its splines. – Refit the screws and nuts and tighten them
– Refit the ring gear (11) and the backing plate (23) onto to 26 ± 4 daN.m.
the axle tube. – Refit the draft sensor and the lift arm.
– Tighten screw (33) to 12 ± 1 daN.m. N.B.: Coat the sensor lightly with grease.
– Fit the splined pinion (26) and the circlip (27) with the
locally made tool (Fig. 77). – Reassemble the cab securing screws with nuts and
locknuts to:
– Slide the disc onto the splined pinion.
– Couple the axle tube to the rear axle housing. • Nut: 3,1 ± 0,4 daN.m. .
• Locknut: 1,7 ± 0,3 daN.m and coat
N.B.: Rotate the shaft (1) to help the sun gear (22) lock
with Frenbloc (270).
into the differential.
– Reassemble the wheel. Torque to 45 daN.m.
– Lifting test and braking circuit test.
28 27 26 23 33 22 31
24 25 11 32 1
341hsm25 Fig. 76
342hsm05 Fig. 77
17
16
341hsm16 Fig. 79
16 15
14
13
341hsm17 Fig. 80
General
The clutch is mounted at the front of the rear axle housing. – A hub supports the discs.
It is driven by a countershaft traversing the gearbox. This – A cover accommodates the backplates.
shaft also drives the hydraulic pump gear via the clutch The clutch is supplied by a proportional solenoid valve on
housing. The clutch assembly consists of: the 17 bar low-pressure circuit. The oil reaches the piston
– A housing supported by 2 ball bearings mounted in a chamber through the shaft ducts. In the clutched position,
holder. the PTO brake piston located in the rear PTO housing is
– A shaft centred by a bearing, supporting the drive hub idle and allows the driven gears to rotate freely. When the
and the piston. It has a duct for the piston supply. clutch is engaged, the discs are cooled by the oil from the
shaft ducts. When the supply is interrupted, the spring and
Belleville washer release the discs. The 17 bar supply
displaces the brake piston, stopping the driven gears. The
PTO brake is described in the section on the output shaft.
Parts list
1 Drive shaft. 13 Hydraulic pump driving gear. 24 Retaining ring.
2 Bearing. 14 Clutch housing. 25 Ball bearing.
3 Screw. 15 Shaft. 26 Chamfered washer.
4 Guide pin. 16 O-ring. 27 Screw.
5 Clutch support. 17 O-ring. 28 Drive hub.
6 Bush. 18 Piston. 29 Retaining ring.
7 Sealing ring. 19 O-ring. 30 Shaft.
8 Retaining ring. 20 Belleville washer. 31 Discs.
9 Shims. 21 Spring holder. 32 Backplates
10 Sealing ring. 22 Spring. 33 Cover.
11 Bearing. 23 Spring seat.
12 Screw.
Exploded view
1 3
2 4
5
6
8
10
11
13
14
7
9
12
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
31
33
30
341hsm40 Fig. 85
Removal/refitting
Uncouple the tractor between the gearbox and rear axle
as follows:
– Refer to Chapter "H" for partial cab removal.
Operations 1 to 7.
– Drain the transmission system.
– Remove the reservoir(s) and disconnect the pipes,
hoses and wiring harnesses interfering with the
uncoupling operation.
– Make the tractor safe with stands and trolleys.
– Chock the tilt between the front axle and the cradle.
– Remove the RH hydraulic cover (see chapter "E").
– Recover the hydraulic connection tube between the 34
cover and the clutch.
– Remove the lubrication tube mounted on the housing
above the clutch.
– Remove the PTO clutch speed sensor (34). 341hsm41 Fig. 86
9 0,50 mm
341hsm43 Fig. 88
10
6
page).
– Remove the sealing rings (10).
– Remove the pump driving gear by removing 21 151,5
± 0,2
screws (12). ø8
– If necessary, remove the ball bearings.
– Remove the cover (33), discs and backplates.
25
170
– Clamp the housing (14) in a vice equipped with grips.
= =
– With the aid of a locally made tool (Fig. 89), compress
the spring via the hub (28). + 0,5
ø 58,5
– Remove the screw (27) and the washer (26). 0
ø 92
– Remove the tool.
64
– Remove the drive hub (28), the spring seat (23), the 6
spring, the spring holder and the Belleville washer.
– If necessary, remove the retaining ring (24) and the
bearing (25). 341hsm44 Fig. 89
14
341hsm45 Fig. 90
26 28
27
25
24
23
22
18 14
341hsm46 Fig. 91
341hsm47 Fig. 92
28 A
14 B
341hsm48 Fig. 93
General
The upper shaft line is linked to the clutch via a – one 540/1 000 rpm dog or 2 dogs
countershaft. It consists of: (540/1 000 and 750 rpm).
– a shaft supported by 2 tapered roller bearings. The shaft is adjusted by means of shims placed between
– a 1 000 rpm gear. the shaft and the cover. The lube oil flows to the rear PTO
– a 540 rpm gear. housing and is conveyed through a calibrated orifice
– a 750 rpm (540 rpm economy) gear or a bushing (1 mm approx. dia.) to the gears.
depending on the equipment.
22
1 23
2 24
3
4 25
5 26
6
14 7
15 8
16
18
9
12
10 19
13
11 20
17
21
341hsm49 Fig. 94
Parts list
1 Countershaft. 13 Control shaft. 25 Bearing cup.
2 Retaining ring. 14 Locking screw. 26 Bearing cone.
3 Shims. 15 Locknut. 27 750 rpm sliding gear hub.
4 Bearing cup. 16 Blocking pin. 28 750 rpm sliding gear.
5 Bearing cone. 17 O-ring. 29 750 rpm fork.
6 Spacer (without 750 rpm). 18 540/1 000 rpm control. 30 750 rpm guide rod.
7 Washer. 19 O-ring. 31 Prevention system.
8 540 rpm drive gear. 20 Bushing with calibrated orifice. 32 750 rpm control.
9 540/1 000 rpm sliding gear. 21 Shaft (540/1 000 rpm version). 33 750 rpm drive gear.
10 540/1 000 rpm fork. 22 Sealing ring. 34 Shouldered bushing.
11 Needle screw. 23 1 000 rpm drive gear. 35 O-ring.
12 540/1 000 rpm guide rod. 24 Deflector. 36 Shaft (540/1 000 and 750 rpm version).
17
13
16 32
15
14
30
31
29
11
1
2
3
4
33
5
34
27
8
28
9
19
20
35
36
31
12
14
15
16
10
13
22
11
23
17
24
18
25
26
341hsm50 Fig. 95
Prevention system
The 540/1 000 and 750 rpm version comprises a locking
system (31) (Fig. 96) preventing 540/1 000 rpm switching 17 16 13 11
operations at the same time as the 750 rpm.
Adjustment
– Place one guide rod in neutral and the other with a
gear engaged.
– Adjust the sleeve (37) to leave 0,1 mm functional play
between the prevention locks and the guide rods.
– Check by attempting to engage 2 opposite speeds at
the same time.
341hsm51 Fig. 96
– Tighten screw (14) slightly to compress the ball, then
loosen by 1/4 of a turn.
– Tighten locknut (15) coated with Frenetanch (242)
to 1,8 ± 0,2 daN.m.
Removal/refitting
– Uncouple the PTO housing (see previous page).
– Remove the locking and prevention systems (see 38
previous page).
39
– Remove the tube (38).
– Remove the cover (39).
– Remove the guide rods.
40 40
341hsm52 Fig. 97
38
39
540/1 000
341hsm53 Fig. 98
24
Adjustment
– Shim with cover (39) only.
– Do not mount the lower shaft with the driven gears,
guide rods and lubrication line.
– Fit shims to the thickness measured on removal
minus 0,15 mm.
– Lubricate the bearings.
– Fit the cover.
– Tighten screws (40) in opposition to 8 ± 1 daN.m.
3
Thickness "E1" of shims (3)
– Push the shaft firmly and turn it to seat the bearings.
– Place a dial gauge probe at the end of the shaft.
– Pull hard on the shaft and rotate it to seat the bearings.
– Add to the shims positioned on measuring, shims of a
thickness corresponding to the measured play minus
the preload value 0,05 ± 0,05 mm.
– If possible, adjust towards the minimum end of the
tolerance range.
For example, if the measured play is 0,35 mm and the
shim thickness is 1,50 mm:
"E1" (minimum) = 1,50 + 0,35 – 0,10 = 1,75 mm
39
"E1" (maximum) = 1,50 + 0,35 – 0 = 1,85 mm
According to the example, the thickness of the shims to be 40
positioned should be as close to 1,85 mm as possible.
Refit the assembly, consulting the sections concerned.
32
42
41
42
General
– The driven gears are mounted on the lower shaft of the – A nut assembles the bearing cone and gears together
rear PTO housing. on the shaft.
– These gears are constantly engaged with the drive – A sensor is mounted to the right of the PTO housing to
gears entrained by the upper shaft line. measure the speed of the lower shaft via the 540 rpm
– The lower shaft is supported at the front by a tapered gear.
bearing mounted in the rear axle housing and at the – The lube oil flows to the rear PTO housing and is
rear by a tapered bearing mounted in the rear PTO conveyed by a tube to the holes in the lower shaft.
housing. – The cover-side bearing is splash-lubricated.
– The gears are connected to the shaft by splines.
– The 750 rpm gear is fastened to the 540 rpm gear Power take-off brake
when fitted. – It consists of a piston located in the PTO housing.
– When one of the drive gears transfers movement to the – When the supply to the clutch is interrupted, the low
lower shaft, the other drive gear is passive and rotates pressure is directed to the brake which gradually
freely around its shaft. blocks the lower shaft via the 1 000 rpm gear.
– The rear bearing is fitted with a lip seal.
– The tapered bearings are adjusted by shims placed
between the cover and the bearing cup at the shaft
end.
Parts list
1 Screw. 8 1 000 rpm driven gear. 15 Shaft.
2 Cover. 9 Bearing cup. 16 Guide pin.
3 Nut. 10 Bearing cone. 17 Interchangeable sleeve.
4 Shims. 11 Lip seal. 18 Screw.
5 Bearing cup. 12 Lubrication tube. 19 750 rpm driven gear (depending on
6 Bearing cone. 13 Screw. assembly).
7 540 rpm driven gear. 14 O-ring. 20 Screw (depending on assembly).
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
14
9
10
11
16
17
12
13
14
15
18
341hsm59 Fig. 104
2
3
4 19
5 7
6 20
8
9
10
11
14
16
12
13
14
14
17
18
341hsm60 Fig. 105
11
004fl
004fl Fig. 109
3 21
Adjustment
– Shim with the cover only.
– Do not mount the upper shaft with the drive gears and
guide rods.
– Assemble the upper shaft.
– Tighten nut (3) provisionally to 20 ± 4 daN.m.
– Fit shims (4) to the thickness measured on removal
minus 0,15 mm. 4
– Lubricate the bearings.
– Fit the cover (2). 3
– Tighten screws (1) in opposition to 8 ± 1 daN.m.
– Check that the end of the interchangeable sleeve (17)
is a smooth, flat surface. 0,05
± 0,05
mm
General
– Power take-off proportional to forward motion is an – The 4 wheel drive unit (see section "D") drives a
optional feature. Movement comes from the drive countershaft. This is connected by splines to a sleeve.
pinion via the 4 wheel drive gear. A coupler drives the lower shaft via a pair of gears.
– The PTO speed is therefore proportional to the speed – The drive gear is fastened to the 540 rpm gear in place
of wheel rotation. of the 750 rpm gear (if fitted).
– The coupler control is located on the right-hand lower
part of the PTO housing.
Parts list
1 Circlip. 11 Hub. 21 Needle screw.
2 Sleeve. 12 Bearing cone. 22 Guide rod.
3 Countershaft. 13 Bearing cup. 23 Locking screw.
4 Retaining ring. 14 Shims. 24 Nut.
5 Sleeve. 15 Cover. 25 Control shaft.
6 Screw. 16 Bearing cone. 26 O-ring.
7 Washer. 17 Bearing cup. 27 Retaining ring.
8 Bearing. 18 Proportional PTO drive gear. 28 Control lever .
9 Nut. 19 Proportional PTO driven gear. 29 Needle screw.
10 Sliding gear. 20 Fork.
Exploded view
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
1
19
15
18
17
16
14
13
12
25 11
26 10
27
29
21
28 22
23
24 20
Removing/refitting the
selection system 25
22
9
± 0,05
0,10 mm
11
341hsm70 Fig. 116
Formajoint (510)
28 ± 4 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
342hsm0k Fig. 1
Formajoint (510)
28 ± 4 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
342hsm0l Fig. 2
Formajoint (510)
52 ± 4 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
342hsm0m Fig. 3
General cross-section
±2 ±1 ± 0,2 ± 0,05
5
±1
daN.m 23 daN.m 12 daN.m 2,6 daN.m 0,05 mm 6
±1
daN.m
Formajoint (510)
Frenbloc (270) Frenbloc (270) Frenbloc (270)
13 ± 1 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
±1
8,6 daN.m
0,05
± 0,05
mm 8 ± 1 daN.m 0,07
± 0,03
mm Formajoint (510) Formajoint (510) ±4
52 daN.m 0,10
± 0,05
mm
Frenetanch (242)
342hsm0n Fig. 4
26 ± 4 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
341hsm77 Fig. 6
±4
26 daN.m
Frenetanch (242)
341hsm78 Fig. 7
341hsm75 Fig. 5
General
The helical drive pinion is supported by 2 tapered supporting the 4-wheel drive driving gear is located in the
bearings mounted opposite each other. The bearing intermediate housing. Its position is adjusted by means of
cone (2) is press-fitted onto the drive pinion and the one or more shims (6) placed between the bearing (5) and
cups (3) and (9) are also press-fitted into the intermediate the housing. The bearings are preloaded by means of one
housing and the bearing (5) respectively. The bearing or more shims (8) fitted between the bearing cone (10)
cone (10), free on the drive pinion, enables the shims (8) and the thrust washer (7).
to be fitted for packing purposes. The drive pinion
Parts list
1 Drive pinion. 5 Bearing. 9 Bearing cup.
2 Bearing cone. 6 Shims. 10 Bearing cone.
3 Bearing cup. 7 Thrust washer. 11 Nut.
4 Screw. 8 Shims.
Exploded view
7
8
9
10
11
3
4
5
6
342hsm16 Fig. 8
Removal/refitting
Uncouple the tractor between the gearbox and the
intermediate housing (12) as follows:
– Refer to Chapter "H" for partial cab removal.
Operations 1 to 7.
– Drain the transmission system.
12
– Remove the reservoir(s) and disconnect the pipes,
hoses and wiring harnesses interfering with the
uncoupling operation.
– Make the tractor safe with stands and trolleys.
– Chock the tilt between the front axle and the cradle.
– Release the ratchet of the "Park Lock" transmission
lock.
– Mark the position and extract the sleeve between the
drive pinion and the lower shaft.
– Remove the bearing/hydraulic pump driving gear
assembly. 342hsm17 Fig. 9
60 05 006 311
60 05 006 310
342hsm18 Fig. 10
10
11
342hsm19 Fig. 11
13
13
6
342hsm20 Fig. 12
17 14 5 15
342hsm22 Fig. 14
7 5
13
10
2
11
6
8
342hsm23 Fig. 15
N.B.: If the drive pinion, tapered roller bearings, – Fit and adjust the brake control.
bearing block, thrust washer or intermediate housing – Refit the bearing/hydraulic pump driving gear
need to be replaced, it is essential to adjust the drive assembly.
pinion protrusion distance and then shim the tapered – Refit the ratchet and sleeve of the "Park Lock"
bearings. transmission lock.
– Clean and inspect all parts, replace all faulty parts. If – Couple up the tractor.
removed, fit the bearing cone (2) fully onto the drive N.B.: If the ring gear and drive pinion have needed to
pinion using an appropriate jig and a press and bring be replaced, check the backlash (see paragraph
the cup (3) into contact with the bearing block (5). concerned).
– Lubricate the roller bearing with transmission oil.
Check the operation of all controls. Road test.
– Refit the handbrake mechanism, the intermediate
plates and the discs. Check the gasket faces for leaks.
– Assemble the handbrake casing and the bearing. Check the hydraulic couplings for leaks.
– Slide the drive pinion, handbrake and bearing (5)
assembly with the aid of locating studs and with the
measured number of shims (6).
– Drive the screws (13) gradually and alternately to fit the
bearing correctly.
– Coat the screws (13) lightly with Frenbloc (270) and
tighten to 12 ± 1 daN.m.
– The thrust washer (7) must be placed in contact with
the shoulder in the drive pinion.
– Slide on the shims (8).
– Lubricate the bearing cone (10) with transmission oil
and mount it on the drive pinion in contact with the
shims.
– Degrease the nut (11) and the drive pinion threads.
– Coat the nut thread lightly with Frenbloc (270) and
immobilise it with spanner n° 60 05 006 310. Using
socket n° 60 05 006 311, turn the drive pinion
anticlockwise to a torque of 23 ± 2 daN.m.
Important: Check drive pinion rotation manually.
Lock the nut by deforming its flange, without breaking
it, using a suitable tool.
7 9 5 1
11 10 2 13
342hsm24 Fig. 16
Z
X
Y
342hsm25 Fig. 17
Measuring "X"
Measure "X" with a depth gauge (Fig. 18).
1 5
Thickness "E1" of shims (6)
Determine "E1" from "X", "Y" and "Z".
Given that:
– "Z" corresponds to the nominal dimension determined
between the rear face of the intermediate housing and
the differential axis = 241 ± 0,05 mm.
N.B.: This dimension is marked inside the housing
along the horizontal axis of the differential case. X
11 8 7 6 5
0,07 ± 0,03 mm
10 9 3 13
342hsm27 Fig. 19
11 8 7 6 5
0,07 ± 0,03 mm
10 9 3 13
342hsm27 Fig. 20
For example, if the measured play is 0,15 mm and – Loosen and remove the nut (11). Slide on shims (8) to
the higher number of shims equates to a thickness the measured thickness "E2" between the thrust
of 1 mm washer (7) and the bearing cone (10).
1 0,15 = 0,85 mm of shims with zero play and preload. – Lubricate the two tapered bearings. Using spanner
"E2" (minimum) = 0,85 – 0,1 = 0,75 n° 60 05 006 310 and socket n° 60 05 006 311,
tighten the nut (11) to 23 ± 2 daN.m.
"E2" (maximum) = 0,85 – 0,04 = 0,81
– Turn the drive pinion at least 8 times to seat the
According to the example, the shim thickness should be
bearings correctly.
between 0,75 and 0,81 mm.
– Check that the drive pinion drag torque
is 0,23 ± 0,12 daN.m.
– Loosen and remove the nut (11).
– Refit the handbrake casing and the 4-wheel drive gear
according to the drive pinion refitting procedure.
General
The ring gear is riveted to the differential case. The The piston chamber housed in the cover (19)
differential assembly rotates on two tapered bearings held communicates with a duct in the bearing (36), enabling
by 2 side supports (2) and (36) screwed onto the housing. low pressure (17 bar) to act on the piston. The duct is
The differential assembly consists of 2 half-cases sealed by 2 piston rings (34).
containing 4 planet gears and 2 sun gears. The differential
assembly is preloaded by means of shims (32) placed Clutched position
between the cone (31) and the left-hand bearing (36). The When the differential locking solenoid valve is activated,
backlash between the drive pinion and the ring gear is oil flows into the piston chamber. The piston compresses
obtained by means of shims (7) inserted between the the intermediate plates (24) and the discs (23) connected
cup (6) and the differential half-case (10). to the hub (25) and case (21) respectively. In this clutched
position, the input sun gear of the RH and LH axle tubes
Differential lock rotate at the same speed.
The multidisc locking device located on the left-hand side
of the half-case (19) comprises. Declutched position
– A unit (21) containing the discs (23) and the When power is turned off, the piston withdraws and the
backplates (24). discs and intermediate plates are decompressed,
– A hub (25) connected by splines to the sun gear of the enabling the sun gears and planets gears to fulfil their
LH axle tube. differential function.
– An assembled cover (29) for the piston (27) supported
by a tapered bearing.
Parts list
1 Screw. 15 Friction washer. 29 Differential locking cover.
2 RH bearing. 16 Planet gear. 30 Bearing cup.
3 O-ring. 17 Spider shaft. 31 Bearing cone.
4 Centring pin. 18 Friction ring. 32 Shims.
5 Bearing cone. 19 Differential half-case. 33 O-ring.
6 Bearing cup. 20 Screw. 34 Sealing piston ring.
7 Shims. 21 Differential locking case. 35 Centring pin.
8 Deflector. 22 Screw. 36 LH bearing.
9 Rivets. 23 Differential locking disc. 37 Screw.
10 Differential half-case. 24 Differential locking backplate. 38 O-ring.
11 Friction ring. 25 Differential locking hub. 39 Supply tube.
12 Ring gear. 26 O-ring. 40 Seal.
13 Drive pinion. 27 Piston. 41 Coupling.
14 Sun gear. 28 O-ring.
Exploded view
17
15
14
12
10
8
6 19
18
5 14
3
16
2
13
11
9
7 25
4
1
24
23
22
21 41
20 38
36 40
33
32 39
31
30
29
28
27 37
26
35
34
342hsm28 Fig. 21
42
39
41
29 B
36 A
342hsm32 Fig. 25
33 38 35 31
37
34 32
342hsm33 Fig. 26
RH bearing
The removal/refitting procedure for the right-hand bearing
is similar to the one for the left-hand bearing. Except that
the RH bearing is not equipped with hydraulic ducts and
seals (34).
A
36
37
342hsm35 Fig. 28
342hsm37 Fig. 30
33
342hsm39 Fig. 32
342hsm43 Fig. 36
342hsm46 Fig. 39
342hsm48 Fig. 41
60
05
00
6
30
9
342hsm49 Fig. 42
Measuring "X"
Using a suitable depth gauge, measure "C" and determine
dimension "X" between the bearing cone (31) and the
contact surface of the bearing on the housing:
X = C – 10 mm
(10 mm is the thickness of measuring tool n°
60 05 006 309).
C
342hsm51 Fig. 44
32
31
36
342hsm52 Fig. 45
General
The clutch is mounted on the rear PTO housing. It is The clutch is supplied by a proportional solenoid valve on
driven by a countershaft traversing the transmission the 17 bar low-pressure circuit. The oil reaches the piston
system. This shaft also drives the hydraulic pump gear. chamber through the shaft ducts. In the clutched position,
The clutch assembly consists of: the PTO brake piston located in the rear axle housing is
– A casing supported by 2 tapered roller bearings. idle and releases the clutch casing. When the clutch is
– A shaft centred by a bushing in the rear housing and by engaged, the discs are cooled by the oil from the shaft
a ball bearing in the clutch. It comprises 2 ducts: ducts.
• A central duct to lubricate the bearings. Power take-off brake
• An axial duct to feed the piston. When the supply is interrupted, the spring and Belleville
– A hub supports the discs. washer release the discs. The 17 bar supply displaces the
– A cover accommodates the backplates. brake piston, stopping the casing. A duct communicating
with the brake piston chamber lubricates around the
casing during the braking phase.
Parts list
1 Retaining ring. 15 O-ring. 29 Cover.
2 Sealing ring. 16 Belleville washer. 30 Retaining ring.
3 Screw. 17 Spring holder. 31 Retaining ring.
4 Unit. 18 Spring. 32 Ball bearing.
5 Brake piston. 19 Spring seat. 33 Bearing.
6 Brake cylinder. 20 Retaining ring. 34 Thrust bearing.
7 Screw. 21 Ball bearing. 35 Screw.
8 Valve. 22 Chamfered washer. 36 Sleeve.
9 Plug. 23 Screw. 37 Hydraulic pump driving gear.
10 Pin/hydraulic throttle. 24 Drive hub. 38 Screw.
11 Shaft. 25 Retaining ring. 39 Retaining ring.
12 O-ring. 26 Shaft. 40 Shaft.
13 O-ring. 27 Backplates.
14 Piston. 28 Discs.
Exploded view
1
2
4
9
3 10
7 11
12
13
14
8 15
5 16
6 17
18
19
24 20
25
26
27
28 21
22
23
26
30 29
31
32
33
32
36
37
39
40
34
35
38
342hsm53 Fig. 46
26 47 41
42 43 44 46 45
342hsm54 Fig. 47
Removal/refitting
– Drain the transmission system. – Pull the lower shaft then remove the gears (44)
– Disconnect the PTO control cables and pipes. and (45).
– Remove the linkage and lift accessories obstructing the – Recover the friction washers and the dog (46).
uncoupling of the PTO housing (41). – Remove screws (47).
– Remove the rear PTO housing with a chain and hoist. – Remove the clutch and upper shaft assembly.
– Leave the shaft (26) in the rear axle. – Remove the sealing rings (2). Using a press and a
– Remove the sensor located on the right-hand upper suitable jig, compress the Belleville washer (50)
side of the PTO housing. moderately (Fig. 48).
– Recover the friction washers from the lower shaft. – Remove the circlip (48), the washer (49) - noting which
– Remove the circlip (42) and washer (43) from the lower way round it is fitted - and the Belleville washer (50)
shaft and maintain the driven gears. (Fig. 48).
2 47 50
51 52 49 48
342hsm55 Fig. 48
16 ± 0,1 mm
342hsm57 Fig. 50
24 22 23
6
5
± 0,2
21 146,25
ø8
25
170
4
= =
+ 0,5
ø 58 0
ø 92
64
6
3 14 4
342hsm61 Fig. 53
24 A
4 B
342hsm63 Fig. 55
26 30 32 33 32 36
34
342hsm64 Fig. 56
Removal/refitting
27 53
– Remove the drive gears as described in the clutch
removal procedure.
N.B.: To remove the shaft (26), the left-hand cover
must be removed in order to access the retaining
ring (30) as it cannot be passed through the hole in
the intermediate housing partition. Before removing
the shaft, make a visual note of the clearance for the
ring gear passage. To refit the ball bearings (32),
bearing block (33) and hub (36), remove the thrust
bearing (34) and uncouple between the gearbox and
the intermediate housing.
If necessary, refit the correctly positioned
countershaft (26) and the retaining ring (30).
– Refit the left-hand cover. If required, refit the bearings 51 52
cups in the cover and casing respectively.
342hsm65 Fig. 57
– Refit the drive gears, the half-cases (51) and (52) and
the measured shims (53).
– Tighten the screws (27), coated with Frenetanch (242),
to 6 ± 1 daN.m.
Adjustment
– Assemble the clutch with the gears and half-cases.
– Assemble the half-cases (51) and (52), without shims, 54
with 4 bolts (54) (Fig. 58).
– Fit the Belleville washer (50), the washer (49) and the 50
retaining ring (48).
– Keep the drive gear assembly in a vice equipped with 49
grips (Fig. 59).
– Place a dial gauge probe at the end of the shaft (11)
(Fig. 59).
– To seat the bearings properly, pull hard on the shaft 48
and rotate it.
– repeat this operation by pushing hard on the shaft and 52
measuring the distance.
– Fit shims with a thickness corresponding to the 51
measured play minus 0,05 ± 0,05 mm.
342hsm66 Fig. 58
For example, if the measured play is 0,86 mm
0,86 – 0 = 0,86
0,86 – 0,1 = 0,76 11 54
According to the example, shims with a thickness of
between 0,76 and 0,86 mm should be inserted.
– Refit the assembly observing the instructions
mentioned in the sections concerned.
52 51
342hsm67 Fig. 59
General
The driven gears are mounted on the lower shaft of the (540 or 1 000 rpm) via the external control located on the
rear PTO housing. These gears are constantly engaged right-hand side of the housing. The rear bearing is fitted
with the drive gears entrained by the upper shaft line. The with a lip seal and an O-ring. The tapered bearings are
lower shaft is supported at the front by a roller bearing adjusted by shims placed between the rear PTO housing
fitted in the rear axle housing and at the rear by 2 tapered and the bearing block. A notched washer transmits the
bearings mounted in the PTO rear housing bearing. The information required for sensor operation and also acts as
dog hub is connected to the lower shaft by splines. The a spacer for the tapered bearing cones. Lubrication is
gears drive the shaft when the dog (10) is displaced either provided by the transmission oil. The oil kept in the
forward (540 rpm) or rearward (1 000 rpm). When one of deflector lubricates the roller bearing and the tapered
the drive gears transfers movement to the lower shaft, the bearings via the shaft containing an axial duct and radial
other gear is passive and rotates freely around its shaft. A holes.
fork enables the required speed to be selected
Parts list
1 Deflector. 12 Needle screw. 23 Bearing cup.
2 Roller bearing. 13 Control shaft. 24 Bearing cone.
3 Retaining ring. 14 Control link. 25 Notched washer.
4 Splined washer. 15 Bush. 26 Lip seal.
5 540 rpm gear. 16 Screw. 27 Shims.
6 Retaining ring. 17 Spring. 28 O-ring.
7 Hub. 18 Lock. 29 Bearing.
8 Sliding sleeve. 19 Retaining ring. 30 Screw.
9 O-ring. 20 1 000 rpm gear. 31 Shaft.
10 Pads. 21 Rear PTO housing. 32 Guide pin.
11 Fork. 22 Retaining ring.
Exploded view
1 14
2 9
3 13
5
4 12
9
6
21
15
18 16
11 17
10
7
8
19
20
22
23
24
25
24
23
22
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
342hsm68 Fig. 60
Removal
1 2 8 5 24 23 24 26 27 29
N.B.: The rear power take-off housing must be
removed for all work on the lower shaft line.
– Drain the transmission system.
– Disconnect the PTO control cables and pipes.
– Remove the linkage and lift accessories obstructing the
uncoupling of the PTO housing.
– Remove the rear PTO housing with a chain and hoist.
– Remove the retaining ring (3) and the splined
washer (4).
– Remove the clutch/upper shaft assembly and the
gear (5).
– Remove the needle screw (12). Remove the shaft (13),
link (14) and fork (11) fitted with its pads.
– Remove retaining ring (6), hub (7) and dog (8),
retaining ring (19) and driven gear (20).
– Remove and discard the O-rings (9) from the 22
shaft (13). If necessary, mark the position of the
bearing (2) and extract it from the rear axle housing.
– Remove the deflector (1).
– Remove the speed sensor from the lower shaft located 3 4 6 7 19 20 25 22 28 30
on the right-hand side of the housing.
– Remove the screws (30), pull the interchangeable PTO 12 13 14
end fitting and extract the bearing assembly (29)
composed of:
• the lip seal (26).
• The O-ring (28).
• The shims (27).
• The bearing cups (23).
• The bearing cones (24).
• The notched washer (25).
9 11 9
– Remove the cup (23) from the rear PTO housing.
– Remove the retaining ring (22). 342hsm69 Fig. 61
– Remove the cones (24), the notched washer (25), the
bearing cup (23) and the retaining ring (22).
– Separate the bearing (29) from the shaft.
– Extract the seal (26) and O-ring (28). If necessary,
remove the interchangeable end fitting.
Refitting
25 28 26 29 33
– Clean and inspect all parts, replace all faulty parts.
– Check that the shaft ducts are not blocked. With a
press and a suitable jig, fit the lip seal (26) into the
bearing (29) with the spring facing the roller bearings
and the outside diameter lightly coated with
Frenetanch (542).
– Observe the 10,1 ± 0,05 mm distance (Fig. 62).
– Lubricate the inside lip of the seal (26) with
transmission oil.
– Fit the shaft into the bearing seal.
– Position the retaining ring (22) and refit the bearing
cups and cones with a suitable jig.
– Insert the notched washer (25) between the two roller
bearings.
22 10 ± 0,5 mm 30 34
– Fit the retaining ring.
– Refit the shaft assembled with the bearing, roller 342hsm70 Fig. 62
10
342hsm71 Fig. 63
10
342hsm71 Fig. 65
35
342hsm72 Fig. 66
Shim thickness E
Determine E on the basis of A, B and the play value
J1 = 0,10 ± 0,05 mm.
E = (B – A) + J1
J1 = 0,10 ± 0,05 mm
26
342hsm58 Fig. 68
General
It is made up of a step-down gear and a dog control mounted on the rear axle and activates the engagement
function. The step-down gear consists of an epicyclic gear dog of the step-down gear via the fork. The dog can only
set comprising a planet carrier and ring gear assembly be engaged at a standstill. The reduction ratio of the step-
located at the front of the rear axle housing. The control is down gear is 0,25.
Parts list
1 Screw. 17 Retaining ring. 33 Ring gear.
2 Control cable support. 18 Park lock sleeve. 34 Friction washer.
3 Screw. 19 Secondary shaft. 35 Retaining ring.
4 Control link. 20 Needle bearing. 36 Pinion.
5 O-ring. 21 Retaining ring. 37 Retaining ring.
6 Spindle. 22 Sliding sleeve. 38 Crawler gear support.
7 Pin. 23 Clutching gear. 39 Screw.
8 Adjustment shims. 24 Retaining ring. 40 Bearing.
9 Lever. 25 Screw. 41 Retaining ring.
10 Nut. 26 Unit. 42 Retaining ring.
11 Guide rod. 27 Planet carrier. 43 Pin.
12 Fork. 28 Pins. 44 Gearbox shaft.
13 Lock. 29 Needles. 45 Sleeve.
14 Spring. 30 Planet gear. 46 Retaining ring.
15 Screw. 31 Friction plate.
16 Intermediate housing. 32 Spacer.
Exploded view
4
3
5
1
7 6
2
8
10
11 9
13 12
14
15
24
23
22
21 16
20
19
18
17
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
27
26
25
32
31
30
29
28
46
45
44
42
41
43
40
342hsm0d Fig. 69
side.
– Position the cutout part of housing (26) to the bottom.
– Tighten the screws (25), coated with Frenetanch (242),
to 1,2 ± 0,2 daN.m.
– Refit the assembly in reverse order to removal,
observing the instructions mentioned in the parts
concerned.
– Position the dog correctly and fit the fork and guide rod
complete with a new nut (10). 15
– Fit the lock (13) and spring and tighten the screws (15)
to 6 ± 1 daN.m. 14
– Put the dog (22) into the "crawl" position with the rear 13
face resting on the circlip (47).
– Degrease the thread of the guide rod (11) and nut (10). 11
Coat the nut beforehand with Frenetanch (242).
– Hold the nut (10) against the sunken face of the
housing and turn the guide rod (11) simultaneously to
the right or left (as required) with a screwdriver to
obtain an approximately equal gap between the
dog (22) and the bearing faces of the fork (12). 10 12
– Lock the nut (10) by deforming its flange.
N.B.: When the tractor is coupled up, translational
movement of the guide rod (11) will be prevented by
the contact of the nut (10) with the rear face of the
342hsm0h Fig. 73
gearbox.
– Couple up the tractor.
– Refit the link (4) with the screw (3) lightly coated with
Frenetanch (242).
– Check manually with the aid of the rocker bar that the
47
dog locks correctly in each "direct drive" and "crawl"
position.
22
342hsm0i Fig. 74
51
50
49
2
48 4
47
342hsm0j Fig. 75
Foot brake
GTA 32-30
Type Oil-immersed
Number of disks per wheel 2
Diameter of outside discs (friction) 343 mm
Diameter of inside discs (friction) 275 mm
Thickness of discs (friction) 4,9 mm
Type of slave Tubular piston (in the axle tube)
Type of control Hydrostatic with servo
Brake control fluid Brake fluid type (LHM) or equivalent
Position of brake fluid reservoir In engine compartment on right-hand front side of cab.
Circuit capacity 1l
Capacity between maximum and minimum 300 cm³
Level detection Indication in cab
General
5
The brake pistons are located in the 2 side cavities of the
rear axle housing, concentric to the contact surface of
each axle tube. They have a shoulder section and are
guided by 3 centring studs (fit tight on the housing). For
sealing purposes, 2 O-rings are fitted in the grooves of the
rear axle housing. Each piston is controlled by a master 4
cylinder assisted by a hydraulic booster. Each piston acts
on a friction disc, with a hub, on the axle tube input sun
gear and a backing plate centred by studs and bearing on
the ring gear of the reduction gear unit. When the brake is
released, there is a minimum clearance between the
piston and discs. The brakes are self-adjusting and a
constant clearance is maintained at the pedal. The discs
are constantly lubricated by the rear axle oil and the
auxiliary spool valve return. The oil film is kept on the
braking surfaces when they are not used, in order to cool
362hsm11 Fig. 2
the brakes on use.
Removal
1. Remove the axle tube (see chapter "C1").
2. Disconnect the brake supply hose. Remove the
piston (4) from the housing by blasting compressed air
through the coupling (5) (Fig. 2).
3. Remove the O-rings (7), (8) on the piston and discard
them (Fig. 3).
7 8
362msm04 Fig. 3
450
10 410
40
Ø 16
= =
= =
001fl
001fl Fig. 4
Refitting
– Clean and inspect all parts, replace all faulty parts.
– Fit the piston (4) without seals in the casing (2).
N.B.: Check that the piston slides freely in the casing
bore and it enters without tight points on the centring
studs (3) (Fig. 5).
– Fit new O-rings (7), (8) (Fig. 5).
N.B.: Smear the seals with a moderate amount of
grease to keep them correctly at the bottom of the
groove.
– Position the piston along the axis of the centring studs,
then fit it with the aid of the locally made tool (Fig. 4).
7 8 2 3
362hsm12 Fig. 5
Sealing test
Important: When intervening on the brake piston and 5
O-rings, it is highly recommended to check the
sealing.
– Keep the piston in place with the locally made tool
(Fig. 4 and 6).
– Make the illustrated jig locally to carry out the leak test
(Fig. 7): Fit an air inflation nozzle (C) to a "Jic"
(1/2-100) coupling (A) to be screwed onto the bend (5).
Connect this assembly to a conventional inflation
handle equipped with its pressure gauge. Then place a
relief regulator upstream.
– Supply the circuit with compressed air at
approximately 5 bar to ensure correct piston operation.
– Reduce the pressure to 0,3 bar.
– Close the pressure regulator valve. After 1 minute, no
pressure drop should be observed at the pressure 362msm07 Fig. 6
gauge.
– Remove the pressure gauge. Remove the restraining
tool.
– Connect the brake hose.
Parts list (Fig. 7) 5 A B
A Coupling 1/2-100.
B Inflation handle.
C Pneumatic valve.
D Pressure gauge.
1 2 3 4
11 7 8
362msm26 Fig. 8
Parts list
1 Brake valve control. 7 Return .
2 Brake fluid reservoir supply. 8 Supply, 17 bar.
3 Brake supply. 9 Connector bleed screw (braking valve).
4 Brake balancer pipe. 10 Brake fluid reservoir.
5 Braking valve control pipe. 11 Master cylinder.
6 Master cylinder mounting nut. Tightening torque 2 daN.m.
4 3 10
9
11
8 7 6 5
362hsm15 Fig. 9
Adjustment procedure
– Measure the length of the pedal high end stops (A).
6 5
– Adjust the end stops (A) respecting the dimension
indicated.
– Tighten the locknut (B).
– Check that the lock coupling the pedals together slides 362hsm04 Fig. 10
m
3m
C
362hsm14 Fig. 11
362hsm06 Fig. 13
362hsm10 Fig. 14
362hsm09 Fig. 15
362hsm13 Fig. 17
362hsm18 Fig. 19
Operating principles
The mechanical handbrake assembly (secondary brake)
is mounted at the front of the rear axle on the drive pinion
shaft. It consists of a plate mechanisms inserted
between 6 lined discs connected to the shaft and 4
intermediate backplates immobilised by lugs on the
casing. The mechanism consists of 2 cast iron plates
which can expand by means of balls housed in raceways.
The mechanism is activated by an adjustable rod
equipped with a relay assembly, itself controlled by a
pushrod displaced by a cylinder and Belleville
washer. 17 bar of hydraulic pressure is required to
compress the Belleville washers and release the brake.
The hydraulic circuit is assisted by an electronic
management system comprising sensors and solenoid
valves. The hydraulic circuit is drained via a line into the
Belleville washer chamber which discharges into the
housing. The casing is lubricated by a perforated pipe in
the drive pinion. The brake can be activated by a manual
control, placed right next to the control unit, in the event of
a problem. This is controlled by the handbrake lever in the
cab. A release screw located above the hitch yoke can be
used to free the brake in case of a hydraulics problem.
363hsm00 Fig. 1
Truth table
363hsm18 Fig. 2
E1 E2 S1 S2 Function
363hsm01 Fig. 3
11
E1
E2
6
8
5
10
S1
12
3
S2
14
13
15
16
17
18
19
23
22
20
21
363hsm02 Fig. 4
Parts list
1 Control unit housing. 13 Lever. 26 Backplate.
2 Piston. 14 Split pin. 27 Plate mechanism.
3 Belleville washer (x8). 15 Spring cover. 28 Closing cover.
4 Upper housing. 16 Bush. 29 Compensation bar.
5 Cover. 17 Spring. 30 Adjustment nut.
6 Stop pin. 18 Spacer. 31 Bush.
7 Release rod. 19 O-ring. 32 Screw and washer.
8 Wedge. 20 Cam. 33 Pushrod.
9 Thrust bolt. 21 Sheath stop. E1 Solenoid valve, 3/2, flange-fitting.
10 O-ring. 22 Washer. E2 Solenoid valve, 2/2, screw-fitting.
11 Flange. 23 Circlip. S1 Position sensor.
12 Pressure chamber O-rings. 24 Mechanism housing. S2 Wear sensor and pushrod.
25 Disc (x6).
28 32 33
29
30
31
27
25
24
26
363hsm03 Fig. 5
21
S1
S2
363hsm05 Fig. 7
33
10
363hsm06 Fig. 8
2
4
363hsm08 Fig. 10
12
363hsm09 Fig. 11
363hsm10 Fig. 12
2
3
4
5
6
7
363hsm44 Fig. 13
32 29
363hsm12 Fig. 15
28
25
26 24
27
363hsm13 Fig. 16
363hsm14 Fig. 17
20
29 30
363hsm16 Fig. 19
Adjusting the parking brake lever: Adjust while changing the position of the lever (13)
in relation to the cam (20).
control – Refit the remote control cable and adjust it to obtain a
The remote control cable must be disassembled. The length "Y" of 206 ± 5 mm between the sheath stop (21)
purpose of this adjustment is to obtain a length "Y" and the cable hooking point on the lever (13): Adjust by
of 179 ± 9 mm with a load of 10 daN on the end of the altering the sheath nuts. This setting corresponds to 7
notches on the handbrake lever in the cab.
10 daN
13
Y
20
21
363hsm17 Fig. 20
General
The Park lock device, mounted in the intermediate housing, consists of a ratchet (17) and a toothed sleeve (15), splined to
the drive pinion and lower shaft linked to the gearbox. A box (3) mounted on the right-hand side of the housing and a spring-
loaded control rod activate this device. The Park lock is mounted only on transmissions with a Full Powershift gearbox.
Remark
The special bolt (6) is used to release the system if there is a fault on the hydraulic or electrical circuit (Fig. 21). Remove
the nut (9). Turn the screw clockwise until resistance is felt; in this position, the rear face of the piston (1) is in contact with
the shoulder of the housing. In normal use, this screw must be loosened completely and held in place with lock nut (9)
(Fig. 21).
Overall view
6 9 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2
20
4 7
393hsm39 Fig. 21
Parts list
1 Piston. 8 O-ring. 15 Notched sleeve.
2 O-ring. 9 Locknut. 16 Pin and split pin.
3 Control unit. 10 Spring. 17 Ratchet.
4 Screw. 11 Operating rod. 18 Seal.
5 O-ring. 12 Pin and split pin. 19 Switch.
6 Special bolt. 13 Link. 20 O-ring.
7 Solenoid valve. 14 Pin and split pin.
Schematic diagram
12 V
2
+ APC
7
8
RCC
5
3
+ APC
TC
6
17 bar 9
11 12
10
363hsm43 Fig. 22
Parts list
1 Gearbox output speed sensor. 5 "RCC" unit. 9 Park Lock safety switch.
2 Displacement speed sensor. 6 "TC" unit. 10 Park Lock control solenoid valve.
3 Shuttle reverser lever. 7 Park Lock relay. 11 Engaged position.
4 Transmission display. 8 Park Lock switch. 12 Released position.
The Park lock is a parking brake which, for obvious safety reverser in neutral), the Park lock is effectively engaged
reasons, is applied automatically when the engine is and the "P" symbol on the display (4) stays lit.
switched off. The Park lock is only applied when the
N.B.: In normal operation, the speed for Park lock
shuttle reverser lever (3) is in neutral and the forward
engagement at 1,1 km/h is read by the gearbox output
speed is less than 1,1 km/h. As soon as the pulse speed sensor (1). If there is a problem on the "TC"
control (8) is pressed, the request to engage the Park lock unit, the froward speed will be read on the theoretical
is represented by the "P" symbol on the display (4). As speed sensor (2).
soon as the tractor speed drops to below 1 km/h (shuttle
Operation
Engaged position
6 3 1 10 15 17 18
9 11 13 19
363hsm40 Fig. 23
The Park lock is automatically applied when the engine is switched off or on starting the engine and locks the transmission
mechanically. In the engaged position, the solenoid valve (7) is not powered and the system operates in a purely
mechanical manner (Fig. 21).
The spring (10) pushes the piston (1) back towards the box (3). The control rod (11) screwed into the piston drives the
links (13) which mesh the ratchet (17) onto the toothed sleeve (15), lockig the lower shaft line of the transmission.
3 10 13 15 17 11
6 1
363hsm41 Fig. 24
With the engine running, when the shuttle reverser control is shifted to forward or reverse gear, the Park lock switch
disengages the electronic system (TC), controls the solenoid valve (7) powering the control unit (3) and releases the Park
lock. The pressure within the chamber of the piston (1) presses on the front face of the piston, compressing the spring (10)
and releasing the ratchet (17) from the toothed sleeve (15). The electronic system (TC) is informed of the release by the
switch (19).
Refitting
– After adjusting (see below), coat the thread of the new
switch with Frenetanch (242), refit and torque
to 2 daN.m.
– Connect the harness.
– Top up the oil level in the housing and check it on the 0,2 – 1,4 mm
transparent tube located on the LH side of the centre
housing.
N.B.: The intermediate housing drain plug has a 363hsm42 Fig. 25
different shape from the others. It has a cylindrical
portion which is absent on conventional plugs. It is
essential to fit this plug in the correct position during
reassembly.
Remark: Following a service operation, it is essential
that the special screw (6) is put back into its initial
position, i.e. unscrewed completely to a torque
of 4 - 5 daN.m to ensure correct Park lock operation
and to seal the unit (3) (Fig. 21).
Using spanners, hold the special screw in the above-
mentioned position and tighten the nut (9) against the
unit (3) to 8,5 – 11,5 daN.m.
– With the microswitch (19) removed, remove the nut (9) 39,9 – 38,7 No seal
(Fig. 21). Turn the special screw (6) clockwise until 38,6 – 38,2 1 mm
resistance is felt (rear face of piston (1) in contact with 38,1 – 37,7 1,5 mm
the shoulder of the housing) (Fig. 24). 37,6 – 37,2 2 x 1 mm seals
– Using a gauge of appropriate depth, measure the
distance "A" between the end of the rod (11) and the
face of the housing (Fig. 24). Depending on the
reading obtained, determine the appropriate assembly
(with or without a seal) (18) - refer to the table.
– Slide the seal(s) determined above onto the switch and
tighten to 2 daN.m.
– Remove the switch again and check that the ball
mounted at its end returns to its initial position after
pressing manually.
– Refit the switch permanently (see paragraph heading).
The values indicated in the table allow for an
approximate space of 0,2 to 1,4 mm between the end
of the rod (11) and the body of the switch (19), with the
Park Lock in the released position (Fig. 25).
Tractor type.............................................................................................................................................................................
60 05 705 076
P1
342hsm00 Fig. 26
General
The mechanical handbrake control assembly is mounted cast iron plates held by springs (33) and separated by
on the drive pinion located on the intermediate housing. It balls housed in runners. It is actuated by a tie-rod (22)
consists of a mechanism (30) placed between 6 discs (21) mounted on a relay pin (15) whose cam (16) is in contact
connected to the drive pinion and 4 backing plates. The with the stem (1), itself bearing on a second cam (3),
mechanism is housed in a casing (25) fastened to the splined to a pin (7) controlled by the link (10).
drive pinion rear bearing support and is composed of 2
Operation
When the brake lever is pulled, the cable acts on the handbrake lever at rest, the link (10) is returned to its
link (10) splined to the pin (7). The pin (7) pivots and initial position by the spring (9). The mechanism
drives the cam (3) which pushes the stem (1) against a adjustment nut can be accessed via a screw cap on top of
relay cam (16), free of the pin (15), thereby causing the the intermediate housing. Sealing between the pin (7) and
mechanism (30) to spread via the tie-rod (22). With the the casing (4) is provided by seals (8) and (11).
Parts list
1 Spindle. 11 Seal. 21 Discs. 31 Plates.
2 Screw. 12 Plain washer. 22 Stud. 32 Ball.
3 Link. 13 Screw. 23 Pin. 33 Spring.
4 Support. 14 Needle bearings. 24 Spindle. 34 Screw.
5 Screw. 15 Spindle. 25 Unit. 35 Link.
6 Clevis or bush. 16 Link. 26 Screw. 36 Nut.
7 Spindle. 17 Spindle. 27 Support. 37 Clevis.
8 Seal. 18 Nut. 28 Pin. 38 Seal.
9 Spring. 19 Screw. 29 Screw. 39 Seal.
10 Link. 20 Backing plate. 30 Mechanism. 40 Bearing support.
Exploded view
31 30
33
32
34
35
31
36
19 40
Loctite (270)
14 ± 2 daN.m 20
21
22
18
37
17
16
23 30
21
25
24 29
38
26
28
14
13 15 27
14
12
11
10
9
8
1
7
2
39
6
3
4
5
361hsm03 Fig. 27
With the cam (3) in contact with the casing (4), adjust the
nut (18) to obtain 1,2 to 1,3 mm of functional play between 30-45
the discs/backplate and mechanism (Fig. 27).
N.B.: The right-hand hydraulic housing needs to be
removed for this operation. B 27
A
– Position the link (10) on the pin (7) so as to obtain a
distance of 375 to 400 mm between the cable axis and
the support (27) (position "A"), while verifying that the
cam (3) is always in contact with the casing (4)
(Fig. 29).
– Check that the link travel (10) is between 35
and 45 mm under a load of 20 ± 5 daN 7 10
(position "B") (Fig. 29).
– After adjusting, refit the handbrake cable and adjust the 361hsm01 Fig. 29
sheath nuts to give 7 notches on the handbrake lever in
the cab.
Note: If the 30 to 45 mm value is greatly exceeded on
the handbrake link on the intermediate housing, the
brake discs in the axle need to be adjusted or
changed.
Remark
On the casing (4) (Fig. 27).
16
– Fit the bush (6) with a drift.
– Fit the seal (11) in contact with the casing (4) using a
suitable jig. F
– Coat the screw (2) of the cam (3) lightly with
14
Frenetanch (242).
– Coat the contact surface of the casing (4) on the
intermediate housing with Formajoint (510).
– Tighten the screw (5) to 3 ± 0,5 daN.m and screw (13)
to 1,7 ± 0,3 daN.m.
N.B.: On fitting, remember the O-ring (11) which forms
the seal between the pin (7) and the link (10).
On the cam (16):
– Fit the needle bearings (14) flush with face "F"
(Fig. 30). 361hsm02 Fig. 30
Differential unit stand GPA 40 differential unit stand (requires tool n° 60 05 006 314)
Dynamometer Flowmeter
Reference (b) 136 673 147 869 141 331 147 870
Number of studs 10
a m
b l
j k
451hsm00 Fig. 1
c
d
f
i
g
e
451hsm01 Fig. 2
Drive chain
13 77
31
31
13 77
49 (20.29, 20.43)
45 (20.29-3, 20.43-2)
45 (20.29, 20.43)
49 (20.29-3, 20.43-2)
451hsm02 Fig. 3
7 daN.m
7 daN.m Frenbloc (270) 8 daN.m 1 daN.m 1,3 daN.m Frenbloc (270) 1,3 daN.m
451hsm03 Fig. 4
26 daN.m
Scelbloc (638) 0,4 daN.m 2,3 daN.m 0,3 daN.m
0,8 daN.m
0,8 daN.m 20daN.m Frenbloc (270) Formajoint (510) 17 daN.m Frenbloc (270) 20daN.m 0,8 daN.m
25 daN.m 30 daN.m
451hsm04 Fig. 5
X
X X
A2
M M
A1
453hsm03 Fig. 6
Preliminary operations
451hsm07 Fig. 9
453hsm06 Fig. 10
Steering cylinder
– Disconnect the steering tie-rods by unscrewing the
nuts (6).
– Remove the ball joint with the Stahlwille 12623-3 ball
joint puller.
– Remove the tie-rods (5).
Important: The length and position of the steering
stops must not be changed under any circumstances.
They must be measured before removal.
– Remove the 4 screws (1) from the steering cylinder.
– Open the cylinder.
– Refit the cylinder and the steering links and tighten to
the correct torque (Fig. 13).
– Refit the wheels.
– Carry out wheel alignment.
451hsm08 Fig. 11
Parts list
1 Cylinder attachment screw.
2 Angle sensor harness support.
3 Swivel end fitting.
4 Nut.
5 Steering tie-rod.
6 Nut.
7 Seals.
8 Piston seals.
9 O-ring.
451hsm09 Fig. 12
6
22 daN.m
7 8 9 8 7
451hsm10 Fig. 13
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
10
23
9
20.43
20.43-2
11
12
6
8
7
6 9
5
3
4
10
11
12
20.29
8
24 20.29-3
1
6
2
5
3
4
451hsm11 Fig. 14
Parts list
1 Filling, dipstick and drain plug. 9 Guide pin. 17 O-ring.
2 Bolts, M 8 x 20. 10 Screw. 18 Tapered roller bearing.
3 Planet gear pin. 11 Washer. 19 Circlip.
4 Socket. 12 Intermediate washer. 20 Ring gear carrier.
5 Washer. 13 Sealing ring. 21 Socket.
6 Needle. 14 Tapered roller bearing. 22 Screw.
7 Washer. 15 Wheel hub. 23 Ring gear.
8 31-tooth planet gear. 16 Wheel stud. 24 Planet carrier cover.
A
451hsm13 Fig. 16
15
19
451hsm14 Fig. 17
60 05 006 535
451hsm15 Fig. 18
C = 23,070 to 23,072 mm
451hsm17 Fig. 20
22
451hsm18 Fig. 21
451hsm19 Fig. 22
31
50
32
33
29 40
47 48
30
34
49
46
39
38
35 45
44
28
36 43
37
42
41
451hsm20 Fig. 23
Parts list
28 O-ring. 36 Left-hand upper pivot pin. 43 Right-hand wheel pivot.
29 Left-hand wheel pivot. 37 Angle sensor pin retaining washer. 44 Bush.
30 Steering stop. 38 Spindle. 45 Lip seal.
31 Sensor cover screw. 39 Washer. 46 Grease nipple.
32 Angle sensor cover. 40 Sensor mounting screw. 47 Screw.
33 Washer. 41 Grease nipple. 48 Angular lower pivot pin.
34 Circlip. 42 Lower pivot pin. 49 Angle sensor.
35 Screw. 50 Angle sensor harness.
18
45
451hsm23 Fig. 27
44
451hsm24 Fig. 28
– Fit the new bush (54) to the axle body using tool
n° 60 05 006 538.
– Grease the chamber of the new seal (53) and coat
around the edge with Loctite Formajoint (510).
– Place the new seal inside the axle body with tool
n° 60 05 006 539.
53 52
451hsm26 Fig. 30
55
10
451hsm27 Fig. 31
60 05 006 538
60 05 006 539
451hsm28 Fig. 32
51
57
451hsm22 Fig. 34
451hsm30 Fig. 35
c
Volts
5V d 13
Ω
ASE
0
e Ω
105˚ 122˚ 4 000
a b
451hsm31 Fig. 36
Parts list
a Electrical travel.
b Mechanical travel. 45˚
c Electricity supply (+12 V).
d Signal .
e Earth (0 V).
451hsm32 Fig. 37
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
10
11
12
13
14
25
24
18
5
17
16
15
27
28
26 29
23 30
22 31
21
20 32
19
33 39
42
34 40 34
35
43
41 57
44
40
45
39
46
38
47
37
48
36
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
451hsm33 Fig. 38
Parts list
1 Sealing ring. 20 Guide pin. 39 Sun gear.
2 Slotted nut. 21 Socket. 40 Tapered washer.
3 Washer. 22 Flange. 41 Spider.
4 Tapered roller bearing. 23 Screw. 42 Spindle.
5 Washer. 24 Adjustment shim. 43 Seal.
6 Socket. 25 Bevel gear. 44 Bush.
7 Bush. 26 Ring gear. 45 Seal.
8 Seal. 27 Disc. 46 Bush.
9 Bush. 28 Backplate. 47 Cover.
10 Bush. 29 Washer. 48 O-ring.
11 O-ring. 30 Half-shaft. 49 O-ring.
12 Bearing. 31 Planet gear. 50 Piston.
13 Screw. 32 Pin. 51 O-ring.
14 Grease nipple. 33 Differential housing. 52 Screw.
15 Cover attachment screw. 34 Screw. 53 Tapered roller bearing.
16 Cover. 35 Locking tab. 54 Washer.
17 Spacer. 36 Slotted nut. 55 O-ring.
18 Tapered roller bearing. 37 Bearing. 56 Slotted nut.
19 Drain plug. 38 Washer. 57 Locking tab.
N.B.: To remove the drive pinion and differential lock – Support then remove the cover (16) containing the
assembly, the universal shafts must be removed drive pinion and differential.
beforehand. – Remove the screws (34) and locking tabs (35)
and (57).
– Drain the differential by unscrewing the plug (19). – Mark the differential bearing flanges (22) in relation to
– Remove the bearing (12) by unscrewing the the cover (16) to avoid reversing them on refitting.
screw (13). – Unscrew the slotted nuts (36) with tool
– Extract the bushes (9), (10), (7). n° 60 05 006 534 and nut (56) with tool
– Remove the sealing bush (1). n° 60 05 006 581.
– Loosen the bevel pinion nut (2) using tool – Remove the screws (23).
n° 60 05 006 536.
Note: Do not reverse the bearings of the differential
bearing blocks if they are not replaced.
5 C
18
17
D
bearings (4) and (18).
451hsm37 Fig. 42
D
50
B
Setting the bevel pinion preload
Y
N.B.: This adjustment is made on the bevel pinion
only, without the ring gear, after fitting the 2 tapered
bearings.
Note: All preloads must be measured without the
seal (1).
Important: Do not tighten the nut in one go. Tap the
ends of the pinion lightly with a hammer to seat the
bearings correctly. A new spacer (17) must be fitted.
V
– The nut must be tightened gradually, without
overtightening, using tool n° 60 05 006 536.
– Wind a cord around the splined part of the pinion
(Fig. 44).
– Using spring balance n° 77 01 388 008, measure the
107,00
force (P) required to rotate the pinion. It should be
between 9,2 and 13,7 daN.
00
– Bend down the nut collar.
451hsm38 Fig. 43
451hsm39 Fig. 44
451hsm46 Fig. 47
Correction actions
D. Move the pinion to modify contact type (B).
E. Move the pinion to modify contact type (C).
If (D) and (E) are necessary, reset the preloads and the
meshing backlash.
C
Final reassembly
– Proceed in reverse order to the removal operations
and tighten to the specified torque.
– Coat the bearing faces of the differential housing with
Loctite Formajoint (510).
– Mount the combined joint (1) with tool 451hsm43 Fig. 49
n° 60 05 006 537.
– Refit the axle and tighten the 4 axle mounting screws
to a torque of 40 daN.m and the wheels to 45 daN.m.
– Check the condition of the breather.
Before putting the front axle back into operation,
remember to top up the oil levels: Axle and epicyclic
reduction gears.
451hsm44 Fig. 50
Test conditions
– Transmission oil temperature: 60°C.
– Engine running at nominal speed.
453hsm68 Fig. 51
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be sent to CLAAS after-
sales department, it is essential to complete:
Test conditions
Nominal pressure Recorded pressure
Transmission oil temperature: 60°C
Number of studs 10
a m
b l
j k
451hsm00 Fig. 1
c
d
f
i
g
h
e
452hsm00 Fig. 2
Characteristics
13 77
31
9/32 (20.43-3)
10/30 (20.43, 20.43-2)
31
13 77
49 (20.43-3)
45 (20.43, 20.43-2)
45 (20.43-3)
49 (20.43, 20.43-2)
452hsm01 Fig. 3
6 daN.m 23 daN.m Frenetanch (242) 16,9 daN.m 25 daN.m 14 daN.m 7 daN.m 4,5 daN.m
2,5 daN.m
452hsm02 Fig. 4
12 daN.m
1,3 daN.m
1,3 daN.m 0,4 daN.m Scelbloc (648)
Frenetanch (242)
8 daN.m
3 daN.m
1,3 daN.m
Formajoint (510)
0,4 daN.m
3 daN.m
16,9 daN.m
452hsm03 Fig. 5
X
X X
A2
M M
A1
453hsm03 Fig. 6
Preliminary operations
A
The front axle must be raised on stands
at the same time as the rear axle if the
current operation requires the engine to
be started up as the front axle remains engaged
when off. There is therefore a risk of the tractor
moving forward.
451hsm07 Fig. 9
453hsm06 Fig. 10
Steering cylinder
– Disconnect the steering tie-rods by unscrewing the
nuts (6).
– Remove the ball joint with the Stahlwille 12623-3 ball
joint puller.
– Remove the tie-rods (5).
Important: The length and position of the steering
stops must not be changed under any circumstances.
They must be measured before removal.
– Remove the 4 screws (1) from the steering cylinder.
– Open the cylinder.
– Refit the cylinder and the steering links and tighten to
the correct torque (Fig. 13).
– Refit the wheels.
– Carry out wheel alignment.
451hsm08 Fig. 11
Parts list
1 Cylinder attachment screw.
2 Angle sensor harness support.
3 Swivel end fitting.
4 Nut.
5 Steering tie-rod.
6 Nut.
7 Seals.
8 Piston seals.
9 O-ring.
451hsm09 Fig. 12
6
22 daN.m
7 8 9 8 7
451hsm10 Fig. 13
13 7,9 daN.m
26
27
28
29
9
11
8
7
6
1 12
3
22
5
4 2,5 daN.m 25
2 24
23
15
14
19
20
18
17
16
21
10
452hsm06 Fig. 14
Parts list
1 Reduction gear cover. 11 Spacer. 21 Washer.
2 Filling, dipstick and drain plug. 12 Ring gear. 22 Stud.
3 Wheel nut. 13 Screw. 23 Half-hub.
4 Screw. 14 Screw (23 daN.m). 24 Tapered roller bearing.
5 Universal shaft. 15 Bush. 25 Seal.
6 Planet gear pins. 16 Washer. 26 Washer.
7 Washer. 17 Sprocket. 27 Guide pin.
8 Needles. 18 Circlip. 28 Washer.
9 Planet gear pinion. 19 O-ring. 29 Needles.
10 Circlip. 20 Tapered roller bearing.
34 25 daN.m 42 43
32 31
40
35
41
46
45
36 44
37
47 48
30 34
33 49
38
16,9 daN.m 50
37 51
39 53
54
55
52
63
64 72
59 56 65
73
57
58 60
56
58
63
64
65 71
61 70
54 69
55 68
57 67
59 66
452hsm08 Fig. 16
Parts list
30 Left-hand pivot. 45 Washer. 60 Fork.
31 Right-hand pivot. 46 Nut. 61 Lower pin.
32 Upper ball joint. 47 Upper arm. 62 Pin.
33 Lower ball joint. 48 Seal. 63 Washer.
34 Nut. 49 Spindle. 64 Bush.
35 Bush. 50 Washer. 65 Seal.
36 Belleville washer. 51 Bush. 66 Screw.
37 Nut. 52 Seal. 67 Seal.
38 Flange. 53 Upper pin. 68 Cover.
39 Screw. 54 Seal. 69 Washer.
40 Seal. 55 Bush. 70 Bush.
41 Bush. 56 Washer. 71 Bush.
42 Bush. 57 Centring bush. 72 Locking screw.
43 Plug. 58 Circlip. 73 Locknut.
44 Steering stop. 59 Grub screw.
75
74
452hsm10 Fig. 18
76
78
452hsm11 Fig. 19
61
57
58
81
452hsm13 Fig. 21
452hsm14 Fig. 22
32
47
452hsm15 Fig. 23
452hsm16 Fig. 24
30
38
39
452hsm17 Fig. 25
85
84
452hsm18 Fig. 26
82
83
452hsm19 Fig. 27
84
85
452hsm20 Fig. 28
452hsm21 Fig. 29
49
452hsm22 Fig. 30
47
51
452hsm23 Fig. 31
125
126
127
128
124
130
129
87
88
89
90
91
92
94
100 112
99 111
86
98 110
92
93
114
113
109
108
95 107
106
96 105
104
97 103
102
101
123
122
121
110
120
111
119
113
118
114
115
116
117
452hsm24 Fig. 32
Parts list
86 Cylinder. 101 Seal. 116 Needle screw.
87 Circlip. 102 Bush. 117 Nut.
88 Washer. 103 Bush. 118 Torsion bar.
89 Seal. 104 Washer. 119 O-ring.
90 Washer. 105 Seal. 120 Spindle.
91 Grease nipple. 106 Nut. 121 Seal.
92 Washer. 107 Seal. 122 Washer.
93 Seal. 108 Front flange. 123 Bush.
94 Hydraulic coupling. 109 Screw. 124 Cylinder pin.
95 Lower arm. 110 Bush. 125 Screw.
96 Steering stop. 111 Screw. 126 Nut.
97 Screw. 112 Plug. 127 Screw.
98 Spindle. 113 Circlip. 128 Blanking plate.
99 Grease nipple. 114 Cover. 129 Nut.
100 Screw. 115 Rear flange. 130 Screw.
Wheel actuator
– In order to remove the suspension cylinder, it is – Use a 3-armed extractor to extract the cylinder from the
advisable to remove the upper arm first. upper part of the axle structure.
– To remove the suspension cylinder lower pin, release – On refitting, pay attention to the tightening and directon
the pressure on the torsion bars (118) by unscrewing of the coupling (94).
the adjustment screw (116) and the 3 attachment
screws (111).
N.B.: Use a flat body-panel chisel to free the pin (98)
when it is seized.
452hsm25 Fig. 33
452hsm27 Fig. 35
101
103
96
452hsm29 Fig. 37
452hsm30 Fig. 38
119
105
120
102
121
107
119
452hsm33 Fig. 39 452hsm34 Fig. 40
– Drive the bush (121) onto the pin (120) with a mallet.
Mount the chamfered side first.
– Fit the O-rings (119) on the pin (120) and the
bush (105).
– Position the lower arm and fit the pin (120).
– Fit the bush (105) (chamfer facing in).
– Fit the second bush (107) over the first
(recess facing in).
– Tighten the slotted nut (106) with tool n° 60 05 006 551
and tool n° 60 05 006 552.
Tightening torque: 60 daN.m.
– Fit the lower cylinder pin (98) with the bushes. 106
– Tighten the screws (100) to a torque of 9,5 daN.m.
– Lubricate and fit the O-ring on the front flange (108).
– Position the front flange (108) in its housing.
– Apply Loctite (542) threadlocker to the screws and 452hsm31 Fig. 41
tighten to a torque of 7 daN.m.
452hsm32 Fig. 42
118
452hsm36 Fig. 44
118
116
115 117
452hsm37 Fig. 45
Universal shafts 50
51
N.B.: To remove the seals, the wheel pivot needs to be
removed first of all. 52
452hsm40 Fig. 48
134
132
131
133
132
131
5
16
21
135
10
154
132
153
132
152
131 151
150
149
142 132
145
136
146 137
138
148
139
140
141
143
144
147
452hsm41 Fig. 49
Parts list
5 Universal shaft. 137 Circlip. 146 Nut.
10 Circlip. 138 Seal. 147 Bearing.
16 Washers. 139 Bush. 148 Seal.
21 Washer. 140 Bearing. 149 Seal.
131 Spider. 141 Circlip. 150 O-ring.
132 Circlips. 142 Screw. 151 Bush.
133 Body. 143 Universal joint protector. 152 Bearing.
134 Countershaft. 144 Screw. 153 Circlip.
135 Differential shaft. 145 Needle screw. 154 Circlip.
136 Intermediate end fitting.
452hsm42 Fig. 50
– Lubricate and fit O-rings on the upper pin (49) and the
bush (68).
– Position the upper arm and fit the pin (49).
Note: The upper pin is inserted from the front of the
axle. Position the slot in the pin facing the tapped
hole.
– Fit the spacer (70) on the non-machined arm side.
– Fit the bushing (68) with its O-ring.
– Insert the 3 screws (66).
– Screw in and tighten the needle screw (72) to a torque
of 13,5 daN.m.
– Tighten the locknut (73) to a torque of 7 daN.m.
– Tighten the 3 screws (66) to a torque of 5 daN.m.
452hsm43 Fig. 51
49
72
73
70
68
66
452hsm44 Fig. 52
39
452hsm47 Fig. 55
452hsm48 Fig. 56
– Use tool n° 60 05 006 535 to fit the seal (25) (Fig. 14).
– Tighten the screws (14) to a torque of 23 daN.m.
23
Refitting the epicyclic reduction gear 20 24
C C
B
C C
452hsm50 Fig. 58
14 10
16
21 5
452hsm07 Fig. 59
84
85
85
84
452hsm18 Fig. 63
1 Blue C Earth
2 Green/yellow A Ub (12 V)
452hsm53 Fig. 65
A C
BC B
A
1 2 3 4
452hsm54 Fig. 66
Parts list
1 3-way AMP connector n° 77 03 297 036. 3 2 mm diameter conductors (length approximately 500 mm).
2 Sockets to connect multimeter n° 77 03 097 069. 4 3-way AMP connector n° 77 03 297 034.
76
76
77
Final steps
– Grease the axle.
– Refit the wheels and remove the stands.
– Connect the battery.
– Check all front axle oil levels and top up if necessary.
74
Test the tractor, especially the front axle suspension.
452hsm10 Fig. 70
452hsm04 Fig. 71
Parts list
1 Sealing ring. 25 Bevel gear. 49 O-ring.
2 Slotted nut. 26 Ring gear. 50 Piston.
3 Washer. 27 Disc. 51 O-ring.
4 Tapered roller bearing. 28 Backplate. 52 Screw.
5 Washer. 29 Washer. 53 Tapered roller bearing.
6 Socket. 30 Half-shaft. 54 Washer.
7 Bush. 31 Planet gear. 55 O-ring.
8 Seal. 32 Pin. 56 Slotted nut.
9 Bush. 33 Differential housing. 57 Locking tab.
10 Bush. 34 Screw. 58 Screw.
11 O-ring. 35 Locking tab. 59 Nut.
12 Bearing. 36 Slotted nut. 60 Screw.
13 Screw. 37 Bearing. 61 Plug.
14 Grease nipple. 38 Washer. 62 Breather.
15 Cover attachment screw. 39 Sun gear. 63 Plug.
16 Cover. 40 Tapered washer. 64 Front bearing.
17 Spacer. 41 Spider. 65 Screw.
18 Tapered roller bearing. 42 Spindle. 66 Grease nipple.
19 Drain plug. 43 Seal. 67 O-ring.
20 Guide pin. 44 Bush. 68 Bush.
21 Socket. 45 Seal. 69 Bush.
22 Flange. 46 Bush. 70 Seal.
23 Screw. 47 Cover. 71 Bush.
24 Adjustment shim. 48 O-ring.
Sectional view
34 22 63 33 38 39 31 30 32 42 29 27 52 49
50
47
35
51
53
46
43
36
39
37
44
41
54 55
30
48
16
26
24
25
18
5
17
9
3
4
10
2
1
452hsm57 Fig. 72
Exploded view
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
10
11
12
13
14 64
60 65
61
59 62 66
63
59 67
58 68
69
70
71
24
18
5
17
16
15
27
28
26 29
25 30
23 31
22
21 32
20
19 34
39
33 42 57
43
40
44
34
45
35 41
46
40
47
39
48
38 56
37 55
36 54
53
52
51
50
49
542hsm58 Fig. 73
5 C
18
17
D
Disassembling the differential
N.B.: Mark the cover in relation to the front housing
before opening.
– Remove the ring gear (26).
– Open the housing. 16
– Remove all parts contained inside and check them.
451hsm35 Fig. 76
451hsm37 Fig. 77
D
50
Setting the bevel pinion preload
B
Y
Note: All preloads must be measured without the
seal (1).
N.B.: This setting is performed on the bevel pinion
only, after fitting the 2 tapered bearings.
Important: Do not tighten the nut in one go. Tap the
ends of the pinion lightly with a hammer to seat the
bearings correctly. A new spacer (17) must be fitted.
– The nut must be tightened gradually, without
overtightening, using tool n° 60 05 006 536. V
– Wrap the cord around the splined part of the gear
(Fig. 79).
– Using spring balance n° 77 01 388 008, measure the
force (P) required to drive the bevel pinion. It should be
between 9,2 and 13,7 daN.
107,00
– Bend down the nut collar.
00
451hsm38 Fig. 78
451hsm39 Fig. 79
451hsm46 Fig. 82
Correction actions
D Move the pinion to modify contact type (B).
E Move the pinion to modify contact type (C).
If (D) or (E) proves to be necessary, reset the preloads
and the meshing backlash
C
Final reassembly
– Proceed in reverse order to the removal operations
and tighten to the specified torque.
– Coat the bearing surfaces of the differential housing
with Loctite Formajoint (510).
– Mount the combined joint (1) with tool 451hsm43 Fig. 84
n° 60 05 006 537.
– Refit the axle and tighten the 4 axle mounting screws
to a torque of 40 daN.m and the wheels to 45 daN.m.
– Check the condition of the breather.
Before putting the front axle back into operation,
remember to top up the oil levels: Axle and epicyclic
reduction gears.
451hsm44 Fig. 85
A1 A2
SVL SVR
AV
250 bar
WV
LS
P
T
452hsm59 Fig. 86
Parts list
SV-L LH cylinder solenoid valve. AV Valve. A1 LH cylinder supply.
SV-R RH cylinder solenoid valve. LS Load sensing signal. A2 RH cylinder supply.
W-V Control solenoid valve. T Return to reservoir. P Pressure.
Removal
SV-L
A1
AV SV-R
8 daN.m A2
WV
LS
P
5 daN.m
8 daN.m
452hsm63 Fig. 87
Before working on the suspension control unit, relieve the – Disconnect the solenoid valves (SV-L), (SV-R), (W-V).
internal pressure by putting the front axle in the Now unscrew the 4 electronic unit mounting screws
deactivated position. The suspension control unit and remove it from the block.
accumulators are discharged in a few seconds and the – Remove the block.
axle drops completely. – Remove the nuts from the solenoid valve coils.
– Open the valve (AV) to eliminate all residual pressure – Extract the solenoid valves and unscrew the valves
in the cylinders and accumulators by loosening the from the block.
locknut and unscrewing the screw by one turn (beware – Unscrew and remove the closing valve (AV).
of impurities). – Unscrew and remove the accumulators.
A1 A2
LS T P
452hsm60 Fig. 88
A1 A2
LS T P
HP
BP
452hsm61 Fig. 89
A1 A2
LS T P
HP
BP
542hsm62 Fig. 90
Refitting
SV-L
A1
AV SV-R
8 daN.m A2
WV
LS
P
5 daN.m
8 daN.m
452hsm63 Fig. 91
If the couplings (LS), (T) and (P) have been replaced, N.B.: Check that the seal is fitted between the
screw all couplings back onto the valve block and tighten electronic unit and the valve block.
to the stated torques (Fig. 91).
– Install the electronic unit on the valve block and tighten
– Fit 2 new seals between the accumulators and the the mounting screws to a torque of 6 daN.m. Plug in
valve block. the solenoid valve connectors.
– Install and screw 2 new accumulators onto the valve
Important: The accumulators cannot be repaired.
block and tighten to 20 daN.m.
They must be replaced in case of failure. The inflation
– Lubricate the valves before refitting. Tighten them to a
pressure is 35 bar. The valves located inside the
torque of 2,5 daN.m.
suspension system hydraulic unit must not be
– Fasten the solenoid valves to the valves and tighten to removed under any circumstances.
a torque of 0,9 daN.m.
Test conditions.
– Transmission oil temperature: 60°C.
– Engine running at nominal speed.
– Suspension disabled.
60 05 005 306
60 05 705 076
452hsm64 Fig. 92
Test conditions.
– Transmission oil temperature: 60°C.
– Engine running at nominal speed.
453hsm68 Fig. 93
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be sent to CLAAS
after-sales department, it is essential to complete:
Test conditions Nominal pressure at start of Recorded Nominal pressure at end of Recorded
Oil temperature at 60°C rise phase (in bar) pressure (in bar) rise phase (in bar) pressure (in bar)
Control switches
Switch (A): Suspension automatic or manual operating
mode. B
Switch (B): Suspension up/down.
– Check control switch operation by testing continuity
with a test lamp or multimeter. II
I
Disconnect the battery before performing
any operations on the electric circuit.
A
Deactivated Out
Manual Out 452hsm55 Fig. 94
Automatic Steady "on"
Rapid flashing once every
Calibration
second
Error codes Alternate flashing
9 10
C
2 4 6 8 1 6
A D
1 3 5 7 12 7
2 4 6 8
B
3 5 7 E
1 2
3
452hsm65 Fig. 95
Parts list
A Automatic/manual mode switch. D 12-pin connector of the suspension control unit located
B Up/down switch. under the cab.
C Orange lamp integrated into mode switch. E Fuses 9 and 19.
1 Not used —
2 Switch in down position Purple
3 Switch in up position Green/yellow
4 Switch in deactivated position Orange
5 Switch in automatic position Grey
6 +12 V AVC Pink
7 Not used —
8 +12 V APC Brown
9 Earth Blue
10 Earth Red
11 Lamp Black
12 Not used White
U = 12 V • R = 8 Ω • I = 1,5 A U = 12 V • R = 8 Ω • I = 1,5 A
1 2
3
U = 12 V • R = 8 Ω • I = 1,5 A
452hsm66 Fig. 96
LH cylinder solenoid valve (1) RH cylinder solenoid valve (2) Control solenoid valve (3)
Switch
(Blue connector) (Green connector) (Black connector)
Up Power on
Down Power on Power off
Values to be checked
II
I
452hsm55 Fig. 97
Check the wiring harness running from the electronic unit to the
21 ••—• LH position sensor signal
LH and RH position sensor signal.
sensors for continuity, insulation and short circuiting.
Check sensor operation.
Check the setting of the suspension position sensors.
Check the wiring harness running from the electronic unit to the
22 ••—•• RH position sensor signal.
right-hand sensor for continuity, insulation and short circuiting.
Check right-hand position sensor operation.
Check the setting of the right-hand position sensor.
Power supply to LH up/down solenoid Check the state of fuse 9 (15 A) (AVC).
31 •••—• valve (SV-L)
Power supply to control up/down
Check the power supply to the LH cylinder solenoid
valve (SV-L).
solenoid valve (W-V) Check the power supply to the control solenoid valve (W-V).
Check the power supply to the RH cylinder solenoid
32 •••—•• Power supply to RH up/down solenoid
valve (SV-R).
valve (SV-R).
Check the continuity of the RH cylinder solenoid valve (SV-R).
Change the electronic unit (ECU).
General
Declutched position Clutched position
The solenoid valve used to engage the front axle is When the pressure is cut out, the release of the Belleville
mounted on the right-hand hydraulic cover (see washer (26) pushes back the bell (23), connecting the
chapter "B"). It supplies the piston (39) at 17 bar pressure pinion (10) to the bell and allowing the shaft (2) to rotate.
via the internal duct (A). The piston is displaced over the
N.B.: When the engine is switched off and on braking,
hub (30) and pulls the bell (23) which compresses the
the front axle is engaged systematically.
Belleville washers (26) and releases the discs. The bell
pinion (10) then rotates freely on the shaft. Lubrication
The oil from the lubrication circuit is fed in through the
coupling (22) and lubricates the clutch via a tube (21)
(GPA 30 axle) or an internal duct (GPA 40 axle) and a
duct (B) perforated in the shaft.
34
7a
T
8
11
12
5
10
17
35 41
13
36
14
37
25
26
24
23
40
38
30
39
18
4
1
19
20
3
2
472hsm03 Fig. 1
22 23 24 25 26 15 27 28
21
38
29
39
40
31
7a
B 30 37 A 35 41 34 33 32
472hsm00 Fig. 2
3
42
20
1
18
37
19
36
4
29
16
35
34
2
6 10
9
21
8
32
33
7a
40
38
24
39
31
28
30
31
11
25
26
23
472hsm01 Fig. 3
8
7b
32
A
34
12
35
B
41
37
29
11
17
36
26
25
10
24
6
39
30
38
43
13
23
40
4
16
42
18
3
19
20
2
473hsm09 Fig. 4
22 27
A
B
21
28
27 22
473hsm00 Fig. 5
7b
32 9
8
6
10
34
35
41
29
36
37
23
26
25
30
2
39
24
38
16 40
4
18
19
1
20
42
3
473hsm01 Fig. 6
Removal of clutch
– Immobilise the tractor.
– Chock the rear wheels. 29 34 30 36 10
– Apply the handbrake.
– Drain the intermediate housing.
– Disconnect the control and lubrication ducts from the
housing.
– Remove the housing and drive shaft.
– Remove the circlip (3).
– Remove the cover (11).
– Extract the seal carrier bush (20).
– Remove the adjustment shims (18) and the bearing
cup (4).
– Withdraw the shaft (2) and bearing (8) while holding
the clutch and bell pinion through the inspection port.
– Remove the clutch, bell pinion, bearing cone (9) and
Fig. 7
panel (43) assembly. 473hsm02
– Extract the cup (8) and the circlip (33) (GPA 30 axle).
– Remove the 17 bar supply pipe and the coupling.
N.B.: On the GPA 30 axle, the bushing (7) is held only
by the tube (28). If only the tube needs to be removed,
make sure that the bushing does not move.
– Extract the tube (28) with pliers (GPA 30 axle).
– Remove the bushing (7).
35 30
Removing the clutch 34
38
39
23
473hsm04 Fig. 9
23
30
24
39
34
41
29
37
26
25
38
473hsm06 Fig. 12
– Fit the tapered bearings (4), (16) and (8), and (9)
temporarily to the shaft (2).
– Fit the seal carrier bushing (20).
– Mount the shaft (2) and the circlip (3) temporarily
2 3
without the clutch assembly, pinion or shims (18).
Using pliers, turn alternately from right to left to seat the
bearings correctly.
– Place a dial gauge at the end of the shaft (2).
– Set the dial gauge to zero and push the shaft to
measure the play "J2".
– Repeat the operation bwhile pulling the shaft.
– Depending on the amount of play measured, select the 20
thickness of shims (18) required to obtain 0 to 0,1 mm
of play.
– Remove the circlip (3), the shaft (2), the bearings and
the seal carrier bushing (20). 472hsm02 Fig. 13
473hsm07 Fig. 14
20
42
11
12 7b
473hsm10 Fig. 15
Ω
60 05 005 734
391hsm50 Fig. 16
Test conditions:
– Engine idling.
– Transmission oil temperature: 60°C.
HP
BP
60 05 705 076
473hsm08 Fig. 17
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
Test conditions
Nominal pressure in bar Measured pressure in bar
Oil temperature at 60°C
Engine idling 17
Adapter for measuring suspension cylinder pressure Adapter for measuring differential lock pressure
Tool for fitting seal to wheel hub Wrench for conical pinion nut
Tool for fitting seal to conical pinion Tool for fitting bushings in axle body and steering knuckle
Tool for fitting axle body and steering knuckle seals Seal fitting tool
Socket for lower arm pivot nut Socket for upper wheel pivot nut
77 01 388 907
Characteristics
Type of circuit Closed centre/Load sensing
Pumps
Number 2
Type Gear, variable displacement
Location In the rear axle
Circuit Boost Principal
Pump displacement (cm³/rev) 60 0 to 45
Flow rate at rated engine speed (l/min) 160 100
Flow rate at max. engine speed (l/min) — 110
Calibration pressure (bar) 5 200
Filters
Suction strainer - filtration threshold 150 microns
Filter (flow reversal) - filtration threshold 15 microns
Blockage indicator
Cooler Yes
Priority unit
Spool valves
SB 23 "Load Sensing" (mechanical control)
Type
SB 23 EHS (electro-hydraulic control)
Type of pressure take off points Break away
Flow rate control range 5 to 90 l/min
Maximum number 5
Steering unit
Type OSPQ 100/160 "Load Sensing"
Calibration pressure (bar) 155 to 165
Steering cylinder (position) Integrated into rear of front axle
Linkage
Type EHR 23 "Load Sensing"
Electronic lift TCE – 15 – 15 T – 25
Number of external cylinders 2 (single action)
Lift capacities at the swivel joints (kg)
Maximum 11 330
Over the whole stroke 6 250 to 7 430
Trailer brake valve
Type of control Control synchronised hydraulically with the tractor brakes.
Type of pressure take off points External pressure take-off point at the rear on base plate.
Parts list
High-pressure circuit. Return circuit. Lubrication system.
Parts list
1 Suction tube. 40 Priority unit screws. 77 Speed sensor nut.
2 Suction strainer, 150 µ µ. 41 Steering "Load Sensing" signal "XDIR" 78 Hollow key.
3 LH hydraulic cover. pipe. 79 Pinion.
4 Boost pump, 60 cm³/rev. 42 "Load Sensing" control to pump 80 Washer.
5 Recirculation tube. regulator. 81 Centring pin.
6 High-pressure filter, 15 µ (HP). 43 Park lock, GPA 30. 82 O-ring.
7 Blockage indicator. 44 Rear PTO clutch solenoid valve. 83 Seal.
8 Return tube. 45 Rear PTO brake solenoid valve. 84 Screw.
9 Safety valve, 22 bar. 46 Rear differential locking solenoid valve. 85 Nut.
10 Safety valve, 5 bar. 47 4-wheel drive solenoid valve. 86 Stud.
11 Variable displacement pump. 48 Caps. 87 Guide pin.
12 RH hydraulic cover. 49 PTO clutch coupling. 88 LH cover screw.
13 Rear axle lubrication and boost 50 PTO brake coupling. 89 Suction strainer bowl.
pressure switch. 51 Low-pressure coupling. 90 O-ring.
14 Rear axle intermediate housing 52 Rear differential locking coupling. 91 O-ring.
partition, GPA 30. 53 Brake coupling. 92 Seal.
15 "Load Sensing" signal (LS) pressure 54 4 wheel drive coupling. 93 Suction tube attachment nut.
connector. 55 Low-pressure coupling. 94 Flat seal.
16 Variable capacity pump regulator. 56 Supply to manifold (lift and auxiliary 95 Boost pump attachment screws.
17 High-pressure spool, (HP) 200 bar. spool valve). 96 Circlip.
18 Boost pressure connector. 57 "Load Sensing" control from lift and 97 Screw.
19 Low-pressure spool, (BP) 22 bar. auxiliary spool valves.
98 Lip seal.
20 Pressure limiter, 230 bar. 58 Screw.
99 O-ring.
21 High-pressure (HP) connector. 59 Master cylinder trailer brake control. 100 O-ring.
22 "Load Sensing" signal (LS) circuit 60 Variable-displacement pump
101 Filter, 60 µ.
selector. attachment screws.
102 Hare/tortoise (high/crawl) range
23 Priority unit (braking and steering 61 Low-pressure connector.
solenoid.
circuit). 62 Guide pin.
103 Front PTO solenoid valve.
24 Priority unit (control and auxiliary 63 Centring pin. 104 Transmission control circuit
valves). 64 Hollow key. accumulator.
25 Hydraulic trailer braking connector. 65 Pinion. 105 Gearbox solenoid valve unit.
26 Valve spool, 17 bar. 66 Washer. 106 Pressure switch, 9 bar.
27 Brake valve control pipe. 67 Nut. 107 Rear axle lubrication (brakes, 4WD
28 Brake valve. 68 Seal. clutch, creep range, PTO clutch).
29 Steering priority valve. 69 O-ring. 108 Braking boost accumulator.
30 Steering/braking priority valve. 70 Seal. 109 LH cover screw.
31 Steering unit. 71 Pin. 110 O-ring.
32 Steering cylinder. 72 Coupling and tube to lubrication 111 O-ring.
33 Lift cylinder. manifold. 112 O-ring.
34 Blanking plate. 73 Rivets. 113 Oil cooler.
35 Auxiliary spool valve. 74 Plug. 114 Automatic handbrake solenoid valve.
36 Linkage spool valve. 75 Plug.
37 Supply plate. 76 Speed sensor.
38 RH cover screws.
39 Steering unit supply pipe "PDIR".
Yft 27
23
32
L R 31 33
17 bar
150 bar
28
Xdir 26 34
Pdir
35
29 30
22
22
Paux 35
24 A
P
21 T
101 60 µ 36
12 104 108
25 T P 37
15 22 bar
20 9
19
230 bar A XLS
114
22 bar 47
17 200 bar
46
18
11 76/65
3 bar 44
13
113
9 bar 45 103
5 bar 10 106
2,4 bar
6 7
15 µ 3,5 bar
107
105
5 3
2,1 bar 8 4 76/61
102
2 150 µ
391hsm01 Fig. 1
31
32
25
31
23
7
32
391hsm66 Fig. 2
Yft
32 23
L R 31
17 bar 33
150 bar
28
Xdir 26 34
Pdir
35
29 30
22
22
Paux 35
P
24 A
21 T
101 60 µ 36
12 108
25 T P 37
15 22 bar
20 9
3,4 bar
250 µ 19
230 bar A XLS
15 > 200 µ
22 bar 47
18 bar
17 200 bar
6 bar
46
18
2,4 bar ˚C 11 76/65
3 bar 44
105 13
9 bar 45 103
5 bar 10 106
2,4 bar
6 7
15 µ 3,5 bar
107
5 3
2,8 bar
4 76/61
43
8 2 150 µ
9 bar
1
113
391hsm58 Fig. 3
25
31
23
7
32
391hsm67 Fig. 4
12 11 5 4 3
10
6 13 8 1
391hsm02 Fig. 5
10 7
1
5
1
9
8
8
14
393hsm02 Fig. 8
39 40 41 42 24 21 16 106 15 48 44
49
20
45
50
38
52
HP
BP
76
46
54
55
57 58 56 60 18 47 48 61 55 6
391hsm05 Fig. 9
39 40 41 42 24 59 21 48 16 106 15 48 44
49
51
45
20
38
HP 50
52
BP 76
46
54
55
53 57 58 56 60 18 47 48 61 55 6
391hsm06 Fig. 10
62 74 73 67 66 65 64 11 12
20
62
73
74
10
72 13 75
391hsm07 Fig. 11
70
5
1
69
63
71
24
68 11
111 64
23
40
20
12
62
38
110
15
67
66
60 65
48 63
111
16
10
58
61
45
391hsm08 Fig. 12
I
15
F I
F
B
HP
GAV
16 H A
20 F
I H F D
J
9
20
D
E
C 10
391hsm09 Fig. 13
N.B.: Screws (A) and (B) are factory set. Do not change these settings.
15
XLS
22 bar
200 bar
G H I
Xls A
G B
H I
391hsm10 Fig. 14
A B C
A B C
30
J
M
G
J I J 26
K F E
K F E
391hsm11 Fig. 15
J B I
A J 30
C 26
29 30
H F E
A C 29
K 26
R
K
E
D H
K
D
391hsm12 Fig. 16
45 cc
XIs
0 cc
XIs
E
F
H
391hsm13 Fig. 17
XIs
45 cc
XIs
0 cc
XIs
E
F
H
XIs
391hsm14 Fig. 18
XIs
45 cc
XIs
0 cc
XIs
E
F
H
391hsm15 Fig. 19
D
9
E
10
391hsm17 Fig. 21
Tightening torques
– 3 solenoid valves: 1,8 to 2 daN.m.
– Hex nut (PTO differential solenoid valve): tighten
moderately.
38
– 5 bar valve (10): Coat the thread with Loctite
Frenetanch (242) and tighten to a torque of 1 40
to 2 daN.m.
– Pressure limiter (20): 15 daN.m.
– Repeat the hydraulic tests whenever the pump is
replaced.
– Check the seals on the gasket face and the hydraulic
connections.
391hsm29 Fig. 23
Frenetanch (242).
– Priority unit screws: 2 to 3 daN.m, Loctite
Frenetanch (242).
82
4
81
5 87
109
78 92
79
83
84
110
87
88
3
2
80
89
85
93
109 91
391hsm20 Fig. 26
109 4 89 93 86 88 1
95
1 2 89
391hsm21 Fig. 27
3 78 79 80 85 81 82 5 82 4 109 83 84
93
81
86
89
86
393hsm03 Fig. 28
5 80 79 85 81 5 4 109 84
3 89
81
391hsm22 Fig. 29
Removal specifications
3 109
Make sure that the tractor is securely
immobilised.
109
N.B.: Screw (88) is only accessible once the bowl (89)
and strainer have been removed. 93 109
– Unscrew the bowl (89). Remove the strainer. 89
– Remove nuts (93) and screws (109) and (88).
– Remove the cover (3) and then the intake manifold (1). 109
Refitting specifications
– Clean the housing and cover gasket faces. Coat the
housing gasket face with Loctite Formajoint (510).
– Replace all removed O-rings.
– Coat the flat gasket surface (94) on the intake
manifold (1) with silicone (resistance to hydrocarbons).
Slide the gasket onto the studs (86) with the adhesive
face on the cover side.
– Screw two diametrically opposed locating studs (A) into
the intermediate housing to refit the cover (Fig. 31).
– Check that the two centring pins (81) are present. 109 88
– Remove the locating studs (A).
– Fit screws (109) and (88) uniformly and alternately to a
torque of 9 to 12 daN.m.
N.B.: If resistance is felt on tightening, separate the
cover from the housing and check the positioning of
tube (5) with the pump. Also turn the pump driving
pinion.
391hsm23 Fig. 30
86
1 86 94
391hsm24 Fig. 31
Tightening torques
– Suction tube nuts: 1,5 to 2 daN.m with Loctite
109
Frenetanch (242).
– LH cover screw: 9 to 12 daN.m with Loctite 93 109
Frenetanch (242).
89
– Bowl (89): Tighten moderately by hand.
109
109 88
391hsm23 Fig. 32
78 96 98 4
97
99
100
391hsm25 Fig. 33
Booster pump
87 95 A 92
– Remove the left cover.
– Remove screws (95) and the pump (4). If necessary,
remove the pinion from the pump. Retrieve the
key (78).
Refitting
– Clean the pump and cover bearing surfaces.
– Check that the studs (87) are present.
– Inside the cover, apply a bead (A) of Loctite
Formajoint (510) around the screw holes. The bead
must be thin so that it does not reach the groove of the
gasket (92). Fit a new gasket.
– If removed, position the key (78) and refit the pinion.
Coat the nut with Loctite Frenetanch (242) and tighten 95 A
to 5 to 6 daN.m.
391hsm26 Fig. 34
– Position the pump on the centring studs (87).
– Coat screws (95) with Loctite Frenetanch (242) and
tighten to 4 to 5 daN.m.
– Check pump rotation by hand.
– Refit the left-hand cover.
Removal
– Clamp the pump in a vice fitted with plastic jaws.
– Remove screws (97) and the cover.
– Remove circlip (96), gasket (98) and O-rings (99)
and (100).
Refitting
– Lubricate the gasket (98) and fit it using an appropriate
jig. Refit the circlip (96).
– Coat O-rings (99) and (100) with miscible grease and
position them on the cover.
– Position the cover. Fit and tighten screws (97) to a
torque of 3 to 4 daN.m. 391hsm27 Fig. 35
391hsm28 Fig. 36
100 99
391hsm29 Fig. 37
A
B
C
D
G
F
391hsm30 Fig. 38
Ref Fitting N° 1 N° 2 N° 3 N° 4
A Supply plate 1 1 1 1
B Linkage spool valve 1 1 1 1
C 4-position auxiliary spool valve with kick-out (KO) and zero leak on one side (ZF) 2 3 2 2
D 3-position auxiliary spool valve with zero leak on one side (ZF) 1 1 0 1
E Blanking plate 1 1 0 0
F Closing plate with safety solenoid valve 0 0 1 1
G Electrohydraulic spool valve ("DEH") 0 0 2 2
E
D
C
B
A
G
F
393hsm04 Fig. 39
Ref Fitting N° 1 N° 2 N° 3 N° 4
A Support 1 1 1 1
B Linkage spool valve 1 1 1 1
C 4-position auxiliary spool valve with kick-out (KO) and zero leak on one side (ZF) 2 3 2 2
D 3-position auxiliary spool valve with zero leak on one side (ZF) 1 1 0 1
E Blanking plate 2 2 1 1
F Closing plate with safety solenoid valve 0 0 1 1
G Electrohydraulic spool valve ("DEH") 0 0 2 2
Hydraulic diagram of the lift spool valve and the electrohydraulic spool valve
7 P LS R
2
8
4
A’
9
1
391hsm31 Fig. 40
Hydraulic diagram of the lift spool valve and mechanical spool valve
2
5 10
7
A
11
A’
3
LS
391hsm32 Fig. 41
P LS
391hsm33 Fig. 42
393hsm14 Fig. 43
Tightening torques
A 3 ± 0,3 daN.m.
B 0,55 ± 0,2 daN.m.
C 6,7 ± 2,2 daN.m.
391hsm60 Fig. 44
C
B
391hsm59 Fig. 45
R
15
20
21
35
34
33 LS
C 6
32
5 10
31
4
30 P 3
23
1 2
12
29 0,26 daN.m
0,65 daN.m
11
Removing/refitting the components
28
27 A
26
25
0,46 daN.m
B 9
24
0,26 daN.m
22
Fig. 46
Removing/refitting the components
Parts list
1 Spool valve body. 13 Circlip. 25 Plug.
2 O-ring. 14 Stop washer. 26 O-ring.
3 Circuit selector. 15 Check valve. 27 Spring.
4 O-ring. 16 O-ring. 28 Spool.
5 O-ring. 17 Plug. 29 Plug.
6 O-ring. 18 O-ring. 30 O-ring.
7 Plug. 19 Plug. 31 Thrust bearing.
8 Plug. 20 Plug. 32 Spring.
9 UP solenoid valve. 21 O-ring. 33 Pushrod.
10 O-ring. 22 DOWN solenoid valve. 34 Guide.
11 Screw. 23 O-ring. 35 O-ring.
12 Seal 24 Screw.
(R)
A’
A
LS
R
391hsm61 Fig. 47
A (R)
R P
LS
391hsm62 Fig. 48
A (R)
R P
LS
391hsm63 Fig. 49
393hsm05
48 9
49 8
50 7 C
51 6
52 5
53 4
0,14 ± 0,05 daN.m 54 3
55 0,3 ± 0,09 daN.m
57
59 0,14 ± 0,05 daN.m B
61 55 A
63 1
2 A
37
38
6,7 ± 2,2 daN.m
39
56
40
58
41
60 12
62 13
47
11
32 17
42 36
43 33 18
34 19
44
45 20
46 21
22
23 1,9 ± 0,63 daN.m
24
25
26
27
28
C 29
30
Fig. 50
Removing/refitting the components
56 A
57
Four-position "ZF" auxiliary spool valve
58 38
59 39
60 40
61 41
62
11
0,55 ± 0,18 daN.m
12
B 31 13
Removing/refitting the components
C 14
35 0,55 ± 0,19 daN.m
43 15
42 36
43 33
34
44
45
46
6,7 ± 2,2 daN.m
Fig. 51
Removing/refitting the components
Parts list
1 Spool valve body. 25 O-ring*. 48 Bush.
2 Distributing slide. 26 O-ring*. 49 Thrust washer.
3 Valve*. 27 O-ring*. 50 O-ring.
4 Ball*. 28 Seal*. 51 Spring.
5 Pushrod*. 29 O-ring. 52 Valve.
6 Spring*. 30 O-ring. 53 Plug.
7 Shim*. 31 Circuit selector. 54 Slotted bushing.
8 O-ring. 32 Flat seal. 55 Driving mechanism.
9 Spacer ring. 33 Flat seal. 56 Spring.
10 O-ring*. 34 O-ring. 57 Spacer.
11 Screw. 35 Plug. 58 Spring.
12 Washer. 36 O-ring. 59 Ball.
13 Sleeve. 37 O-ring. 60 Rotary spool valve.
14 Plug. 38 Needle screw. 61 Needle.
15 Shim. 39 Distributing slide. 62 Plug.
16 Spring cup*. 40 Circlip. 63 O-ring.
17 Spring*. 41 Spring. 64 Needle.
18 Spring cup*. 42 Guide. 65 O-ring.
19 Spring*. 43 O-ring. 66 Seal.
20 Indexing slide*. 44 Plug. 67 Shim.
21 Slotted washer*. 45 O-ring. 68 Spring cup.
22 Screw*. 46 Plug. 69 Spring.
23 Ball*. 47 Circlip. 70 Spring cup.
24 Thrust bushing*.
* Optional "KO" (see Fig.50 for version with "KO").
B A R
LS
393hsm07 Fig. 52
Parts list
Pump pressure. Return pressure.
N.B.: The above drawing is schematic. The notched component of the slide (KO) is actually located on the same
side as the flow rate control knob.
31
30
34 ZF
29
35 19 28
A 36 15 27
37
38 14 26
39 13 25
12 6,7 – 2,2
32 daN.m
33 R 20
21
22
23
24 RD
11
0,6 – 0,2 daN.m
2
6 3 1
4
5
10
9
8
7
Parts list
1 Spool valve body. 16 Electric control unit. 31 Plug.
2 Distributing slide. 17 Washer. 32 Slotted bushing.
3 O-ring. 18 Screw. 33 Driving mechanism.
4 Lock. 19 O-rings. 34 Spring.
5 Washer. 20 Plug. 35 Spacer.
6 Screw. 21 Shim. 36 Spring.
7 Plug. 22 Guide. 37 Ball.
8 O-ring. 23 O-ring. 38 Rotary spool valve.
9 Distributing slide. 24 Spring. 39 Needle.
10 O-ring. 25 Ball. A Power supply .
11 O-ring. 26 Spring. R Return .
12 O-rings. 27 O-ring. ZF Zero leak.
13 Circuit selector. 28 Thrust washer. RD Flow regulator .
14 O-ring. 29 Bush.
15 O-ring. 30 Circlip.
16 34 38 1 6
20 29 24 25 9 8 7 2
391hsm34 Fig. 54
1 11
10 1,9 ± 0,6 daN.m
12
393hsm09 Fig. 55
Parts list
1 Spool valve body. 5 Valve. 9 Ball.
2 Safety solenoid valve. 6 Plug. 10 Plug.
3 Plug. 7 Spring. 11 O-ring.
4 O-ring. 8 O-ring. 12 Caps.
393hsm10 Fig. 56
393hsm11 Fig. 57
393hsm12 Fig. 58
1 B
A
2 4
393hsm13 Fig. 59
Linkage rams
Removal
– Remove the tractor lifting rams.
– Inserting a screwdriver through port (3), remove the
retaining ring (4) from its groove and move it away
towards (A). 3
– When the retaining ring (4) is in groove B, pull the ram
rod.
Refitting
– Replace the seals.
– Refit the plastic bushing (2), then the metal gasket (1) 393hsm15 Fig. 60
10
11 10
9
8 7
6
12
5
14
4
13 3
19
18 20 24
2
17 21
16 22
15 23 1
34 25
30
33
32
30
31
30
26
29
28
27
491hsm01 Fig. 61
L R
10
6 7
6 7
1 24
31 27
32
12 20 27
21 27
11 34
LS
P
491hsm02 Fig. 62
1 2
T T
P 12 P 12
1
2
24
3
26
25
4
6
7
27
8
21
28
9
20
15 19
10
29
16
17
18
30
10
31
30
13
14
11
32
33
30
34
491hsm00 Fig. 65
L R
10
6 7 6 7
1 24
31 32
20 21 27
11 34
391hsm05 Fig. 66
491hsm07 Fig. 68
491hsm08 Fig. 69
491hsm11 Fig. 73
Column seal
– Fit seal (6) using the sheath of tool n° 60 05 005 726
and a soft mallet.
491hsm14 Fig. 75
491hsm15 Fig. 76
1 000 5,2 ± 1
2 200 6,3 ± 1
1 000 4 26 ± 1
2 200 4 26 ± 1
Engine speed
Q1 (l/min) P2 (bar) P3 (bar)
(rpm)
110
130
P2 =
2 200 100 ± 10 150
P3 22 ± 1
170
180
— 0 — 190
393hsm18 Fig. 79
P2
60 05 705 076
P3
393hsm17 Fig. 80
Engine
Regulator
speed Q2 (l/min) P2 (bar) P3 (bar)
position
(rpm)
Maximum 100 ± 10 P2 =
2 200 130
Minimum 5±1 P3 22 ± 1
P2
60 05 705 076
P3
393hsm17 Fig. 82
P3 P2
HP
BP
60 05 705 076
391hsm64 Fig. 83
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
– Date of operation.................................................................................................................................................................
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
– Date of operation.................................................................................................................................................................
Maximum pressure and flow rate check on the auxiliary spool valves
Test conditions
Nominal values Recorded values
Oil temperature at 60°C
Regulator position Engine speed (rpm) Q2 (l/min) P2 (bar) P3 (bar) Q2 (l/min) P2 (bar) P3 (bar)
Maximum 100 ± 10
2 200 P2 = P3 22 ± 1 130
Minimum 5±1
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
– Date of operation.................................................................................................................................................................
Test conditions
Nominal value (bar) Measured value (bar)
Oil temperature at 60°C
Test conditions:
– Engine at 1 000 rpm.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
P3 P2
HP
BP
60 05 705 076
391hsm64 Fig. 84
Test conditions:
– Engine at 1 000 rpm.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
60 05 705 076
60 05 005 718
P4
391hsm68 Fig. 85
Test conditions:
– With the engine stopped.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
P5
391hsm65 Fig. 86
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
– Date of operation.................................................................................................................................................................
Test conditions
Nominal value (bar) Measured value (bar)
Oil temperature at 60°C
Parts list
High-pressure circuit. Control circuit.
Parts list
1 RH hydraulic cover. 26 To trailer brakes.
2 Strainer (150 µ). 27 Steering unit "OSPC 135 ON".
3 Vacuum-contact. 28 Gearbox solenoid valve unit.
4 14 cm³ Pump. 29 Transmission accumulator.
5 19 cm³ Pump. 30 Braking boost accumulator (Brake boosters).
6 Limiter, "DBV2" 175 bar. 31 PTO brake solenoid valve.
7 "Load Sensing" signal from "Proactiv" axle. 32 PTO clutch solenoid valve.
8 Decompression line. 33 Differential lock solenoid valve.
9 Machine "Load Sensing" signal (external connection piece). 34 4-wheel drive solenoid valve.
10 "Load Sensing" circuit selector. 35 Rear axle lubrication.
11 Diagnosis socket 14 cm³. 36 Gearbox lubrication.
12 Spool valves high-pressure filter (15 µ). 37 Lubrication pressure limiter 1,5 bar.
13 "Proactiv" axle suspension unit supply. 38 Hare/tortoise (high/crawl) range solenoid.
14 High-pressure limiter, "DBV1" 210 bar. 39 Low-pressure circuit filter (60 µ).
15 Supply plate. 40 Oil cooler.
16 Linkage spool valve. 41 LH hydraulic cover.
17 Auxiliary spool valve. 42 By-pass cooler 5 bar.
18 Blanking plate. 43 Low pressure limiter 17 bar.
19 Diagnosis socket 19 cm³. 44 Low-pressure switch.
20 Nonreturn valve, 2 to 3 bar, "RV3". 45 Steering pump.
21 Nonreturn valve, 2 to 3 bar, "RV1". 46 Steering high-pressure filter (15 µ) with blockage indicator.
22 Nonreturn valve, 5 bar, "RV2". 47 Priority unit.
23 Brake valve.
24 Pressure balance, 24 bar, "M4PV10".
25 Braking valve control from master cylinders.
28
18 25
Pp
Rp
Tp
23
29 30
VF
17
A
T
19 26 31
16 T P
32
210 bar 27 38
15 DBV1 20 RV3 M4PV10
14 39
13 RV1 33
21 RV2
46 34
12 24
11 40
175 bar 35
10
9 45 17 bar 5 bar 36
DBV2
37 1,5 bar
8 7
44
4 5 47 43 42
41
3
2
392hsm18 Fig. 1
27
41
10
39
2
47
12
392hsm00 Fig. 2
1 4 5 45 41
12
41
57
392hsm19 Fig. 3
14 48 61
31
47
1 24
6 32
33
34
56
54
56
55
63
12
2 56 62
392hsm27 Fig. 4
Parts list
48 Pump return towards suction (LH cover). 57 Suction tube.
49 Supply to spool valve block. 58 Steering pump supply tube.
50 "Load Sensing" control pressure. 59 Pinion for 19 and 14 cm³ pumps.
51 Spool valve block "Load Sensing" pressure input. 60 Pump pinion nut.
52 Supply to hydraulic elements (17 bar). 61 Connecting pipe between circuit selector and priority unit.
53 Valve with restriction. 62 Right-hand cover attachment nut.
54 O-ring (return port "R"). 63 O-ring (14 cm3 pump pressure port "P").
55 O-ring (19 cm3 pump pressure port "P").
56 Priority unit attachment.
113 5 61 48
59
Formajoint (510)
60 4
113
1
Formajoint (510)
12 57
392hsm28 Fig. 5
61 24
16 17
7
7
16 17
8
10
9
9 8 26
392hsm20 Fig. 6
16 17 24 7
10 9
392hsm21 Fig. 7
Brake valve
A
Removal
– All seals and gaskets must be replaced whenever
components are removed. 56
– Remove the circuit selector (10).
– Disconnect hose (25) from the control head.
– Disconnect the supply hose (26) from the trailer brake
coupling.
– Remove the nuts (56) or screws (depending on the
setup) to remove the braking valve.
Refitting
– Clean the gasket faces on the hydraulic cover and
valve. 10
– Replace O-rings (54), (55) and (63), (Fig.4).
392hsm22 Fig. 8
– Refit the valve and fit and tighten the screws (56) to a
torque of 2 daN.m.
B
– Reconnect the pipes.
– Bleed the main brake and the trailer brake and check
the pressure and tightness (see chapter "C2").
A Fitting with a Bosch braking valve.
B Fitting with a "SNR" braking valve.
56
10
392hsm23 Fig. 9
P N N
391hsm05 Fig. 10
Parts list
64 Spool. 82 Spring. 100 Valve socket.
65 Spool. 83 Washer. 101 Valve.
66 Guide bush. 84 O-ring. 102 Spring.
67 Sleeve. 85 Plug. 103 O-ring.
68 O-rings. 86 Spring. 104 Plug.
69 Pushrod. 87 Plunger rod. 105 Valve body.
70 Bleed screw. 88 Thrust washer. 106 Plug.
71 Spring. 89 Flat seal. 107 Plug.
72 O-ring. 90 Bush. 108 Seal.
73 Pushrod. 91 Valve head. 109 Plug.
74 Seal. 92 O-ring. 110 Pushrod.
75 Washer. 93 Coupling. B Supply to trailer brake coupling.
76 Screw. 94 Expanding plug. N Continuity to auxiliary spool valve.
77 Circlip. 95 Needle screw. P Pressure.
78 Spring. 96 Cap. R Return to the casing.
79 Circlip. 97 Seal. X Supply from tractor braking device.
80 Screen. 98 Plug.
81 Circlip. 99 O-ring.
109
108 1 – 0,3 daN.m
99
100
101 0,3 – 0,1 daN.m
102
103
0,4 – 0,1 daN.m
104
392hsm02 Fig. 11
131 B 128 129 126 123 122 111 112 113 114 115 117
Parts list
111 Valve body. 120 O-rings. 128 O-ring.
112 Spool. 121 Sealing ring. 129 Piston.
113 Seal. 122 Ring. 130 Valve head.
114 Piston. 123 Guide. 131 Screw.
115 Plug. 124 Adjustment shim. 132 Screw.
116 Adjustment screw. 125 Spring. 133 Cap.
117 Locknut. 126 O-ring. A Brake fluid inlet.
118 Seal. 127 Pushrod. B Bleed screw coupling.
119 Spring.
133
112
113
132 114
131
130
129
128
127
119
126 118
125 115
124 117
123 116
122
121
111
120
392hsm25 Fig. 13
24
M4PV10
DBV1 47
14
DBV2
RV3 20
RV2 RV1 21
22
2
12
392hsm26 Fig. 14
392hsm29 Fig. 15
392hsm30 Fig. 16
4 – 4,5 daN.m
392hsm31 Fig. 17
392hsm05 Fig. 19
10
392hsm22 Fig. 21
143
137
392hsm33 Fig. 22
Parts list
137 Supply to the steering unit. 144 Filter holder.
138 Return from "Load Sensing" signal circuit selector. 145 Steering pump mounting screw.
139 Return from the steering unit. 146 LH cover attachment screw
140 Supply to the 17 bar elements. 147 Steering pump driving pinion.
141 Outlet to cooler. 148 Pump return.
142 Towards lubrication if cooler blocked or oil cold. 149 17 bar supply.
143 Steering filter blockage pressure switch.
Removal/refitting the
steering pump
– Remove the 4 screws (145), detach and remove the
pump.
– On refitting the driving pinion (147), coat the nut with
Loctite Frenetanch (242) and tighten to 7 daN.m.
– Coat the cover gasket face with Loctite
Formajoint (510).
– On refitting, tighten the pump screws (145) to 4 392hsm35 Fig. 24
to 5 daN.m.
Table of other elements common to the 110 l/min closed-centre hydraulic circuit
Steering
Spool valves
Test condition:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
392hsm39 Fig. 25
A
392hsm36 Fig. 26
Test condition:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
Pressure check for a flow rate of less than 40-l/min and a flow rate of 60 l/min
Association of pumps
– Connect a pressure gauge between the circuit selector and the priority unit (C).
– Connect tester n° 60 05 705 076 to diagnostic sockets (A) and (B) of the 14 cm³ and 19 cm³ pumps respectively.
– Connect tester n° 60 05 005 736 to the spool valve (1).
C B A
392hsm40 Fig. 27
392hsm41 Fig. 28
Test at 20 l/min
– Turn the flow regulator of the spool valve concerned to obtain a flow of 20 l/min.
– The pump pressure (P 14 cm³) must be equal to PLS pressure + (22 to 24 bar) for a working pressure of 100 bar.
N.B.: These values are given as an indication only.
Pressure No working pressure Working pressure of 100 bar Working pressure of 190 bar
Test at 60 l/min
– Turn the flow regulator of the spool valve concerned to a position producing a flow of 60 l/min.
– The pump pressure (P 19 cm³) must be equal to PLS pressure + (22 to 24 bar) + 5 for a working pressure of 100 bar.
N.B.: These values are given as an indication only.
The 5 bar corresponds to the difference in pressure measured at the non-return valve RV2. The maximum flow rate
measured at the spool valve hydraulic couplings must be 100 l/min and the maximum pressure must be 190 bar.
Pressure No working pressure Working pressure of 100 bar Working pressure of 190 bar
N.B.: The pumps join forces as of 40 l/min, but when the circuit is closed the flow requirement drops and the 19 cm³
pump flow is sent to the tank by the pressure balance.
Test condition:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
392hsm41 Fig. 29
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
– Date of operation.................................................................................................................................................................
Spool valve regulator position Nominal flow in l/min Measured flow in l/min
Maximum 95 ± 5
Minimum 5±1
Test conditions
Pressure Recorded values
Oil temperature at 60°C
Check the pressure for a required flow less than 40 l/min and a flow of 60 l/min
Test at 20 l/min
Test conditions
Oil temperature at 60°C No working pressure Working pressure of 100 bar Working pressure of 200 bar
Engine running at nominal speed
P 14 cm³
P 19 cm³
PLS
Test at 60 l/min
Test conditions
Oil temperature at 60°C No working pressure Working pressure of 100 bar Working pressure of 200 bar
Engine running at nominal speed
P 14 cm³
P 19 cm³
PLS
Test condition:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
392hsm42 Fig. 30
Test condition:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
Pressure limiter
Connect as shown in the following illustrations:
– Start the engine.
– Connect pressure gauge n° 60 05 705 076 and coupling n° 60 05 005 718 to the cylinder supply at (A).
– Measure the pressure while supplying chamber (A): e.g. 190 bar.
– Measure the pressure in chamber (B) (return): e.g. 15 bar.
The service pressure (calibration of the pressure limiter valve) is therefore equal to the difference between these 2
pressures: 190 – 15 = 175 bar. If this value is incorrect, recalibrate or decalibrate the pressure limiter valve (2).
392hsm43 Fig. 31
2 3
392hsm37 Fig. 32
Parts list
1 16 mm key to activate the rotor. 3 Shockproof valve adjustment.
2 Pressure limiter adjustment.
Test condition:
– With the engine stopped.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
D
392hsm38 Fig. 33
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
– Date of operation.................................................................................................................................................................
Test conditions
Nominal value (bar) Measured value (bar)
Oil temperature at 60°C
1 Instrument panel harness (001 - 185/M0A - M0V) 7a Closed centre circuit transmission harness - 110 litres (701-735/M7A-M7S) 9/1b TCE 15T Harness (960 - 979/M9K - M9R)
2 Preheating control harness (colours) 7b Closed centre circuit transmission harness - 100 litres (701-735/M7A-M7S) 9/2a Cross control harness with Electropilot (9100 - 9110/M90A - M90F)
3/1 Front harness (DE10 engine) (300 - 336/M3A - M5P) 7c GTA 303 transmission link harness (44/M22-M27) 9/2b Cross control harness (colours)
3/2a Front harness (VP44 engine) (300 - 336/M3A - M5P) 7d GTA 303 transmission harness (710-728/M7B-M7K) 9/3 Electrohydraulic spool valve control harness (9000 - 9018/M9X - M9Z)
3/2b Injection harness (350 - 372/M30A - M30H) 8a GTA 103/202 - GPA 40 transmission control harness (801-8043/M8A-M8S) 10 On-board computer harness (colours)
3/2c Injection control harness (400 - 440/M4A - M4F) 8b Full Powershift transmission control harness (801-823/M8A-M8Q) N.B.: The figures indicated in brackets correspond to the marks of the wires used
4 Front axle suspension control harness (482 - 485/M4E - M4F) 8/1 ISO socket harness (801-8043/M8A-M8S) according to the harness type
5 Instrument panel / cab top harness (500 - 599/M5A - M5NN) 8/2 Quadrishift 2/Quadractiv/Full Powershift display harness(8100-8134/M8Y-M8Z) Diode
5a Cab top / front lights harness (550 - 562/M5AA - M5XX) 9a TCE 15/25/35 Control harness (900-960/M9A-M9J) J27
Shunts
5b Cab top / air conditioning + rear lights harness (570 - 587/M5DD - M5YY) 9b TCE 15T Control harness (690-979/M9A-M9F) Optional components
5c Cab top / rear light harness without air conditioning (576 - 587/M5DD - M5ZZ) 9/1a TCE 15/25/35 Harness (965-997/M9M-M9R) Follow the arrow to resume the corresponding interconnection
6 Rear harness (601 - 660/M6A - M6PN)
FUNCTIONS
25 A POWER SOCKET.................................................................................................................................................................. F1.34
TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC PRESSURE - OIL FILTER BLOCKED (HP) -
OIL FILTER BLOCKED (SUCTION)............................................................................................................................................... F1.35
THEORETICAL SPEED ................................................................................................................................................................. F1.36
INSTRUMENT PANEL - REAR POWER TAKE-OFF SPEED ...................................................................................................... F1.37
TCE 15T LIFT................................................................................................................................................................................. F1.38
ELECTROPILOT (WITH TCE 15T) ................................................................................................................................................ F1.42
LIFT TCE - 15/25/35/ RADAR ........................................................................................................................................................ F1.44
ELECTROPILOT (WITH TCE 15/25/35) ........................................................................................................................................ F1.46
GTA 103-202 - GPA 40 CLUTCH AND DRIVE CONTROL ........................................................................................................... F1.48
AUTOMATIC HAND BRAKE .......................................................................................................................................................... F1.51
FPS CLUTCH AND DRIVE CONTROL.......................................................................................................................................... F1.52
FPS PARK LOCK ........................................................................................................................................................................... F1.55
QUADRISHIFT II ........................................................................................................................................................................... F1.56
QUADRACTIV GTA 103-202 - GPA 40.......................................................................................................................................... F1.60
FPS QUADRACTIV ........................................................................................................................................................................ F1.64
DE10 ENGINE CONTROL ............................................................................................................................................................. F1.68
VP44 ENGINE CONTROL ............................................................................................................................................................. F1.70
SUSPENDED FRONT AXLE.......................................................................................................................................................... F1.72
FRONT AXLE ENGAGING - DIFFERENTIAL AND REAR POWER TAKE OFF ........................................................................... F1.74
OIL TEMPERATURE SENSORS - ENGINE SPEED - FORWARD SPEED -
REAR POWER TAKE-OFF SPEED - REVERSER MODULE SPEED - DRIVETRONIC .............................................................. F1.76
CROSS CONTROL WITH SOLENOID PILOT ............................................................................................................................... F1.77
CROSS CONTROL ........................................................................................................................................................................ F1.78
DE10 CAN ...................................................................................................................................................................................... F1.79
VP44 CAN ...................................................................................................................................................................................... F1.80
F1.8
605hsm02
FM34 / 10A
FM9 / 15A
FM16 / 10A
FM6 / 15A
J15
FM7 / 5A
FM4 / 15A
FM2 / 5A
FM17 / 10A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 9 11 12
FA8 / 25A
1 2 4
3
R5
FA5 / 20A
6
5
J04
R12
FM18 / 10A
FM15 / 15A
FM19 / 15A
7 12 11 9 8
10
R10
FM20 / 10A
12
10
R14
FM22 / 15A
5
R11
8
J248
FM28 / 10A
4 6 11 9
FM21 / 5A
7 2 3 1
R2
FM11 / 20A
FA3 / 20A
-------- Optional
R7
MASSE
Fuse and relay box
12 8
R4
2
6
FA1 / 20A
FM32 / 10A
J03
FM31 / 5A
FM33 / 10A
FM27 / 10A
FM14 / 10A
7 9 5 10 4 11 1 3
R6
FM12 / 10A
FM13 / 10A
6 2 8 4 5 1
R9
J05
R15
FM26 / 10A
R3
10 7 9 3 12 11
R1
FA24 / 25A
R8
15A
FA29B / 25A
FM25 / 10A
R13
J114
FM23 / 15A
221
3 4 1 5 6 8 7 2 9 10 12 11
6 5 4
3 2 1
49 C 49
C3 C2 31
Fuse box and relay basic version Conductor allocations
Top view Bottom view
Standard Rating
Fuses Ref
MINI ATO (A)
FM17
FM16
FM30
FM34
2 4 6 8 10 12
FM2
FM4
FM6
FM7
FM9
+APC
10A
15A
15A
15A
10A
10A
Roof light/Radio
5A
5A
+AVC X 5 FM2
FM18 10A
1 3 5 7 9 11 X Fan top cab left 20 FA3
FM20 10A
2 4 6 8 10 12 X Engine ECU 15 FM4
FM15 15A
R10 R12 R5 20A FA5 X Ventilation 20 FA5
FM19 15A J04
25A FA8 X Headlights (dipped/main beam) 15 FM6
FM22 15A
20A FA11 X Instrument panel 5 FM7
FM21 5A 1 3 5 7 9 11
R2 20A FA3 2 4 6 8 10 12 X Implement electrical socket 25 FA8
FM28 10A R14 R11
20A FA1
X Transmission calculator 15 FM9
FM32 10A
J248
FM27 10A
X Working headlight rear wing 10 FM10
5A FMR1
FM31 5A 10A FMR2
X Rear work light 20 FA11
R7 1 3 5 7 9 11
FM33 10A
R4 R6
15A FMR3 X Work headlight front inside 10 FM12
2 4 6 8 10 12
FA24 25A
FAR1
FAR2 X Work headlight front outside 10 FM13
FM14
Cigar lighter/Radio
10A
J03 X 10 FM14
25A
20A
25A 29
25A 29 221
221
605msm36 605hsm47
Green Brown
1 3 5 7 9 11
2 4 6 8 10 12
J114
1 3 5 7 9 11
Red Blue
K
J1 341 606hsm1A
J
H
G
F
K1 323
E
D
012
C
001
B
A
004
1 2 3
303
604hsm42
C G V B
P02
J08 130
J02 J15
P08
J131
130
013 J04
004
179
073 JX1
J59 178
B2 JX2 J09
B2 4 1 J114
J08 J25
190
P08 P25
J25
2 1 4 8 12 E0A
J114 J15 J04 58 15/54 19 17/50a 30
J11
007
108
P01
II J02
110 III
I
29b /25A R13 0
8 3
+ AVC
JX1 P
+ AVC
4/15A
+ APC 60
185 15/15A 5 606hsm1B
605hsm03
30 226 J39
J01
34 19 427 1 + APC ECU J222 A7
BC 137 34 30 22 407 1 Electric pump supply E4A
OR
23 415 2 +AVC (constant source) J222 A2
31 J16 35 419 1 + AVC switched J216 5
P16
J16 62 413 1 Safety relay J216 1
VE 32 63 418 1 Preheating controls J217 1
A P217 66 409 1 Preheating indicator control P224 4
J213 68 416 1 +AVC (constant source) J222 B2
P16 J217
226 356 A B 416 68
M3OD
24 J16 45
372 23 415
359
J218 1 18 12
P217
66 23 68 19 62 35 22 63 418 J217 7 E3H
303
606hsm5K
407
001
419
420 J214
E4A
413
427
415
416
E0A 24
A7
B2 417
409
B1 3 1 2 5
A2
J216
414 A1 B7 604hsm0Z
426 J222
J08
C 4 1 2 J15 P08
P02 P224 J224
012 J04
J02 J224
241 004 JX1
4 1
013
082 J59
B2 J25
190
007
110
+ AVC II
30/10A III
I P01
0
8 3 + APC
15/15A
JX1 P
29b /25A R13
+ AVC 60
185
606hsm5L
605hsm29
M3A 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
MOM
MOH MOG Cigar lighter
MOK
86
M3B
M3C 110 Fuse box
M3I 173 Horn
M3K B+ W D+ 185 Instrument panel
185
31 EOA
306
+
310
311
021
+ –
020
1
JX2 J09
11 26 30 B5 B4 A6 B7 16
090 604msm02
J12/A4 J247
022 J248 J21
J03 J133
096
J05 J23
W X JX2 J09
J114
J01 J07 P44
F P01 7 M26/10A J12 E0A
P02 9 J13
J02 J05
6 M14/10A R15 P01 E0B J120
8 86
J02
016
014
015
017
018
019
J33 J28
1
+ AVC J03 J43
B3 A1 A5 A4 A2
3 5 J27
J07 606hsm1C E6A
+ AVC J121
M25/10A 606hsm1R
5
8 J114 A Battery under lateral exhaust pipe
65 6
30 49 58 56b 56a 54s 54d L 110
115
116
A P02
JA JB E0A
80
137
J63 J01
J95
J247 J65 P02
21 20 5 511 31
1
514
J246 P247
J27 P246
A5 B3 J65 P247 E3B
J63 E0A E3A
B1 B4 A2 B2 A3 B5 A5 B3 A1
J107 E3C
601 J19
605 J43
J18
609 173
86 A3 A2 B3 A1 A6 606hsm1D
603
606
602
604
608
607
M6G
M6C
P52 E6A
M6L
M6D
606hsm1Y
M6E
A D 2 1 2 1 A D
J32
J120 J33 J28 J121 E6A
5 7
J101
550
P247
606hsm2D
A7 B7
P62
J62 E0A
M5H
517
E5A
6
P247
606msm1Z
J247
J15
J247
093
102
J23
5 6 9
J13
B3 A7
10 MOQ MOK
1 E0A
J23 E0A
52 J13
7 2 8
110
092 16
5
J15 + APC
10A
606hsm1E
605hsm05
M5AA
M5EE
553
551
A B A B
M3M P02 J62E5A
334
335
J60 JA JB P62
A6 A5 B1 A1
M3N
P62 J95
W X J62 P52
P02 J153
EOE M5E
J02
J02 J170 J57 E0A
J152
E5A M5A
171
170
J107
169 J62 J172
222 E0B
45 2 E5E
500
A2
516
J60
J52
E5E B6 B4
M5CC
+ M5G
6 1 4 J05
P52
J07
J52 J07
A5
MOJ
015
133
126
E0A
8 1 5
J05 EOA
E0B
13/10A
12/10A
110 J02
P172
R15
R1
606hsm1F
EOR
+ AVC
605hsm06
128
095
J09 +
P52
J168
4 9 3 2 19 5 J169 J56
J63 J60 E5B
P247 E0A
J52 J247
P52 P247 A5 B4 B4 B6 A3 8 J107
511
507 606hsm1S
M5G J62
M5CC
E5E J151
223a
503
544
M5J
P52
606hsm2A
M5JJ 2 1 546 B1
E5E
1
540 5 2 J56
3 B4
J168
505 A5 3 B5 J52
223 J247
M5KK 2 549 598
1 C1 J248
Diode 46
5
3
548 J05
596 J09
E5B
J169
539 E0A
597
E5A M5F
M5NN
B3 B1 A1 A3
J61 J109
P61
M5D
578 B7 B6 B5 B2 B1 B3
577
4 3 576
J151 M5FF
P151 M5VV
4 3 579
587
586
606hsm1G
M5DD
M6N
M6M
M6M
653
654
M5UU
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
J106 J105 J103 J102
9b 8b 9 9a 8a 8
605hsm07
32b
33
31
2
7 4
Wire
880
881
882
2
J1 Ending 602 5
855
7
13 36 12 E7G M1 markers 6 611 2 1 6
32
4 615
MA
BU
B2 1
LH stop
8021
J1
M8Q
9 810 0,75 P20 13
H G K A 19 816 0,75 RH brake light P20 12 604msm5E
J67 J45
184 D
A3 5 1
845 J225 E7C
J2 190
814 20 29 6 M25 J2
810
816
J1
25 36
2
13 12 1 2 836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
P20
P20 P999 J89 24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
1 875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
604hsm64
110 E7A
22 / 15A
B3 A6 M8E 31 J80 M7B 3 825 0,75 4-wheel drive solenoid valve J80 6 606hsm1T
825 6 706
M8J
32
3
R14 35 P44
J23 P80
8021
M8Q
M7H
MA
BU
184 2 1 1 2 25 36
J120
M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807
J248 J04 J1 J225 J89 24 850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 13 J999
604hsm65
867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824
12 10 11 9 19
810
816
1 12
023 J43 J32
025
J27
132
027
13 12 1 2 E6A
P20 P999 J121
J999 J246 606hsm1U
J20
203b 203a 270 101 J20
024
J225
M6P
026 P80
19
J246 E7A
J27 J43
P246
A6 B7 B6 A7 660 B5 A6 A5 B3 A1
M6C
610
M6L
613
612
611
A
J89
M6G 203
J04
E6A
M6F
C D D C J248
J120 J121
J32
6 3 606hsm2F
11 81 10 606hsm1H
605hsm08
MOG
MOH
MOK
9 080 0,6 Buzzer J246 9
020 J43 10 030 1,4 Hazard warning lights control J21 6
J32
J35 Trailer 1 steering
031
11
T R1 R2
9
7
J10
5
11 9 7 5 3 1
3
080
1
A1 043 042 031 096 MO1 004
185
044 030 021 115 190 012
A7 039 6 3 1 49
12 10 8 6 4 2 604hsm16
B1 033
A2 032
B7 040
22
J15
B3 035
036 J246
A5
J21
080 9 659
P246
J05
B5 037 18 614 A1 JX2
B4 034 J114
M60
J07
B6 041 17 617 B1
A6 038 J246
E0A
619 B3 J13
B4 B1 B2 J32 B4
4 618 B2 A5 J10
J07 81
3 1 615 A2
M6L B3
616 A3
65 M6G A6
30 49 58 56b 56a 54s 54d L
J35 A1
M6F
M6C
11a B
J43 606hsm1J
B
J120 10a J121 E6A
D D
605hsm09
13 3 Wire 2 YL Ending
529 527
86 markers 521 528
209 208 2 4 6 8
4 538 1 +AVC radio J63 B2 604msm81
7 525 1 + P radio J63 A7
8 M5K 1 Radio earth J60 B1
J36 209
1 3 5 7 P55
3 1 JA JB
M5N
J60
M6J
523 522 4 2 J64 525
B2 J63 J95
538 M5K
A5 J60
J43 2 4 6 8 604msm80 P52 208
M5L
519
525
538
A1 P247
2
M6C
Wire J65 E0A
B3 B4 B1 A6 B2 J65 Ending P54
markers
M5O J107
M5K E6A 1 514 0,6 Clock lighting J63 B3
2 526 1 + P clock J63 A6 J62
M5G
3 520 0,6 + AVC clock J63 B1 JB
4 M5M 0,6 Clock earth J60 B3 J64
208 JA
P52 E6A
J63 606hsm2B
621
A6 B1 B3 A5 A1 B2 A2 B7 A7 J247
1 2 3 4 5 J52
538
518
5
524
J25
2 4 5 7 P44
9
P52 P247 P44 EOA
J52 J247 J44
137
MOJ
M5M
526
520
514
J36
+ 110
14 / 10A
4 2 3 1 118 1
E0A 130 3 J03 J43
J65 2 / 5A +AVC
129 10
J15 E6A 606hsm1W 606hsm1K
80 60 P 58 10 010 6
25 / 10A
0 I
J25 J05
15/54
19
II
17/50a
III
30 1 001
P25 +AVC
605hsm10
110
10A
17
185 J15
J41
11 9
JX2
20
94
J43
131
120
U E6A
091
J02
606hsm1X
086
J15
7 8 5
J44
J44
P44
631
630
JX2
J43
633
M6I B1
1 5 1 2
J94 J41
A1 J02
40 123
M6C
M
606hsm1L
E6A
605hsm11
2
B2 B3 A3 A2
599
J200 J22 1 M0F 1,4 Windscreen wiper timer E0A
P62
2 052 1 Windscreen washer control J06 B4 3
21 J62 3 1 M3P 1 3 3 051 1 Intermit. windscreen wiper ctrl J06 B3 604msm90
J60 4 049 1 Windscr. wiper eng. park. pos. J247 3
M3K
5 047 1 +APC windscreen wiper timer J248 11
320
+ -
M 6 050 1 Windscr. wiper ctrl park. pos. J06 B2 J98
B7 B4 A7 M5P
C1
509
508
510
M5Q
L1 J62
M5G E0A
JA JB P62
J104 J60
338 J95
1 1 P52
1 2 3 4 5 6 1
2
3 3 599 3
4
M0F 052 051 049 047 050 5
6
604msm14
P247 E0A
2 2 502
P54
J107
J104 4 5 1 9 3 4 W H Wire 2 J98 Ending
J62
P52 P247 P02 markers
J52 J247 J02
+APC windscreen wiper park P52 606hsm2C
1 558 1 P62 A3
pos.
MOJ
182
2 557 1 Windscreen wiper fixed stop P62 B3 A - Battery under lateral exhaust pipe
4 M5PP 1 Windscreen wiper earth P62 B2
5 559 1 Windscreen wipers P62 A2 P02 P16
A
MOF
E0A
3 2 1
559 M5
094
049
PP
110 E0A 85
6 5 4
J22
J200
3
2
27 / 10A
1
10 135 J11
J03
4 5 3 2 6 1 94
604msm2B
18 / 10A
7 094
J04
J52
J247
051
052
050
048
28 / 10A
053
11 047
J248 9 046
J04
606hsm1P
J248 J06
J03
A1 B4 B3 B2 B1
E0A
J06
J11
J02
LAV A 1 AF 2
2 1 0
B + 66
605hsm12 606hsm1M
M M
91 93
M5C
+ APC + AVC
110
J111 J110
- + - +
1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2
5 / 20A
3 / 20A
1 / 20A
575
573
E0A
119
M5WW
M5TT
A5 585
R5 R7 R4 R6
571
570
A6
J112 J113
A2
90 J109 A7 A1 A3 584 A C B A B
M5YY
M
582
581
580
583
574
572
6 4 3 1 5 2 A3 B1 A1 B3 B2
1 4 2 3 P108 P107
J04 J15 J03 J108 J107
J17
4 3 12 4 8 6 2 12
M5W
M5C
M5T
532
531
534
533
148
139
M5Y
MOO
MOK
536
535
530
537
009
M5B
B5
J60
087
089
E6A E5A 8 7 11 10 13 12 8 14 B6
J13
P52 P247 P247
A7 B5 MON
M5CC
J52 J247 J247
147
146
088
143
142
141
145
144
138
140 2 1
J09 E5E
B7 090 J50
0 0 R = 1 kW 70
A4 A5 A2 A1 B5 B1 B4 B2
1 330 W 77 N
B4 2 520 W J02
J12 3 750 W
D 4 820 W
5 P02
820 W
6 95 210
096
A 318 317
J34
P P
BP HP
+
605hsm13
4 604msm19
C B A
Wire 2 J110 Ending 581 580 582
markers P52
CB 606hsm2J
A
1 M5TT 3 RH fan earth P108 4 604msm5C
E6A
2 584 0,6 RH fan potentiometer cursor J109 A3
3 570 3 + RH fan P108 1 Wire 2 J113 Ending
Instrument panel potentiometer markers
4 585 0,6 J109 A5
RH fan potentiometer
606hsm2G
A 583 1 Pressure switch P107 B3
B M5YY 1 Thermostat earth P107 B2
M5 584 2 1
1
TT
J08
3 P08
3 570 585 4 B A
M5 583 J52
2
YY J247
4 604msm3C B
A
604msm6C
J02
J34
94
606hsm2K
210
606hsm5H
A - Battery under lateral exhaust pipe
864
+APC 8012
P20
110 TCE 15/25/35 19
J20
069 22
071 24 JX2 185
R10
124 J131 FPS J42 J04 J13 JX2
19 / 15A B6 9 B2 22
9 A7 A6 155
J04 8 121 J178
MOR
155
069
6 13 B5
10
J44 J246 J119 P20
J178
14
P44 P246 B1 P119 J20
J119 14 3 6
184
P119
632
637
855
640
644
651
184
J1
A2
855
A1/B4
J178 15 A1 B2 B3
J2 J1 B6 P42 920 42
J71 182 P48 B2
808
19 18 10 J42 J67
B5
651
B1 B2
J48
644
864
808
885
J67 857
B4
640
B1 B5
8011
B1 A2 J136 B2 B3 A1 859 B4 J136
47
8011
P48 B2 B7 B4
J207 J207
J48 9
8018 1
B2 A3 A1
857 J207 J207 3 8012
8019 10
8018 9 1
8013 4
8019 10 265
3 8012 J68
8013 4 B3 M8K 2
265
J68 B7 2
M80
838
856
864
842
A1 J207
M8K 7 8 12 6 11 5
838
888
886
887
B4 A1
M8A
M8K
7 8 12 6 11 5
J207
8016
8017
8020
8015
8014
M8L
A1 A3 B1 B2 B3
8016
8017
8020
8015
8014
M8P
M8A
J134
A1 A3 B1 B2 B3
P134 E6A
E1 F1.51 J134
NO1 F1.55
186 J148 E6A 1 2 6 4 7 3
P134 1 2 6 4 7 3
1 VI
NO3
J208 J208
7 BC
140 P208 P208
6 VE
MA
RG
OR
NO
RG1
JA
VI
11 RG2
28 1 2 6 4 7 3
10 NO4 NO2 B
2 BU J219
J147 T˚
5 MA A
264
605hsm14
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 606hsm2L
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
042 083 043 019 044 105 104 059 113 M0T M0A 16 604msm1T
604msm02
M0M 075 074 022 072 071 070 069 109 091 107 054 110 060
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
J208
J147 J147
J134
Wire 2 J1 Ending
P208
P20
markers J219
J148
10 885 0,75 Up position TCE J136 A2 E6A J119
1 12
J2
184 P208
J1
25 36
J136
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001 J68 J67
24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13 P134 140
604hsm64
J207
875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
606hsm2M
1 12
Wire 2 J2 Ending
606hsm5J
markers P44
Colour legend
18 808 0,75 Forward speed J136 B1
19 864 0,75 Rear PTO speed (TDB) P20 19 WH White
J71
BL Blue
YL Yellow
BR Brown
BK Black
OR Orange P42
GN Green
25 36 VI Purple
M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807 RD Red J42
J178
24 850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 13
604hsm65
867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824
1 12
P48
606hsm2N 606hsm2S
M0M 075 074 022 072 071 070 069 109 091 107 054 110 060 16
3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
604msm02
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
31
068 067 066 065 136 061 108 106 064 063 111 007 062
D+
M3A
D+ W B+
22 21 20 J31
P180 1 2
M3J
M3I
J180
150 P20
472
471
470
1
604msm01
J08
P08
22 21 20
M3F
M7J
307
723
J179 206 200
307 J31
1 J20 JX1
EMR J80
J119
JX2
333
319
305
J174 606hsm2U
15
M L K T 23 34
401
K
P02 P02 P80
J02 J02 J80
P175
J175 J02
A1
MOB
191
058
057
056
854
M8I
606hsm2T P02
E0E 31
057
B1 A5 B1 A4 B3 17 1 J31
202
J08 J08 P20 P119
P08 P08 J20 J119
94
P80
206 200
MOA
MOT
111
106
110
060
4 7 17 2 16 1
606hsm2W
JX1 JX2
606hsm2V
185
605hsm15
M6C
M6H
204
MOU
214
E6A
B1
J13 J43
A7
E6A
185
MOK
204
606hsm2X
E0A
J08
P08
620
J246
J44
16 A1 JX1
P246 J08
J246 P08
JX2
136
059
E0A
J13
214
5 10
JX2 JX1
185
606hsm2Y
605hsm16
31
P02 P16
A
P02
31
D+ 309 W B+
J
P02
J02
055
606hsm1Z
A2 P08 J08
J08
P08
JX2
109
21
JX2
J02
185
605hsm17 606hsm3A
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
MOD
7 11 17 Wire 2 P14 Ending
J187 markers
925
924
25
24
23
B M0D 1 J13 A2 17
16
15
Line K
14
C 084 1 J246 3
A7 D 076 1 +APC diagnostic socket J09 A1
+ APC
+ AVC 604msm0N
MOK
076
084
085
FPS
110
J71 J187
917
916
A B C D
7 A7 D J15
5A 5A 085 M0D 084 076 C
B
7 21 A J246
917
916
J44
J248
E0A B7 A7 B7 A7
604msm50 JX1
J15 J248 P42 P42 C D J06
7 7
J42 J42 D
C JX2 J09
84 076
B
A
MOM
MOE
MOL
J174
604msm50
099
E0A
639
638
639
638
10 11 J13
67 J09
405
404
A1
A3 2 3 2 3 B3 B2
A2 P246 P246 P175
J246 J246 J175
67 P14
084
085
065
066
177
176
074
075
072
066
606hsm3B
11 12 A C
054
A5 A4 18 30 25 29 28 11 12 P44
185 J71
J186
J186 J71
A B
P42 J42
J42
66
606hsm3C 606hsm3D
605hsm18
880
881
8001
8000
8024
8023
7
3 11
1 9010 15
J199
9002 9013
9006 9011 9016
9014
1 2 9007 9012 9018
941
945
942
946
952
948
947
951
9017 M9X
2 16
J234 9004
9005 9015
1 10
6 14 604msm7S
J236 2
J192 J87 P190
A2 A6 B2 B6 B6 B2 A2 A6 Wire 2 J1 Ending
606hsm3E
J235 markers
8026
8025
35 8001 0,75 J234 1
J231
1
J233 2
J190
943
947
940
944
P189
J232 J189
1 2
953
949
946
950
25 36
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
J87
604hsm64
24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
606hsm3F
1 12
8006
8005
948
954
2 1 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3
J235 J234
J190 J189 J190 P189 J236
P190 P189 P190 J189 P133
J237
J231 J233
9004
9004
9005
9005
J232
6 10 10 6
255 606hsm3G
F1.42
F1.46
605hsm19
32
E7G 6 9005 0,6 CAN-High P190 2
CAN-Low
31
10 9004 0,6 P190 1
32b
P138 3
7
11 J199
9010
J138 1
9002 9013
15
728
710
9017 M9X
2 9004 16
9005 9015
28 10 10
952
948
947
951
6 14
604msm7S
P80
J80 P190
Wire 2 J1 Ending
606hsm5M
B7 B1 A1 A7 3 36
881
874
832
873
J190
P189
J189
J188 25 36
949
946
950
1 12
B6 B2 B3
606hsm5N
8006
8005
8007
954
1 2 3 1 2 3
J190 P189
P190 J189 P133
9004
9005
10 6
184
J199
P199 J188
J1
255 606hsm5P
F1.42
F1.46
605hsm71
110
25A
J04
82
1 2
E6A
117
119
606hsm3H
J15
1 3
J04
J44
P44 J44
623
622
M6A
M6B
82 E6A
605hsm21
606hsm3J
A
JX1 180 Wire 2 J201
markers
J1 Ending
110 6 064
6 2
1 867 0,75 Transmission display data J137 B2
R12 158 2 868 0,75 Transmission display clock J137 B4
J04 J150 5 840 0,75 Transmission oil filter P20 3 606hsm3K
12 882 0,75 CAN - J188 A5
5 125 062 B1 B3 21 833 0,75 Hydraulic pressure P20 4
8103
8102
36 881 CAN-Low J188 B7
J20 0,75
16 11 3
P20
E6A 3 4 P137
J20 J137 P20
P20 867 B2 B4 25 36
868 836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
863
M8A
840
833 24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
881 B7 B5 875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
A1 1 12 604hsm64
882 A5 A7
J68 131 184
B2 B1 J68 131
J1
894
842
A6 A7
J188 J80
832
835
874
5 21 1 2 36 12 606hsm3L
833
834
33 J1
10 11 28
J1
J80
184 P80
M8E
M8F
184 J15
710
711
728
A C B J04
P189
P138 J20
31 36 3 25 4
F1.33 J138 JX1
J80 J05
P80
32b
31
33
M7B
E7G
704
34
M7F 35
32
E0A
A K G J
M7K
1 2
D J91
703
J87
J87
E
725
2 1
43
J202 2 1 J B J A
38
115
M27
127 M26 44
37
P
J201 M21
E7C
M11
P M1
M7R 128 127 115
606hsm3M
605hsm26
M7N
712
31 M8L 0,75 Frequency earth J80 15 M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807
24 850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 13
867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824
1 12 604hsm65
25 36
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
M7A
24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
FPS 875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
1 12 604hsm64
830
829 km
830
31 28 34 10 15
J148
J1 J1
1
J2
VI
184 184 184
A1
J2 P134 J1
808
J134 J136
18
808
838
J136
B1
J136
606hsm3N
B1
B3
B2
B3
828
828
8013
J20
14 14 4 P80
P20 P20 JX2
J20 J20
J207
070
23
J82
JX2
E7C
605hsm27
069
markers M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807
24 850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 13
JX2 8 819 0,75 ECO PTO contact 42
A1 867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824
18 896 0,75 1 000 rpm PTO 54
J67 J20 22 30 827 0,75 + Rear PTO speed sensor J80 14
1 12 604hsm65
069
B5 6
25 36
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
14 19
879
845
24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
J119 J20 J20
875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
P119 P20
1 12
JX2
J80
P80
25 16 190
725
716
B E
855
604hsm64
J G H D
J138 39
P138 1
H K
P163 B2
42b
R01 J162 J67 606hsm3S
B6 A7
AC1
E7B 42a
E7E
39a
AC11
P20
42
895
849
R05
864
E7C
AC12 M22
E7D
1 2 3 1 2
J81 M1 J84
54 42
29 39
J2
896
819
184
J1
J67
J80
1 714 14 827
J1 J2
184
605hsm28
8 108 110
185 130
JX1 C P02 013 149 10 R10
J02
303
121 8
31 J04 20 / 10A
B+ B+ W D+
19 / 15A
+ APC
124 9
+ –
A7
121
J131
A5
098
8019
J136
10
J178 J44
P44 A3 J207
A6 B6 A7 B7 B5 A5 B4 6 4 A1 A2
632
857
885
886
634 236
237 235 100 99
644
10
J48 J134 J73 J74 J75 J72 J76
J35 J1
652
P48 P134 A B C 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1 2
A1 B1
B6 B7 B5 A6 A7 A5
VE
184
M9N
M9K
640
M9L
969
970
966
965
967
968
971
961
960
962
6
627
624
J148
J42 P69
186
645
646
P42
629
647
628
648
625
626
J69
A2 A3 A1 A6 B6 B2 14
3 1 2 10 11 12 7 6 5 8 4 9 902* 902
J192
E6A
933
906
907
910
911
935
934
909
908
914
912
913
915
F1.41
939
M9A
J187
J29 A B J40 A B
B3 A1 B5 B7
A B A B B6
J70
B1 B2 A2 B4
B6 A3 A6 A7 B3
M9F
920
923
57b 56b B7
M9E
936
14 16
902*
J186 B5
919 A2
8
182
J37 A B J26 A B 6 922 B2
4 7 3 1 2 5 18 15 19
A1 B4 A5 B1
949 J192
918
932
937
921
A B A B
F1.41
938 1 15 19 18 17 14 13 6 2 5
24
57a 56a 931 21
928 8
926 J71
4
904 3
930 22
929 9
927 16
905 191
12
903
25
901 20
900 10
605hsm30
Ref Item
Wire 2 J71 Ending
Wire 2 J148 Ending
31 Alternator markers markers
56a Lift RH external switch
56b Lift LH external switch
57a Lift lower RH external switch 1 M9E 1 TCE earth J187 A2 6 GN 0,6 Up position TCE (trip computer) P134 B1
57b Lift lower LH external switch 2 921 1 V + upwards valve - light J70 B1
99 UP solenoid valve 3 904 0,6 V REF 1,6 V J186 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
100 DOWN solenoid valve 4 926 0,6 Mixed check control J186 2 RG2 NO4 RG1 BC VE MA BU VI
14
Mode selector
13
184 Transmission electronic central unit 8 928 0,6 J186 5
12
11
Instrument panel 9 929 0,6 Diagnostic indicator J186 7
10
185
9
On board computer 10 900 0,6 Rise - lift ctrl P42 A2
8
186
7
12 905 0,6 V REF 9,5 V J187 B1
6
191 Lift electronic unit (TCE calculator)
5
V REF posit. / RH and LH force
4
235 LH draft sensor 13 932 0,6 J70 B4
3
2
RH draft sensor
1
236
237 TCE position sensor 14 918 1 V + down valve - light J70 A1
15 936 0,6 V REF posit. / RH and LH force J187 B4 604msm1T
16 927 0,6 Depth control J186 4 Colour legend
17 909 0,6 LH draft signal J69 6
Wire 2 JX1 Ending 18 911 0,6 RH draft signal J69 11 WH White
markers 19 907 0,6 Position signal J69 2 BL Blue
20 901 0,6 Lower - lift ctrl P42 A3 BR Brown
8 108 0,35 D + alternator 130 21 931 0,6 Transport mode ctrl J186 18 BK Black
22 930 0,6 Position ctrl (upper stop) J186 3
24 938 0,6 Lower speed control J186 15 OR Orange
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 25 903 1 +APC lift unit P42 A6 GN Green
068 067 066 065 136 061 108 106 064 063 111 007 062 VI Purple
* TCE 15T with electrohydraulic spool valves
RD Red
** TCE 15T without electrohydraulic spool valves
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
604msm9M
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
604hsm64 17
16
15
14
604msm0N
94
184
J1
J136
J02
J48
606hsm3U 606hsm3X
P44 606hsm3Z
P69
J194
J178 J42 J193
J35
P48 J204
J37 J26
606hsm3Y
606hsm3V
P134
J71
J186
J186
J71
J187
P42
J42
606hsm3W
110
1 2 2 3 4 1 4 1 3 2 6 10 1 2 3 5 7 8 9 11 12 13 16 15 14
M9Q
M9R
M9P
979
975
974
E9C
978
J44
P44
973
977
M90
972
9015 A1
6 J197
J178
632
9016 A5
E9B
976
B4 A4
31 32 33 37 29 28 27
P69 A2
A5 P197
634
J69
B1
J42 F1.75
B5
P42
945
941
950
942
946
A1
902
9006
9007
9002
9017
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9018
9001
9009
9008
M9Y
M9X
M9G A3 A6 A2 B5 J192 B2 B6
949 A5
A1 A3 J71
J187 F1.38 191 B4
A2
951
952
B7 B1 A1 A7
J186 J71
947
943
940
944
182 191 948
3 1 2 1 2 3 3 2 1
F1.38 J191 J190 J189
P191 P190
F1.32
F1.33 263
9005
9004
9000
9003
M9Z
17 12 1 9 10 3 11 7 5 6 13 16 19 8 18 2 14 15
J198
141
605hsm31
Ref Item
Wire 2 J198 Ending
31 Alternator markers
110 Fuse box
141 Electrohydraulic spool valve control unit
142 RH electrohydraulic spool valve 1 9000 1 + Hydraul. engine ctrl P191 2 P69
143 LH electrohydraulic spool valve 2 9001 0,6 +APC cross control J197 A2
3 9002 0,6 +APC joystick J199 3 J204
144 Safety solenoid valve
182 Lift central unit (TCE) 5 9011 0,6 Joystick on/off control J199 8
191 Lift electronic unit 6 9012 0,6 LED output on / off J199 9
255 Joystick - Solenoid pilot 7 9010 0,6 Hydraul. motor ctrl (on) J199 7
263 CAN network socket 8 9011 0,6 Hydraul. motor ctrl (off) J199 16
9 9012 0,6 Pot. X J199 1 J194
10 9004 0,6 Pot. X J199 2 J193
11 9013 0,6 Safety SV (on) J199 5
Wire 2 J199 Ending 12 9014 1 Safety SV (off) P191 1
markers 13 M9X 0,6 Raise extension command J199 11
14 9008 0,6 Lower outside ctrl return J197 B1
1 9006 0,6 Pot. X J198 9 15 9009 0,6 Lower outside ctrl return J197 B5 P134
2 9007 0,6 Pot. X J198 10 16 9014 0,6 Raise extension command J199 12
3 9002 0,6 +APC joystick J198 3 17 M9Z 1 Electro./ dist. ctrl module earth P191 3
5 9017 0,6 Safety SV (on) J198 11 18 M9Y 0,6 Cross control earth J197 A4
6 9005 0,6 CAN-High P190 2 19 M9X 0,6 Joystick earth J199 13
7 9010 0,6 Hydraul. engine ctrl (on) J198 7
8 9011 0,6 Joystick on/off control J198 5 606hsm4C
9 9012 0,6 LED output on / off J198 6 1 5 9 13 17
P20 606hsm4D
10 9004 0,6 CAN-Low P190 1
11 9013 0,6 Raise extension command J198 13 9000 9011 9006 9013 M9Z
12 9014 0,6 Raise extension command J198 16 9001 9012 9007 9008 M9Y
4
Joystick earth
5
13 M9X 0,6 J198 19 3 9
13
Relay output 1
6
14 9015 0,6 J197 A1 9002 9010 9017 9009 M9X 2 10
14
17
7
3 11
1 9010 15
9002 9013
9006 9011 9016 J15 J40
9014
9007 9012 9018 J04
J44
9017 M9X J29
2 16
9004 J178 J42
9005 9015
10 604msm7S J05
6 14
J35
P48
606hsm4B
4
2
954 946
3 J71
950
1 J186
J186
604msm1M J71
J187 P42
J42
J69
J192 J70
E6A
606hsm4F
31
+ –
B+
B+ 110
W 130
D + 303 P02 C 013 149 10 R10
J02 P79
1
8
J04 20 / 10A 3
9 + APC 33 2
124
P119 19 / 15A J79
27 839 15 4 9 / 15A
184 J2 123 + AVC 186
1
J15 30 / 10A
103 J148 TCE 35 TCE 35
J131 A7
J119 6 237 236 235 99 122 121 100
121
VE
B1 J73 J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J72
121
A5 185
P134 3 21 3 21 3 21 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
108 8
J134
963ou 968 *
964ou 969 *
068 14 JX1
067 13
886
098
M9M
969
970
976
966
965
977
968
967
978
960
962
972
974
973
975
961
971
071 24 J136 A3
104 6 JX2
J178 105 7
A1 A2 17 16 18 1 2 3 10 11 12 5 6 7 9 14 15 20 22 21 4 8
6 4 2 13 12 15 14 11
A6 B6 A7 B7 A5 A1 B4 A2 J44 J246 P69
857
885
P44 P246 J69
637
632 A1 10
M9G
656
907
J48
911
924
906
908
909
934
913
915
926
928
927
929
912
914
955 * ou 925
933
910
935
634 J1
P48
J35 184
652
655
649
635
636
650
J71
656
15 23 19 17 24 21 16 51 20 5 29 33 1 32 28 6 2
B6 B7 B5 A6 A7 A5
640
627
624
B4
645
646
629
647
628
648
625
626
J42
P42
A2 A3 A6 A1 B1 A5 B2 B5 B6 B3
924 J71 182
920 42
922 13
J29 A B J40 A B
919 41
918 40
A B A B 921 12
901 37
900 38 J71 J71 49
31 30 47 34 7 3 4 52 45
P192
902
917
916
M9E
M9F
57b 56b 958
959 1 261 M9G M9I
936
930
931
2 932
904 E9A
M9A
903
J37 A B J26 A B 923 P125
905
925 V2 U1 PE4
A B A B TCE 35
A6 B1 B2 A1 A7 A5 B4 A3 B7 E6A
J70 260
57a 56a
605hsm32
CAN-Low network
9
J77
4
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
606msm16 606hsm4N
M9Q
M9P
996
995
2 3 1
E9C
P79 255
E9B
M9R
J79
M9M
M90
P199
969
968
987
986
984
985
988
989
991
990
994
992
993
997
J199
6 10 1 2 3 5 7 8 9 11 12 13 16 15 14
17 16 18 24 23 13 19 25 26 33 32 29 37 27 28 31 9015 A1
J197
110 P69 9016 A5
J69
M9Y A4
124 9 19 / 15A
J04 + APC
M9H
M9G
9001 A2
924
943
942
938
937
944
945
947
951
956
952
948
955
A7 9008 B1
A2 A6 B5 B6 B2
4 J178 26 18 35 36 22 J87
J44
P44 J71 182
A5 A1
9006
9007
9002
9017
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9018
B4
M9X
47 34 7
652
634
656
9005
9004
A5 A3 B7 B1 A1 A7
953
949
946
950
J42
P42 954
957
960
M9G
A6 A1 B3 1 2 3 3 2 1
M9H
J190 J189
E9A
P190
916
902
3 2 1
263 J191
M9A
903 F1.32
9004
9005
9000
9003
M9Z
A6 A7 A5 B4 A3 M9J
B5
J70 B7 925
17 1 12 9 10 3 11 7 5 6 13 16 19 8 18 2 14 15
J198
141
605hsm33
Ref Item
Wire 2 J199 Ending
33 Radar markers
110 Fuse box J04
141 Electrohydraulic spool valve control unit
142 RH electrohydraulic spool valve 1 9006 0,6 Pot. X J198 9
143 LH electrohydraulic spool valve 2 9007 0,6 Pot. Y J198 10 P69
3 9002 0,6 +APC joystick J198 3 J72
144 Safety solenoid valve J77
182 Lift central unit (TCE) 5 9017 0,6 Safety SV (on) J198 11 J76 J131
255 Joystick - Solenoid pilot 6 9005 0,6 CAN-High P190 2
7 9010 0,6 Hydraul. motor ctrl (on) J198 7 J44
263 CAN network socket
8 9011 0,6 Joystick on/off control J198 5 J194 J78 J173
LED output on / off
Wire 2 J198 Ending
9
10
9012
9004
0,6
0,6 CAN-Low
J198
P190 1
6 J193
markers 11 9013 0,6 Raise extension command J198 13 J79
12 9014 0,6 Raise extension command J198 16 J75
1 9000 1 +APC remote control module P191 2 13 M9X 0,6 Joystick earth J198 19
2 9001 0,6 +APC cross control J197 A2 14 9015 0,6 Relay output 1 J197 A1
3 9002 0,6 +APC joystick J199 3 15 9016 0,6 APC radar (D + relayed) J197 A5 J74 J73
5 9011 0,6 Joystick on/off control J199 8 16 9018 0,6 Hydraul. motor ctrl (off) J198 8
6 9012 0,6 LED output on / off J199 9
7 9010 0,6 Hydraul. motor ctrl (on) J199 7
8 9018 0,6 Hydraul. motor ctrl (off) J199 16 7
3 11
9 9006 0,6 Pot. X J199 1 1 9010 15
10 9007 0,6 Pot. Y J199 2 9002 9013
J74 606hsm4P
9006 9011 9016
11 9017 0,6 Safety SV (on) J199 5 9014
12 9003 1 Safety SV (off) P191 1 9007 9012 9018
606hsm5R
13 9013 0,6 Raise extension command J199 11 2
9017
9004
M9X
16
14 9008 0,6 Lift outside ctrl return J197 B1 9005 9015
15 9009 0,6 Lower outside ctrl return J197 B5 6
10
14
16 9014 0,6 Raise extension command J199 12 604msm7S
17 M9Z 1 Electro./ dist. ctrl module earth P191 3
18 M9Y 0,6 Cross control earth J197 A4 Wire 2 J71 Ending P44
19 M9X 0,6 Joystick earth J199 13 markers
J134
7 905 0,6 APC TCE lighting J70 A3
18 942* 0,6 VREF front position J69 23
22 944* 0,6 V - forward position J69 25 J40 82 40
1 5 9 13 17 26 943* 0,6 Front position signal J69 24
34 923 0,6 +APC TCE J70 A5 J29
J178 J42
4
9000 9011 9006 9013 M9Z
3
5
9 35 938* 0,6 Front lower outside ctrl J69 13
Front rise outside ctrl
13
9001 9012 9007 9008 M9Y 2
6
10 17
36 937* 0,6 J69 19 J35
7 14
18
47 903 0,6 + APC TCE (D + RELAY) J70 A7 P48
9002 9010 9017 9009 M9X 1 11
15
8
12 19
* TCE 35 with electrohydraulic spool valves only 184
9018 9003 9014 16
20
** TCE 35 only
604msm6S J37 J26 J1
4 8 12 16 20
J136
4
2
948 940
3 J71 J198
944
604msm9M
1
P42
604msm2N
J71
P192 J190
E9A
J189 J70 P42
J191
J87 P134
J69
P125
E6A
606hsm4U
606hsm4T
110 160
J131 B6 188
+APC 19 / 15A AV N
180 J04 9 124 A7 B7 1
187 55a
AR R
A6
29B / 25A D2 D1 2
Ve 1 004 2 3 1
867 26 726 1 J25 4
P80 R13
J116 +AVC 29A / 25A J114 J59 J124
2 012 J245
832 10 710 190 P01 V 161
192 4
2 B3 A2 A4 B2 B5 B4 B1 A B C 3 2
150
868 27 727 1
153
154
MOP MOW
874 30 730 2
J117 B4
193 190
+AVC 9 / 15A 4 J13
164
820 J15
E8C 167
1 701 E7A 717 A 48 A7
MOK
8022 2 702 B J149 8
P150 R11
J150 J248 6 MOS
6 5 7 10 9 8 5 156
EOA
823 5 705 1 Bc
8106
8105
8107
8110
8109
8108
J90
J80 31 M7B M7I 2
MOA
107
157
123
155
162
159
154
153
97
P137 E7A 166
168
J137 J20
6 5 7 10 9 8 862 21 113 1 3 2 12 15 14 1 13
4 19 1
860
806
805
872
884
871
47 J119 J20
P20 J130
47 JX2 P119 P20
1 7 8 6 10 9 5
860
870
869
845
865
844
877
878
883
890
876
839
855
185 P 189
878
841
35 28 10 9 8 1 15 2 16 6 11 14 33 27
J67
J2 B4 859
B2 855
A2 829
184 B1 853
861
839
876
877
J1 870
1 3 5 4 11 12 20 13 32 869
865
J136
841
861
829
866 B7 B6 844 M8M
875 A7 A6 845 B5 A5 A1 B3 B2 B1
M8M
J49 P49
B5
M8E A6 A1 M8A 8 7 6 5 3 4 2 1
-
J68
63
E6A
+
605hsm34
B 150 159
190
162 156 M0P
1
A
2
16
1 875 0,75 Potentiometer (REF+) J136 A7
4
604msm02
1 867 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J80 26 B
5
3 866 0,75 Potentiometer (REF-) J136 B7 2 868 0,75 Reverse drive solenoid valve J80 27
4 865 0,75 Clutch pot. cursor P20 10 6 823 0,75 Range solenoid valve J80 5
5 861 0,75 Crawler speed contact 47 Forward drive indicator light
11 869 0,75 Buzzer P20 8
8
9
871
884
0,75
0,75 Neutral light
J137
J137
8
9
Wire 2 J49 Ending
604hsm15
12 870 0,75 Reversing control P20 7 10 872 0,75 Reverse drive indicator light J137 10 markers
13 876 0,75 Neutral control P20 1 11 862 0,75 Buzzer P20 21
20 877 0,75 Info clutched P20 5 Neutral Reverser declutching ctrl
32 841 0,6 Range J49 B2
14
15
8022
832
0,75
0,75 Forward drive - SV return
J80
J80
2
10
A1
A5
883
890
0,6
0,6 Neutral
P119
P20
13
1
Wire 2 J130 Ending
16 874 0,75 Reverse drive - SV return J80 30 B1 829 0,6 +APC range change J67 A2 markers
27 839 1,5 + AVC DRIVETRONIC P119 15 B2 841 0,6 Range change J80 2
25 36 28 805 0,75 Crawler range light J137 5 B3 853 0,6 +APC +/- range control J67 B1 1 157 1,4 Not neutral J248 5
33 878 1,5 + APC solenoid valve supply P119 12 B5 M8M 0,6 Declutching ctrl earth J68 B5 2 168 1,4 +APC solenoid valve supply J119 12
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
35 806 0,75 Rapid range light J137 6
24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870 1 2 3 4 5
25 36 A 883 811 812
890
1 12 8003 8004
M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807 B 829 841 853 M8M 1 2 3
1
24 13 157 168 2
850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 3
867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824 604hsm21
1
1 12 A
4
B
5
604msm2j
604hsm64
604hsm65
P80 J119
JX2
P80 J114
J132
A
J124
J90 187
48 J130
55a
J92 J245
606hsm4V
606hsm4X
J137
P20
J47
J49
J150 J119
J150
J137
J195
J2
P137 184
J1
J136
J68 J67
J80
606hsm4W
606hsm4Y
19/15A
19/15A
7 5 3 1
J143 J137 122 186
1 5
J04 J15
8 6 4 2
9 4 3
124
122 9
E6A 604hsm30
B5 A7
186
J236 P119
A6 J131 J237
Wire 2 J237 Ending
123 markers
155
8028 42
8043 20
E8C
8041 7 J237
8042 35
8024 39
8023 40
184
8035 10
8036 11
J1 604hsm75
28
35 34
M8R
8001
8000
J15
8041
8042
22 13
820
1 2 A5 J04 J08
J137
P137 A1 M8A
M8E J234
1 J224
16 31 28 18 1 24
A6
8133
8134
M7B
733
734
701
735
J150
1 2
8026
8025
M7D
716
715
J233
1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 F1.32
32 G
A 21
K
EOA D B 22
110 160
A C 23 J131 B6 188
E 25
+APC 19 / 15A AV N
J04 9 124 A7 B7 187 55a
E 190 C F 26 1
E G 27 AR R
D 24 A6
H 28 29B / 25A D2 D1 2
B 1 004 J25 2 3 1
B J 29
R13 4
150
+AVC 29A / 25A J114 J59 J124
2 012 J245
A 1
P01 161
K J H G F E C B A 4 V B3 A2 A4 B2 B5 B4 B1 A B C 3 2
1 2
C
1 MOP MOW
2
B4
2 190
3 A +AVC 9 / 15A
1 4 J13
5 J15
6 2 A7
MOK
7 B 8
1
8 R11
10
9
J248 6 MOS
2 EOA
H
164
167
5 156
123
155
162
153
154
159
J20
107
166
157
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 168
809 21 113
4 19 1 3 2 12 15 14 13
P20 J119 J20
JX2 J130
P119 P20
R 2 1 M L 9 8 7 1 10 5
877
865
869
220B
870
876
878
8023
806
839
855
887
185 P 189
–
8108
PS1 G P138 724 P80 24
+
220C
220A 47 J188
45 E 714 14 861 M8D
31 A 710 10 832
7 2 24 1 36 19 26 21
8105
884
8106 8107 33 C 711 11 835
J67 B2
32b B 728 28 874 J2 B6 883
8104 J138 J80
E6A A1
A2 B1 853
184
P137 892
J137 B5 A7 B1 B3 B2 B1
813
A5 B1 A1 B5 B2 P189 J1 J49
J188 P49
12 36 26 25 29 11
893
B7 A5 B3
F1.30 5 3 4 2 1
-
J49 J49 882
881 63
A4 A2
+
605hsm39
1 2 3 4 5
2
A 153 154
Wire 2 J1 Ending
Wire
J2 Ending B 150 159 162 156 M0P
markers markers 190
11 8023 0,6 +APC EVP P119 12 1 876 0,75 Neutral control P20 1
12 882 0,75 CAN - J188 A5 2 869 0,75 Declutching information P20 8
1
+APC B + solenoid valve 7 809 0,75 RH brake light P20 21 A
2
25 839 1,5 P119 15
26 813 1,5 +APC electronic unit J67 A1 19 877 0,75 Clutch position P20 5
4
B
Functional fault
5
29 806 0,75 Gearbox engaged P119 9 21 887 0,75 P119 13
36 881 0,75 CAN-Low J188 B7 24 870 0,75 Reversing control P20 7
26 884 0,75 Power ratio J49 B2
25 36
36 865 0,75 Clutch cursor pot P20 10 604hsm15
1 2 3
1
157 168 2
3
604hsm21
604hsm78
604hsm79
A
2
1
4
B
5
16
604msm02
604hsm81
J15 J131
J04
J248
J20
P80
J119
P80
JX2
J114
J93 E7A
P80 J59
J13
J132
A
J90 J124
48 187
J92 J130
55a
J245
606hsm4Z
606hsm5B
J137
P20
J47
J150
J49
J150 J119
J137
J195
P137
J2
184
J1
J136
J68 J67
J80
606hsm5A
606hsm5C
19/15A
7 5 3 1
Park lock switch
9/15A
195
110 122 186
J143 8 6 4 2
3
1 5
J04 J05 J15 E7G 9
604hsm30
9 2 3 4 4
077
156
124
079
078
123
E7E
B5 B4 Wire 2 J1 Ending
J159 J138 D markers
J131 P138
J80
P80 4 802 0,75 Park lock relay P119 5
E7C J161 22 804 0,75 Park lock light P119 7
E7F
J158
J119
P119
6 4 5 15 804 22
802 4 J1 606hsm9H
25 36
604hsm5D
839 813 M8H 805 806 807 886 885 829 881
33 K
F
16b
130 16 C
E7F B
E7C 190
M24 M23 36
16a
2 1 2 1 606hsm9G
M1
J161
J158 J159 1 41 F
E
2 R04 R01 H
133 E7E
194 195 J161
605hsm48
180
826 P80 22 722 1 1 M
J93 QUADRISHIFT -EV1
M7M 2 2
126
21 721 1 1 B
822
QUADRISHIFT
J92 EV2
M8F 36 M7K M7L 2 2 TWINSHIFT
J80 125
2
P150
24 8104
P137 E7B 110
1 2 3 4 4 804
J67 J131
8103 3 803 B2 J119 155 A6 A7 124 9 19 / 15A
855 + APC
J04
8102
837 B7 B1 P119
2 802
813 A1
8101 1 801
20 21 22 23 4 5 32 31 B5 B1
J2
220B 220A
- + 184
811
8118 20 897
24 812
M8Z M8B
8100 19 879
M8Y 8003
8120
J137 8004
M8F 853
9 10 1 5 B3 A4 A2
A2 A7 J49
J195 A1 M8A P49
J68 8 7 6 5 3 4
E6A
-
244 63
+
605hsm35
Ref Item
Wire 2 J1 Ending
63 ISC declutching +/- range control markers
110 Fuse box
125 Solenoid valve 2 2PS TWINSHIFT
126 Solenoid valve 1 4PS QUADRISHIFT 14 897 0,75 Quadrishift 2 auto 4PS ctrl J137 20
180 Transmission display 15 811 0,75 Control + Ranges J49 A2
184 Transmission electronic central unit 16 812 0,75 Control - Ranges J49 A4
220a Control + Ranges
220b Control - Ranges
25 36
244 4PS AUTO control
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
24 13
2
892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876
Wire
markers
J2 Ending 875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
1 12
4 826 0,75 EV 1 4PS J80 22
5 822 0,75 EV 2 PS - EV 2 4 PS J80 21
20 801 0,75 Speed 1 light J137 1
21 802 0,75 Speed 2 light J137 2
22 803 0,75 Speed 3 light J137 3
23 804 0,75 Speed 4 light J137 4
31 813 1,5 + APC DRIVETRONIC J67 A1
32 837 1,5 + APC DRIVETRONIC J67 B7
25 36
M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807
604hsm64
24 850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 13
867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824
1 12
Wire 2 J49 Ending
markers
1 2 3 4 5
A 883 811 812
890
8003 8004
B 829 841 853 M8M
604hsm65
1
A
2
B
5
604msm2j
J07
J59
J12 J25
J17 P137
J10 E0A
J13
J143
214
P01 E0B 203
J11
J02 4
J124
187
P14 P172
J130 67 P133A
55a 606hsm5F
J245
55
5 J137
P20
J47
J49
606hsm5D J119
P80
P80
J2
J93 E7A
184
P80
J1
J136
J132 J68 J67
A
J80
J90
48
J92
J149 606hsm5E
606hsm5G
180
822 21 721 1 1 B
QUADRISHIFT
M8F 36 M7K M7L 2
J92 2 EV2
TWINSHIFT
J80 125
2
E7B
P150
21 20 24 1 2 3 4 110
8104 P137 4 804
8103 3 803 J67 J119
8102 2 802 J131
A1 14 19 / 15A
8101 1 801 813 B2 855 155 A6 A7 124 9 J04 + APC
8117 17 8004 B7
837
220B 220A 20 21 22 23 4 5 31 32 P119
A2
– + B5 B1
J2
E8A
8123 8122 8116 16 8003
184
8124
8125
8126 J1
8131
8121
M8Y
8119 21 809
21 14 16 15 24
8129
B 2
8130
20 8010
8118 897
892 C 3 197
M8Z 24 M8B A J176 1
M8C
8100 19 879
8128
J137 811
8127 812
8003
8120
8004
4 2 6 3 1 5 8 9 10 1 5
M8F 853
B3 A4 A2
J206 J195
J49
A2 A3 A7
P49
2 1 0 A1 M8A
J68 5 3 4 2 1
E6A -
245 244
63
+
605hsm22
Ref Item
63
110
ISC declutching +/- range control
Fuse box
Wire 2 J1 Ending
markers
125 Solenoid valve 2 2PS TWINSHIFT
126 Solenoid valve 1 4PS QUADRISHIFT
180 Transmission display (UCE) 14 897 0,75 Quadrishift 2 auto 4PS ctrl J137 20
184 Transmission central unit 15 811 0,75 Control + Ranges J49 A2
197 Accelerator control potentiometer 16 812 0,75 Control - Ranges J49 A4
220a Control + Ranges Automatic control 4 PS
21 809 0,75 J137 21
220b Control - Ranges QUADRACTIV
244 4PS AUTO control 24 892 0,75 Accelerator potent. cursor J176 C
245 4PS ECO/POWER control
25 36
Wire 2 J2 Ending 24
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
13
892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876
markers
875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
4 826 0,75 EV 1 4PS J80 22 1 12
5 822 0,75 EV 2 PS - EV 2 4 PS J80 21
20 801 0,75 Speed 1 light J137 1
21 802 0,75 Speed 2 light J137 2
22 803 0,75 Speed 3 light J137 3
23 804 0,75 Speed 4 light J137 4
31 813 1,5 + APC DRIVETRONIC J67 A1
32 837 1,5 + APC DRIVETRONIC J67 B7
25 36
M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807
24 850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 13
604hsm64
867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824
1 12
1 2 3 4 5
604hsm65 A 883 811 812
890
8003 8004
B 829 841 853 M8M
1
A
2
B
5
604msm2j
P80
P80
J93 E7A
J150
P80
J150
J137
A
J206 J195
J92
P137
J149
J117
E7B
J116
J93
606hsm6G
606hsm6J
J131
J04
J137
J119
J49 P20
J119
J176
J2
184
J1
J136
J68 J67
J80
606hsm6K
606hsm6H
16a
M25
P138
J138
P80
22
21
10
29
28
24
27
26
25
23
13
20
18
30
17
14
E7F
2
3
P2 F H G A C B E J119
J80
32b
P119
31
33
16b 130 36 14 28 11 10 24 25 15
AC1
6 12 15 5 4 14
M8F
E7D 803
861
874
835
832
878
879
E7A
AC11
PS1
M13
16
M12 M1
H F E G D C J B K A
E7C
B
D
155
C
E J131
114
F
A6
G B5 A7 A1 J188
H A
J B4
B5 B4
K
077
156
124
079
078
123
A B6 B7 A5 A6 A2 A3
B 9 2 3 4 4
8006
8005
8007
873
834
1 5
K 190 J04 J05 J15
C
A
J91 J143
E
K 2 1
F P133 P189 P133 P189
19/15A
9/15A
G G 32 34 F1.55 F1.30 F1.55 F1.30 R3
C D 110
D
H J 35 E7G
J F 36
68
A
B
47
E + APC + AVC + AVC
180
D E F G H R01 J K A B C 45
42a
8023
855
804
881
882
802
801
P163 R03 E7E
M23
B5 B2 J67
867 813 A1
J163 J162 868
AC12
B7 B1
M22
M27
M26
M21
39a 837
R05
R02
R04
2 1 M8H
43
44
37
38
1 1 M11
40
41
42
39b 27 2 1 36 12 11 22 4 26 9
1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 4 1 3 E7C J159
M1
A2 A7
J1
J160 J84 J83 J161 J81
P150 184
853
B2 A1 A3 B3 B1
195
199 127 115 128 J2
132 39 37 133 29 J87 30 26 22 27 25
M8G
8103 P137 B2
8102 B4 811
8101 A4 827 812
884
220b 9
J68 B5 B6 B7
- J20
A1 M8A
8108 P20
E6A
A2
220c 220a B2 B3 A4 A2
8109
+ + J49
8107 B5 893 P49
8105 A1 890
5 3 4 2 1
8106 B1 892 -
8104 A5 891 63
8100 A2 849 +
M8Z B3 M8B
605hsm23 J137
Ref Item A 1 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "C" C’ 2 A 21 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "C" C’ 1
Gearshift solenoid valve
Wire 2 J2 Ending B 2 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "A" A’ 2 B 22 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "A" A’ 1
1 markers
2 Gearshift solenoid valve C 3 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "B" B’ 2 C 23 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "B" B’ 1
29 Rear power take-off speed sensor (Instrument panel) D 18 1 Solenoid valve differential control J88 1 D 24 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "1" 1 1
37 Engine speed sensor (transmission) 11 826 0,75 Steering angle J80 22 E 5 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "H" H 2 E 25 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "H" H 1
39 Rear power take-off speed sensor (transmission) 14 825 0,75 + Steering angle J80 21
63 ISC declutching +/- range control 22 812 0,75 - control (gears) J49 A4 F 6 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "I" L 2 F 26 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "L" L 1
68 Park lock control 26 884 0,75 Fork ratio J49 B2 G 7 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "M" M 2 G 27 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "M" M 1
101 Front axle solenoid valve 27 811 0,75 + control (speed) J49 A2 H 8 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "1" 1 2 H 28 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "2" 2 1
102 Differential lock solenoid valve 30 M8G 1 Electronic unit J68 B7 J 9 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "2" 2 2 J 29 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "R" R 1
103 Rear PTO clutch solenoid valve K 10 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "R" R 2 K 30 1 Differential control solenoid valve J88 2
104 Rear PTO brake solenoid valve 25 36
110 Fuse box
114 Transmission oil temperature sensor 801 884 811 843 810 M8G 821 824 865
K J H G F K J H G F
115 Oil pressure switch 24 870 819 812 887 814 877 822 825 875 13
127 Low-pressure switch 825 10 9 8 7 6 30 29 28 27 26
128 Gearbox pressure sensor 876 869 817 818 863 816 809 823 826 866
826 21 22 23 24 25
132 Intermediate speed sensor 1 2 3 18 5
133 Displacement speed sensor 1 12 A
A A B C D E
A B C D E B B
180 Transmission display C C
184 Transmission central unit D D
E E
190 TC transmission ECU 604hsm3E 604hsm3G
194 Park lock solenoid valve
195 Park lock switch
199 High-pressure oil filter Wire 2 Wire 2 D Ending
220a + range switch
markers
B Ending markers
220b - range switch
220c Furrow gear
A’ Gearshift solenoid valve A M12 1 Earth E7C A 31 1 CAN-high (TC+) J138 A
B’ Gearshift solenoid valve B PS1 1 +APC solenoid valve supply J138 G B — — —
C’ Gearshift solenoid valve C 16 1 Differential diode Diode C — — —
L Gearshift solenoid valve D 14 1 Solenoid valve PTO J86 1 D — — —
H Gearshift solenoid valve 604hsm5E E 20 1 Solenoid valve rear PTO brake J85 1 E — — —
M Gearshift solenoid valve
R Gearshift solenoid valve Solenoid valve rear PTO brake F 36 0,6 Park lock control J159 1
F 13 1 J85 2 Transmission oil temperature
control G 32 1 E7G
Wire 2 J49 Ending G 17 1 Solenoid valve rear PTO J86 2 H — — —
Wire 2 J1 Ending
markers Front/rear PTO solenoid valve J 35 0,6 Transmission oil temperature J91 1
markers H 4 1 J89 2
earth K 33 1 CAN-low (TC+) J138 C
A2 890 0,75 + control (speed) J137 A1 J AC11 1.4 Earth E7D
1 867 0,75 Transmission display data J137 B2 A2 811 0,75 Control + Ranges J2 27 K M13 1.4 Earth E7C
2 868 0,75 Transmission display clock J137 B4 A4 812 0,75 Control - Ranges J2 22
9 837 0,75 +APC seat safety J67 B7 A4 891 0,75 - control (speed) J137 A5 K J H G F
26 813 1,5 +APC electronic unit J67 A1 33 35 32 36
27 M8H 1 Electronic unit J68 B6 B2 884 0,75 Fork ratio J2 26 K J H G F
B2 892 0,75 Fork ratio J137 B1 31
B3 853 0,6 +APC +/- range control J67 B1 M13 AC11 4 17 13
A B C D E A
25 36 M12 PS1 16 14 20 B
C
A D
839 813 M8H 805 806 807 886 885 829 881 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D E E
B 604hsm3H
811 812 C
24 13 A
804 833 862 M8J 808 880 890 891 D
B 883 884 853 E 604hsm3F
867 868 802 840 836 815 837 830 8023 882 892
1 12
1
A
2
B
5
604hsm81
604hsm5D
J128
R J160
J138 E7G
B' 128
J160 A'
C' J83 2
1 E7E
E7D J162
J150
J1 M7B J163 M
J159 J138 M7K D P163
P138 M1 A J140 J150
J80 P42 E7B B 190 E J139
L P80 P20 J137 220a
E7C J161
C 220b
H 220c
J82 E7A
115 E7F
J86
J85 P137
J89 J88
J84
J158
127
J81
J87
606hsm9J
606hsm9L
J131 J137
J15
J04
J119
J49
J15
J119
J143
J2
184
J1
J68 J67
J80
606hsm9M
606hsm9K
+AVC +APC
185
110
J15 J04
007
8 12 9 201
124
B2
A7
P08
197 J08
J131
A6
073
155
14
1 3 2 J02
J176 J119 P02
A C B P119 405 J210 V
M8C 855
B 349 A B
A3
892 B2 J209
A 331
J68 347 353
J67 E3F
A1
184 406 351 E3G
8010 A2
M8A
B 348
326
341
332
24 35 34
B 2
8001
8000
J237 A 1
226 C
J176
1 2 3
39 40 NO VE
J234 31
8024
8023
8005
K3 354
J16 A2
1 2 J235 25
337 A
K2
1 2 34 J213
8026
8025
J232 338 B
J218 A3
1
J233 2 24 J218
178 J02 B 308 139
344 A
J231 179 G 323 B2
K1
J212
343 B
1 2 D2
P133
881
880
Ref Item
Wire 2 J218 Ending
24 Engine ECU markers
25 Injection stop solenoid valve
31 Alternator 226
34 Preheating sparking plugs A2 308 1 + APC engine calculator P02 B 30
J39
110 Relay and fuse panel A2 354 1 + APC engine calculator E3G
117 Preheating fuse (70 A) A3 338 1 Injection pump J213 B
EOA J218
139 Engine speed sensor B1 332 1 Engine water temperature J210 A
184 Transmission electronic central unit (ECU) B2 344 Engine speed J212 A 34
B3 352 1 + APC accelerator sensor J176 C J209
185 Instrument panel
197 Accelerator control potentiometer C3 333 1 Fuel temperature J226 A J176
201 Engine water temperature thermistor D1 331 1 Air temperature J209 A
D2 343 1 Engine speed J212 B J213
226 Preheating relay P16
405 Outside air temperature sensor D3 326 1 (Ref-) sensors E3F J16
406 Fuel temperature sensor F1 339 1 CAN-Low J243 1
G1 340 1 CAN-High J243 2
G3 355 1 Diagnostic indicator P02 D
J1 341 1 Preheating indicator P02 V J210
Wire 2 JX1 Ending J2 M3M 1 Engine ECU EOA
markers K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P02 G
K2 337 1 Injection pump J213 A
3 007 0,35 Preheating indicator P08 B2 K3 316 1 Preheating controls J16 A
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 K J H G F E D C B A
068 067 066 065 136 061 108 106 064 063 111 007 062 316 355 326 333 352 338 3
606hsm6N
K
A - Battery under lateral exhaust pipe
J
H
G
1 F
E
604msm01 J08
P08
D
J131
C
J15
B
A
J04
1 2 3
Wire 2 J1 Ending
markers JX1
604hsm42
J119
24 892 0,75 Accelerator potent. cursor J176 C
34 8000 0,75 CAN-High J234 2
35 8001 0,75 CAN-Low J234 1
25 36
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001 J13
24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
1 12
J02
604hsm64
606hsm6P
M3OD
B A
M3OH
357
358
E3H
E3F
354
355
J211
M3OA
M3OB
A B
365
367
363
364
366
372
P16
350
361
351
356
352
353
VE A 359
226 1 24 25 20 22 21 18 26 27 31 8 6 30 12 15 16
F1.13 17
J16 P217 J217
400
401
402
403
421
423
410
411
422
420
M4D
M4E
404
405
418
412
408
E4A
407
406
409
63 9 34 50 24 6 67 22 10 36 59 60 18 17 58 66
J218
42 44 21 31 19 23 68 1 62 35
M4B
M4E
M4D
419
413
417
M4C
427
415
416 B4 A5 A3 B3 3 1 2 5
438 B5 M4A
B1 J216
439 434 B2 A1 414
R1 A2 B7 426
430
J222
437
433
A7 A6 2 1 3 4
B3 B4 B5 B1 B2 B7 B6 P224
J224
197 241
J176
M0X
082
081
440
J223 2 B 428
007
1 A M4F
3 12 1 B2 3
C
A1 A2 A6 A7
435 J04 J15 JX1
436
432
J13
431 429
A7
M0K
3 2 1 3 2 1 FM15 FM30
15A 15A 185
P221 J220 EOA
110
605hsm25 +APC +AVC
Ref Item
Wire 2 J218 Ending
24 Engine ECU markers
110 Relay and fuse panel J220
137 Diesel electric pump 226
139 Engine speed sensor 1 M4B 2 ECU earth J222 B4 30 J39
6 401 1 Engine water temperature J217 21 J216 P221
185 Instrument panel
197 Accelerator control potentiometer 9 404 1 Engine speed (+) J217 24
10 402 1 Pump synchronisation (+) J217 26 J218
201 Engine water temperature thermistor J223
226 Preheating relay 17 411 1 Speed output J217 6 P224 J222
18 410 1 Fuel feed cut-out J217 17 J209
241 Safety relay
405 Outside air temperature sensor 19 427 1 + APC ECU J222 A7 J176
21 430 1 CAN-Low (diagnostic) J223 B6
22 407 1 Electric pump supply E4A J213
P16
23 415 2 +AVC (constant source) J222 A2 J16
Wire 2 JX1 Ending 24 408 1 Sensors return J217 22
markers 31 429 1 Accelerator potent. cursor J176 C
34 405 1 Engine speed (-) J217 25 P217
3 007 0,35 Preheating indicator J224 4 35 419 1 + AVC switched J216 5 J210
36 403 1 Pump synchronisation (-) J217 27 J217
42 438 1 Shielding CAN J223 B5 J214
44 434 1 CAN-High (diagnostic) J223 B1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
50 400 1 Air temperature J217 20
068 067 066 065 136 061 108 106 064 063 111 007 062 58 422 0,8 CAN-High J217 30
59 421 0,8 CAN-Low J217 31
60 423 0,8 Pump GND CAN J217 8
62 413 1 Safety relay J216 1 J211
63 418 1 Preheating control J217 1
66 409 1 Preheating indicator control P224 4 J212
67 406 1 Electric pump supply E4A
68 416 1 +AVC (constant source) J222 B2
606hsm6L
1
604msm01
45
416 68 A - Battery under lateral exhaust pipe
23 415
E0A
3 4 5 6 604hsm0Z J13
2 366 M3OH 363 M3OC
367
1 365 364 372
9 8 7
604hsm0V
606hsm6M
303 404
C 1 2 3 4 5 6
B 482 483 484 485 486
1
A 491 M4F M4E 488 12 2
11 3
10 4
12 11 10 9 8 7 9 5 6
8
403 7
10 9 6 3 2 8 11 5 4 604msm6A
J182
495 4
491 10
J131
493 9 J182
M4E
M4F
J184
486
483
E4B
E4B
2 0 1
492
303
J183 304
494 3
1 J182
P182
7
606hsm5T
J185
3 1 2 J15 J131
2 0 1
P185
J185
305 J03
MOV
180
181
E0A
EOA
3 5
J15 J03
34 33
+APC
+AVC
605hsm41 606hsm5S
180 110
J131
13 7 1 19
855 P119 14 155 A6 A7 124 9
J04 +APC
B2 J119 15A
14 8 2
B3
15 9 3 A7 849
847
232 42
A5 5 1
16 10 4
J46
817
858
J67
17 11 5 234
A3 846 5 1
J45
18 12 6 848 B1 A3
A6
J48
898
814
815
819
B6 895
11 13 14 12 24
P48
P150
8134 P137 13 643
641
8111 11
642
8114 14 899 896
54
22 18 17 6 8 7 A B B A
8112 12
J1 J123 J122
M8Y
M8Z 24 M8B
184
J137 44b 44a
53 J
818
J2
9
1 851 34 24 12 7 3 36
J195 850
J47
843
C2
807
P80
J85 1 709 9
104
1 M7C 15
2
J68 A2 P20
J86 1 708 8 824
M8J B3 J20
103
2 713 13 M8N B6
2
083
J88 1 707 7 821
102
A6
3 M7G 13
2
Ref Item
42 ECO rear PTO contact
44a RH rear PTO emergency stop J131
44b LH rear PTO emergency stop J04 P80
53 Rear PTO clutch switch J20
54 Rear PTO selection contact P80
J119
101 4-wheel drive solenoid valve
102 Differential lock solenoid valve JX2 J89
103 Rear PTO clutch solenoid valve P80 J86
104 Rear PTO brake solenoid valve
110 Fuse box J85
180 Transmission display J88
A
184 Transmission electronic central unit J89
185 Instrument panel
232 Differential switch
234 4-wheel drive switch
Wire 2 J1 Ending
markers
J150
J150
J137
25 36
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
J123 P137
604hsm64
875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
1 12
606hsm5Z
3 825 0,75 4-wheel drive solenoid valve J80 6 J122
7 821 0,75 Differential solenoid valve J80 7
12 824 0,75 Rear PTO solenoid valve J80 8 606hsm5V
24 850 0,75 4 wheel drive light J137 11
34 851 0,75 Differential indicator J137 12
36 807 0,75 Rear PTO light P20 15
J137
J45 P20
J47
J46
J2
J1 J119
42 54
25 36
M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807
24 850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 13 J2
604hsm65
867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824 184
1 12
J1
J136
J68
J67
J80
J48
606hsm5W
20
J20
P20
25 36
M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807
856
24 850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 13
604hsm65 606hsm6A
867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824
1 12
29
P20
J2
Wire 2 J1 Ending
markers
26 25 27 28 31 29 J80
M8L
835
836
831
830
889
606hsm6B
19 20 11 12 15 29
J80 25 36
P80
P80 836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
P80
24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
604hsm64
875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870 J91
P80
M7D
J83
719
720
711
712
729
1 12
J84 J82
A
E7C J145
J91
J84
F1.37
M7O
M7Q
M7N
E7B
1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 606hsm6C
38 37 27
114
605hsm43
259 256 3
Wire 2 J126 Ending 9106
markers
J126 J205 4 3
1 9108 0,75 EV1 Controls J128 5 2
4
2 4 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 9109 0,75 EV2 Controls J129 5 2 M90B 9100 1
1
3 M90D 0,75 Solenoid valve 1 E90B 9108
5
4 M90E 0,75 Solenoid valve 2 E90B
M90D
M90E
M90F
9108
5 604msm7R
4
M90C 2 M90E
9109 M90D 1 9102 0,6 R2 relay control P197 A5
M90B
3 2 M90C 0,6 Relay R2 earth E90B
9108
1 3 9107 0,75 + APC relay R2 E90A
257 5 9109 0,75 EV2 Controls J126 2
3
5 604msm6R
M90A
9110
9104
9103
258 5 2 3
1 2
9107
J128 4 3
3 1 2
J129 2 M90C 9102 1 4
1
5
9109
9106 5 604msm8R
9107 E90A
9105
J198
9102
9100
254 5A
J129
J128
9101
P197
E90A
J199
A5 A1 A4 A2 B5 B1
J197
P197 B5
J197 B1
9009
9008
M9Y
9016
9015
J205 606hsm6E
15 14 18 2 15 14
J199 J198
255
141
605hsm44
NO/BC
RG/VE
RG/VI
3 BK/WH 1 Solenoid valve A EP2
4 BK/BL 1 Solenoid valve B EP2 4 3
2
EP2 2 NO/VE
BU 1 4
NO/VI 1
5
NO/BU RG/BC
5 604msm3S
4
NO
2 NO/BU
RG/BU NO/BC
RG/BC
3
Wire 2
NO/VE
RG/BU
RG/BC
1
markers
J129 Ending
E6A
604msm1S
1 YL 1 B relay control J127 A3
2 BK/VI 1 Relay B earth J128 2
258 Wire 2 J127 Ending
3 RD/VI
RD/BL
1 +APC
+ Solenoid valve B
J128 3
257 markers
5 1 J126 2
1 2 NO/VI 2 1 4 3
2
J129 J128 2 NO/VI JA 1 4
1
1 2 3
5
RG/VE
RG/BU
1
BU A
A JA 604msm4S
5
3
B RG/OR B
604msm2S
EP1
RG
RG/OR
240
BU
5A 254
JA
OR
B2
J67
J127
J128 J129
A3 B2 A1 EP2
EP1
J127
F-5A
J67
BC
JA
RG/OR
E6A
240
+ –
J126
606hsm6F
605hsm45
J133A
Wire 2 J1 Ending
2 1 markers
152 P20
J189 1 8006 880 P133 2 151
082 34 8000 0,75 CAN-Low J234 2
35 8001 0,75 CAN-High J234 1
J235 J234
078 J236
2 8005 881 1 077 P133
25 36 J237
P189 J133 081
J231 J233
836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
J232
24 13
J49
892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876
184 P208
875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
2 1 2 1 A P A P J41 J42
1 12 J1
J02 J02
J232 J231 P189
P02 P02
J190
345
346
345
346
J233
606hsm4Q
2 1
604hsm64
P02
Wire 2 J218
8025
8026
Ending
markers
K J H G F E D C B A
2 1 1 2 1 2 316 355 326 333 352 338 3
K
J234 J236 J243 J243
J
H
G
J243
F
2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 J244
E
D
24 J218
C
B
A
8000
8001
8024
8023
1 2 3
606hsm2Q
339
340
339
340
604hsm42
1 29
DRIVETRONIC 3 DRIVETRONIC 5 DE 10 DE 10
184 24 24
605hsm49
604hsm75
33
32b
13 12 36
25 36
B A C
880
882
881
839 813 M8H 805 806 807 829 881
P138
24 804 833 862 M8J 808 880 13
J138
867 868 802 840 836 815 837 830 8023 882
728
710
711
A1 A5 B7 A7
1 12
604hsm0V
28 10 11 J188
P80 B1 A2 B2 B4 B5 B3 B6 A6
J80
832
831
873
874
604hsm78
8007
P133
8005
8006
2 1 3
Wire 2 J218 Ending
markers
P189
J189 21 430 1 CAN-Low (diagnostic) J223 B6 184
834 42 438 1 Shielding CAN J223 B5 J1
44 434 1 CAN-Low (diagnostic) J223 B1 J188
58 422 0,8 CAN-High J217 30 J80
59 421 0,8 CAN-Low J217 31
60 423 8 Pump GND CAN J217 8 P189
P133 J221
J190
J220 P221 434
3 2 1 2 1 3 22 407 406
24 439 606hsm5Q
435
431 416 68
45
432
J214 23 415
440
2 1 3 436
P220
366
365
367
A2 A1 B3 B4 A7 A6
J223 P221
30 31 8 J223 J218
J217
B1 B2 B5 B6 B7
P217
437
433
R1
434
438 P217
422
421
423
J217
430
58 59 60 44 42 21 J214
J218 604hsm0Z
VP44
605hsm72
606hsm3Q
Connectors...............................................................Pages Connectors .............................................................. Pages Connectors .............................................................. Pages Connectors .............................................................. Pages Connectors .............................................................. Pages Connectors ..............................................................Pages
1 .................................................................................................2.50 J130 .............................................................................................2.9 J190 .......................................................................................... 2.68 J248 ...........................................................................................2.10 J75 ............................................................................................ 2.79 P02 ........................................................................................... 2.17
115 .............................................................................................2.51 J131 .............................................................................................2.9 J190 .......................................................................................... 2.72 J25 ...............................................................................................2.8 J76 ............................................................................................ 2.75 P08 ........................................................................................... 2.10
127 .............................................................................................2.51 J132 ...........................................................................................2.46 J191 .......................................................................................... 2.68 J26 .............................................................................................2.37 J76 ............................................................................................ 2.75 P107 ......................................................................................... 2.30
128 .............................................................................................2.51 J133 .............................................................................................2.9 J191 .......................................................................................... 2.72 J27 .............................................................................................2.37 J76 ............................................................................................ 2.79 P108 ......................................................................................... 2.30
2 .................................................................................................2.50 J134 ...........................................................................................2.55 J192 .......................................................................................... 2.72 J28 .............................................................................................2.37 J76 ............................................................................................ 2.79 P119 ......................................................................................... 2.58
97 ...............................................................................................2.33 J134 ...........................................................................................2.60 J193 .......................................................................................... 2.76 J29 .............................................................................................2.37 J77 ............................................................................................ 2.75 P119 ......................................................................................... 2.62
A ................................................................................................2.50 J136 ...........................................................................................2.56 J193 .......................................................................................... 2.79 J31 .............................................................................................2.14 J77 ............................................................................................ 2.75 P125 ......................................................................................... 2.69
A’ ...............................................................................................2.50 J136 ...........................................................................................2.61 J194 .......................................................................................... 2.76 J31 .............................................................................................2.16 J78 ............................................................................................ 2.75 P133 ......................................................................................... 2.58
B ................................................................................................2.50 J137 ...........................................................................................2.56 J194 .......................................................................................... 2.80 J32 .............................................................................................2.37 J78 ............................................................................................ 2.76 P133 ......................................................................................... 2.62
B’ ...............................................................................................2.50 J137 ...........................................................................................2.61 J195 .......................................................................................... 2.63 J33 .............................................................................................2.37 J79 ............................................................................................ 2.76 P133a ....................................................................................... 2.11
C ................................................................................................2.50 J138 ...........................................................................................2.49 J195 .......................................................................................... 2.63 J34 .............................................................................................2.14 J79 ............................................................................................ 2.79 P134 ......................................................................................... 2.86
C’ ...............................................................................................2.51 J139 ...........................................................................................2.42 J196 ............................................................................................ 2.9 J34 .............................................................................................2.16 J79 ............................................................................................ 2.79 P137 ......................................................................................... 2.63
D ................................................................................................2.50 J139 ...........................................................................................2.46 J197 .......................................................................................... 2.85 J35 .............................................................................................2.37 J80 ............................................................................................ 2.55 P137 ......................................................................................... 2.64
E ................................................................................................2.50 J139 ...........................................................................................2.48 J198 .......................................................................................... 2.85 J36 .............................................................................................2.37 J80 ............................................................................................ 2.60 P138 ......................................................................................... 2.48
H ................................................................................................2.51 J140 ...........................................................................................2.48 J199 .......................................................................................... 2.85 J37 .............................................................................................2.37 J81 ............................................................................................ 2.49 P139 ......................................................................................... 2.15
J01 .............................................................................................2.13 J141 ...........................................................................................2.14 J2 .............................................................................................. 2.54 J39 .............................................................................................2.13 J82 ............................................................................................ 2.41 P139 ......................................................................................... 2.15
J01 .............................................................................................2.16 J141 ...........................................................................................2.17 J2 .............................................................................................. 2.59 J40 .............................................................................................2.37 J82 ............................................................................................ 2.45 P139 ......................................................................................... 2.17
J0................................................................................................2 25 J142 ...........................................................................................2.14 J20 .............................................................................................. 2.7 J41 .............................................................................................2.37 J82 ............................................................................................ 2.48 P14 ........................................................................................... 2.10
J03 ...............................................................................................2.5 J143 .............................................................................................2.9 J200 .......................................................................................... 2.14 J42 .............................................................................................2.38 J83 ............................................................................................ 2.41 P140 ......................................................................................... 2.15
J04 ...............................................................................................2.5 J145 ...........................................................................................2.42 J200 .......................................................................................... 2.17 J43 .............................................................................................2.38 J83 ............................................................................................ 2.45 P151 ......................................................................................... 2.39
J05 ...............................................................................................2.6 J145 ...........................................................................................2.46 J201 .......................................................................................... 2.43 J44 ...............................................................................................2.8 J83 ............................................................................................ 2.49 P16 ........................................................................................... 2.13
J06 ...............................................................................................2.6 J147 ...........................................................................................2.86 J202 .......................................................................................... 2.43 J45 .............................................................................................2.54 J84 ............................................................................................ 2.41 P163 ......................................................................................... 2.51
J07 ...............................................................................................2.6 J148 ...........................................................................................2.86 J202 .......................................................................................... 2.46 J45 .............................................................................................2.59 J84 ............................................................................................ 2.45 P172 ......................................................................................... 2.11
J08 ...............................................................................................2.6 J149 ...........................................................................................2.42 J204 .......................................................................................... 2.76 J46 .............................................................................................2.54 J84 ............................................................................................ 2.49 P185 ......................................................................................... 2.23
J09 ...............................................................................................2.6 J149 ...........................................................................................2.46 J204 .......................................................................................... 2.80 J46 .............................................................................................2.59 J85 ............................................................................................ 2.41 P189 ......................................................................................... 2.58
J1 ...............................................................................................2.53 J15 ...............................................................................................2.7 J205 .......................................................................................... 2.83 J47 .............................................................................................2.54 J85 ............................................................................................ 2.45 P189 ......................................................................................... 2.62
J1 ...............................................................................................2.58 J150 ...........................................................................................2.42 J206 .......................................................................................... 2.63 J47 .............................................................................................2.59 J85 ............................................................................................ 2.49 P190 ......................................................................................... 2.85
J10 ...............................................................................................2.6 J150 ...........................................................................................2.46 J207 .......................................................................................... 2.56 J48 .............................................................................................2.54 J82 ............................................................................................ 2.41 P191 ......................................................................................... 2.85
J100 ...........................................................................................2.29 J150 ...........................................................................................2.63 J207 .......................................................................................... 2.61 J48 .............................................................................................2.59 J87 ............................................................................................ 2.45 P192 ......................................................................................... 2.69
J100 ...........................................................................................2.33 J150 ...........................................................................................2.63 J208 .......................................................................................... 2.56 J49 .............................................................................................2.54 J87 ............................................................................................ 2.49 P197 ......................................................................................... 2.83
J101 ...........................................................................................2.29 J151 ...........................................................................................2.26 J208 .......................................................................................... 2.61 J49 .............................................................................................2.59 J87 ............................................................................................ 2.68 P20 ........................................................................................... 2.57
J101 ...........................................................................................2.33 J151 ...........................................................................................2.43 J209 .......................................................................................... 2.14 J50 ...............................................................................................2.8 J88 ............................................................................................ 2.42 P20 ........................................................................................... 2.61
J102 ...........................................................................................2.29 J151 ...........................................................................................2.46 J209 .......................................................................................... 2.17 J51 .............................................................................................2.14 J88 ............................................................................................ 2.45 P208 ......................................................................................... 2.62
J102 ...........................................................................................2.33 J152 ...........................................................................................2.14 J21 .............................................................................................. 2.7 J51 .............................................................................................2.17 J88 ............................................................................................ 2.49 P217 ......................................................................................... 2.18
J103 ...........................................................................................2.29 J152 ...........................................................................................2.17 J210 .......................................................................................... 2.14 J52 ...............................................................................................2.8 J89 ............................................................................................ 2.42 P221 ......................................................................................... 2.20
J103 ...........................................................................................2.33 J153 ...........................................................................................2.14 J210 .......................................................................................... 2.17 J56 .............................................................................................2.25 J89 ............................................................................................ 2.45 P224 ......................................................................................... 2.20
J104 ...........................................................................................2.26 J153 ...........................................................................................2.17 J211 .......................................................................................... 2.18 J57 .............................................................................................2.25 J89 ............................................................................................ 2.49 P246 ......................................................................................... 2.39
J105 ...........................................................................................2.29 J158 ...........................................................................................2.49 J212 .......................................................................................... 2.14 J59 ...............................................................................................2.8 J90 ............................................................................................ 2.42 P247 ......................................................................................... 2.27
J105 ...........................................................................................2.33 J159 ...........................................................................................2.49 J212 .......................................................................................... 2.18 J60 .............................................................................................2.25 J90 ............................................................................................ 2.45 P42 ........................................................................................... 2.69
J106 ...........................................................................................2.30 J16 .............................................................................................2.13 J213 .......................................................................................... 2.14 J61 .............................................................................................2.25 J91 ............................................................................................ 2.42 P42 ........................................................................................... 2.72
J106 ...........................................................................................2.33 J16 .............................................................................................2.17 J213 .......................................................................................... 2.18 J62 .............................................................................................2.26 J91 ............................................................................................ 2.45 P44 ........................................................................................... 2.39
J107 ...........................................................................................2.26 J160 ...........................................................................................2.49 J214 .......................................................................................... 2.18 J63 .............................................................................................2.26 J91 ............................................................................................ 2.49 P48 ........................................................................................... 2.39
J108 ...........................................................................................2.26 J161 ...........................................................................................2.49 J216 .......................................................................................... 2.18 J64 .............................................................................................2.26 J92 ............................................................................................ 2.42 P52 ........................................................................................... 2.27
J109 ...........................................................................................2.30 J162 ...........................................................................................2.49 J217 .......................................................................................... 2.19 J65 .............................................................................................2.26 J92 ............................................................................................ 2.46 P54 ........................................................................................... 2.27
J11 ...............................................................................................2.7 J163 ...........................................................................................2.50 J218 .......................................................................................... 2.15 J67 .............................................................................................2.55 J93 ............................................................................................ 2.42 P55 ........................................................................................... 2.27
J110 ...........................................................................................2.30 J168 ...........................................................................................2.26 J218 .......................................................................................... 2.19 J67 .............................................................................................2.59 J93 ............................................................................................ 2.46 P61 ........................................................................................... 2.30
J111 ...........................................................................................2.30 J169 ...........................................................................................2.26 J219 .......................................................................................... 2.62 J68 .............................................................................................2.55 J94 ............................................................................................ 2.38 P61 ........................................................................................... 2.33
J112 ...........................................................................................2.30 J17 ...............................................................................................2.7 J22 ............................................................................................ 2.14 J68 .............................................................................................2.60 J94 ............................................................................................ 2.42 P62 ........................................................................................... 2.29
J113 ...........................................................................................2.30 J170 ...........................................................................................2.27 J22 ............................................................................................ 2.16 J69 .............................................................................................2.67 J94 ............................................................................................ 2.46 P62 ........................................................................................... 2.34
J114 .............................................................................................2.8 J172 ...........................................................................................2.27 J220 .......................................................................................... 2.20 J69 .............................................................................................2.71 J95 ............................................................................................ 2.29 P69 ........................................................................................... 2.76
J116 ...........................................................................................2.42 J173 ...........................................................................................2.76 J222 .......................................................................................... 2.20 J70 .............................................................................................2.67 J95 ............................................................................................ 2.33 P69 ........................................................................................... 2.77
J116 ...........................................................................................2.46 J176 ...........................................................................................2.14 J223 .......................................................................................... 2.20 J70 .............................................................................................2.71 J95 ............................................................................................ 2.42 P69 ........................................................................................... 2.80
J117 ...........................................................................................2.42 J176 ...........................................................................................2.18 J224 ............................................................................................ 2.9 J71 .............................................................................................2.68 J95 ............................................................................................ 2.46 P69 ........................................................................................... 2.80
J117 ...........................................................................................2.46 J176 ...........................................................................................2.56 J225 .......................................................................................... 2.43 J71 .............................................................................................2.71 J96 ............................................................................................ 2.29 P80 ........................................................................................... 2.43
J119 .............................................................................................2.9 J178 ...........................................................................................2.38 J225 .......................................................................................... 2.48 J72 .............................................................................................2.75 J96 ............................................................................................ 2.33 P80 ........................................................................................... 2.47
J12 ...............................................................................................2.7 J178 ...........................................................................................2.39 J226 .......................................................................................... 2.15 J72 .............................................................................................2.75 J97 ............................................................................................ 2.29 P80 ........................................................................................... 2.48
J120 ...........................................................................................2.38 J18 .............................................................................................2.13 J23 .............................................................................................. 2.8 J72 .............................................................................................2.79 J98 ............................................................................................ 2.29 P999 ......................................................................................... 2.58
J121 ...........................................................................................2.38 J18 .............................................................................................2.16 J231 .......................................................................................... 2.56 J72 .............................................................................................2.79 J98 ............................................................................................ 2.33 P999 ......................................................................................... 2.62
J122 ...........................................................................................2.38 J182 ...........................................................................................2.23 J232 .......................................................................................... 2.57 J73 .............................................................................................2.75 J99 ............................................................................................ 2.29 R ............................................................................................... 2.51
J123 ...........................................................................................2.38 J183 ...........................................................................................2.23 J233 .......................................................................................... 2.57 J73 .............................................................................................2.75 J99 ............................................................................................ 2.33
J124 .............................................................................................2.9 J184 ...........................................................................................2.23 J234 .......................................................................................... 2.57 J73 .............................................................................................2.79 J999 .......................................................................................... 2.39
J126 ...........................................................................................2.83 J185 .............................................................................................2.9 J235 .......................................................................................... 2.57 J73 .............................................................................................2.79 JA .............................................................................................. 2.25
J126 ...........................................................................................2.83 J186 ...........................................................................................2.72 J236 .......................................................................................... 2.57 J74 .............................................................................................2.75 JB .............................................................................................. 2.25
J127 ...........................................................................................2.83 J187 ...........................................................................................2.72 J237 .......................................................................................... 2.57 J74 .............................................................................................2.75 JX1 .............................................................................................. 2.5
J128 ...........................................................................................2.83 J188 ...........................................................................................2.61 J243 .......................................................................................... 2.15 J74 .............................................................................................2.79 JX2 .............................................................................................. 2.5
J128 ...........................................................................................2.83 J189 ...........................................................................................2.68 J244 .......................................................................................... 2.15 J74 .............................................................................................2.79 L ................................................................................................ 2.51
J129 ...........................................................................................2.83 J189 ...........................................................................................2.72 J245 ............................................................................................ 2.9 J75 .............................................................................................2.75 M ............................................................................................... 2.51
J129 ...........................................................................................2.83 J19 .............................................................................................2.13 J246 .......................................................................................... 2.10 J75 .............................................................................................2.75 P01 ............................................................................................ 2.10
J13 ...............................................................................................2.7 J19 .............................................................................................2.16 J247 .......................................................................................... 2.10 J75 .............................................................................................2.79 P02 ............................................................................................ 2.15
J23
JX2 Instrument panel
J25
J21
J02 Front harness connection (engine)
J131
J03 Fuse box connection
J04 Fuse box connection
D1
J05 Panel connection
J06 Windscreen wiper / washer control
D2
Signalling control
J06
J07
203
J13
J185
P172
4
J09 Shunt receptacle (black)
E0B
J10 Shunt receptacle (white)
J09
J07
J11 Windscreen wiper timer
JX1
130
J133
J59
J12 Ventilation switch
E0A
J13 Shunt receptacle (brown)
J08
JX2
Panel connection
P14
J15
J02
P01
P08
P133A
J17 Electric fan
214
J20 Transmission control harness connection
67
J21 Warning light switch
J143
55a J245
Rotating beacon switch
J12
J23
J50
J11
J44
J52
187
J119
J20
J124
J130 Clutch pedal contact
J131 Shunt receptacle (black)
J133 CAN link
P133a CAN link
J143 Park lock control
J185 Front axle suspension control harness connection
J196 Brake fluid level
J224 Injection control/instrument panel harness connection (VP44 engine)
J11
J05
J03
P01
J15
606hsm01
11
7 105 0,35 CAN - network J246 11
+ APC Electrohydraulic spool
9
8 — — — 7 097 1 J119 2
7
9 — — — valve (DEH)
5
Air conditioning compressor
3
10 044 0,35 Trailer 2 steering J114 12 8 143 0,6 J12 B2
1
11 019 0,35 Headlights indicator J07 A2 control
12 043 0,35 Trailer 1 steering J114 11 1 9 100 1 +APC implement socket (5 A) J246 1
13 083 0,35 Rear PTO clutch engaged light J20 15 +APC windscreen wiper park
10 135 1 J52 5
14 042 0,35 Tractor steering J114 9 pos. 604hsm02
15 — — — 16 11 — — —
604msm02
16 060 0,35 Fuel level J20 17 12 147 3 + AVC LH cab top ventilation J52 8
17 110 0,35 Engine water temperature P08 A4
18 054 0,35 IP display selector J06 A4
19 107 0,35 Reverser engaged J248 8
20 091 0,35 Engaged FR PTO indicator J44 7
21 109 0,35 W alternator P08 A2 Wire 2 J04 Ending 025 124 094 125 087 117
22 069 0,35 Rear power take-off speed J20 19 markers
23 070 0,35 Tractor advance speed J20 14 082 064
178 149 121 158 009 119
24 071 0,35 Real speed (radar) J246 13
1 117 3 + AVC socket 25 A J44 1 12 10 8 6 4 2
25 072 0,35 Speed calibration 67
2 119 3 + AVC socket 25 A J44 3
26 022 0,35 Instrument panel light J09 B5
3 087 0,6 Ventilation controls PDB J12 B5
27 — — —
4 009 3 + AVC ventilation controls PDB J17 3
28 074 0,35 + APC control panel J09 A2
5 125 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J20 16
11
29 075 0,35 + AVC control panel J15 7
6 064 0,35 Hydraulic pressure JX1 6
9
30 M0M 0,35 Instrument panel earth J13 B6
7
6 158 0,6 Pressure manometer J20 11
5
7 094 1 + APC rear window wiper J247 1
3
8 121 1,4 +APC TCE (RH+ relayed) J44 6
1
9 124 2 +APC transmission J131 A7
10 149 0,6 D + alternator 130
11 025 2 + APC RH brake light 203
604hsm4F
12 082 1 +APC J224 2
12 178* 1 + APC engine calculator J02 B
* VP44 engine only
1
A
2
2 — — — 12 10 8 6 4 2
3 — — — B1 057 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L
4
B2 073 1 Preheating indicator J02 V B
5
4 — — —
5 126 3 + AVC front outside work lights J52 1 B3 M0B 0,6 Engine water temperature J02 T
6 010 1,4 + Parking J25 10 B4 — — —
11
RH rear light B5 — — —
9
7 116 1,4 J246 20
7
8 015 1,4 Side light indicator J07 A5 604hsm06
5
9 020 1 RH front light 4
3
Instrument panel lighting
1
10 095 1 J247 19
11 — — —
12 — — — Wire 2 J09 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
604hsm04 markers
A
1
A B3 — — —
2
A5 M0L 0,6 IP display selector J13 B7
B4 096 1 Instrument panel lighting J114 5
1
4
B
2
B1 048 1 1st speed windscr. wiper ctrl J247 4 B5 022 0,35 Instrument panel light JX2 26 A
3
B2 050 1 Windscr. wiper ctrl park. pos. J11 6 B6 — —
Intermit. windscreen wiper ctrl B7 090 0,6 Ventilation ctrl lighting J12 A4 B
5
B3 051 1 J11 3
6
B4 052 1 Windscreen washer control J11 2
7
B4 053 1 Front windscreen washer pump J02 H 604msm09
B5 — — —
604hsm07
Wire 2 12 3 4 5
markers
J07 Ending
A 014 018 017 015 Wire 2 J10 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
019
markers
A
B 038 032 016 034
A1 014 3 + AVC hazard warning control J15 6
A2 018 2 Headlights P01 X A1 031 1,4 Flashing unit J114 7 B
A2 019 0,35 Headlights indicator JX2 11 A2 032 1,4 Flashing light supply J07 B2 604msm2A
A3 — — — A3 077 0,6 CAN-Low J133 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A4 017 2 Dipped headlights P01 W A4 — — —
1
Side light indicator A A5 036 1 Front LH indicator 5 A 031 032 077 036 038 039
2
B A7 039 1,4 RH flashing lights J21 5 B 033 035 034 037 041 040
B1 038 1,4 RH flashing lights J10 A6
5
1
2
B5 037 1,4 LH rear flashing light J246 18 A
3
B6 041 1,4 RH RR flashing light J246 17
B7 040 1 Front RH indicator 4 B
5
6
7
604hsm08
11
2 052 1 Windscreen washer control J06 B4 4 123 2 J119 15
+ APC rotating beacon
9
3 051 1 Intermit. windscreen wiper ctrl J06 B3 5 092 1,4 J23 1
7
4 049 1 Windscr. wiper eng. park. pos. J247 3 + AVC hazard warning signal
5
6 014 3 J07 A1
+APC windscreen wiper timer control
3
5 047 1 J248 11
1
6 050 1 Windscr. wiper ctrl park. pos. J06 B2 7 075 0,35 + AVC control panel JX2 29
1
2
8 179 2 + AVC engine calculator J02 G
3
4 9 120 1 + APC seat J44 5
5
6 10 129 1 + AVC cab top inside J52 2 604hsm4H
604msm14 11 131 1 + APC front power take-off J44 8
+ APC hazard warning light
12 029 1,4 J21 8
control
Wire 2 J12 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 12 089 1 + APC Fan/AC control J12 B1
markers A 139 138
140 148 090 M0N
M0R
* VP44 engine only
B 009 089 089 088 087
A1 139 0,6 IP potentiometer cursor J17 2 143
A1
A2
140
138
0,6
0,6
Cab top potentiometer cursor
Cab top potentiometer
J247
J247
10
11
Wire 2 J17 Ending 1 M0O 139 2
markers
A2 148 0,6 Instrument panel potentiometer J17 4
3 009 148 4 1
A3 — —
1
A4 090 0,6 Ventilation ctrl lighting J09 B7 A 1 M00 3 Ventilation earth E0A 3
2
A5 M0N 0,6 Ventilation ctrl indicator J13 B5 2 139 0,6 IP potentiometer cursor J12 A1
3 009 3 + AVC ventilation controls PDB J04 4
4
B 2
5
B1 089 1 + APC Fan/AC control J15 12 4 148 0,6 Instrument panel potentiometer J12 A2
B2 143 0,6 Air cond. compressor ctrl J03 8 4 604msm19
B3 — — —
B4
B5
088
087
0,6
0,6
Cab top fan control
Instrument panel fan control
J03
J04
4
3 604hsm4G Wire 2 J20 Ending
4 7 10 13 16 19
markers 1 159 154 164 024 125 069
B4 MOW 0,6 Clutch potentiometer J124 A A 19 069 0,35 Rear PTO speed (IP) JX2 22 21
3
604hsm09
B5 M0N 0,6 Ventilation ctrl indicator J12 A5 20 063 0,35 Transmission oil temperature JX1 5
B6 M0M 0,35 Instrument panel JX2 30 B
5
2
028 030 029
LH flashing lights
4
1 035 1,4 J10 B3
6
+ AVC hazard warning signal 035 033 039
8
2 028 1,4 J15 2
control 1 3 5 7
3 033 1,4 Flashing light supply J10 B1
4 — —
5 039 1,4 RH flashing lights J10 A7
6 030 1,4 Hazard warning signal ctrl J114 10
7 — —
+ APC hazard warning signal 9 10
8 029 1,4 J15 12 9
control
M0C
10
9 — —
Hazard warning signal ctrl
10 M0C 0,6 J13 A1
indicator 604hsm10
markers 3 127 3 + AVC rear outside work lights J248 1 3 127 133 134 9
2 4 6 8
4 MOJ 2 Cab top inside EOA 1 3
2
+ APC rotating beacon +APC windscreen wiper park
4
1 092 1,4 J15 5 5 135 1 J03 10 9
6
pos. 604hsm14
2 — — — 093
8
092
3 — — — 102 6 133 3 +AVC interior front work lights J05 1
4 — — — 1 3 5 7 7 146 3 + AVC RH cab top ventilation J03 2
5 093 1,4 Rotating beacon control J247 6 8 147 3 + AVC LH cab top ventilation J03 12
5 102 0,6 Rotating beacon indicator J23 9 9 134 3 + AVC rear outside work lights J248 3
6 — — —
7 — — —
8 — — —
9 10
10 Wire 2 1 2 3 4 5
9
9 102 0,6 Rotating beacon indicator J23 5 102 M0Q J59 Ending
10 M0Q 0,6 Rotating beacon indicator J13 B3 markers A 153 154
604hsm11 B 150 159
190
162 156 M0P
A1 — — —
A2 153 0,6 Forward drive control J20 8
A3 — — —
A4 154 0,6 Reverse drive control J20 7
Wire 2 J25 Ending
1 3 5 7 9
A5 — — —
1
markers 001 A
2
B1 150 1,4 +APC neutral relay contact J131 B7
004 006 010
4
1 001 7 + AVC general P01 S B2 159 0,6 Neutral control J20 1 B
5
2 — — — 2 4 6 8 10 B2 190 0,6 Starter safety J114 4
3 — — — B3 162 0,6 Declutching control J119 13
4 004 3 Starter control J114 1 B4 156 1,4 Reverser relay ctrl engaged J248 5
5 — — — B5 M0P 0,6 Reverser relay J13 B4
604hsm15
6 006 7 + APC panel 110 1
5
6
7 — — —
8 — — — 2 10 9
9 — — — 4 3 7
10 010 1,4 + Parking J05 6
8
604hsm12
Wire 2 J114 Ending
11 9
080
7 5 3 1
markers 043 042 031 096 MO1 004
11
1 117 3 J04 1
Flashing unit
9
2 103 2 +AVC TCE 30 A/B J15 1 2 103 120 131 8 7 031 1,4 J10 A1
7
3 119 3 + APC socket 25 A J04 2 8 021 1 LH front light 5
5
4 098 0,6 +APC TCE 30 A/B J131 A5 3 119 121 118 9 9 042 0,35 Tractor steering JX2 14
3
Buzzer
1
5 120 1 + APC seat J15 9 6 9 080 0,6 J246 9
6 121 1,4 + APC TCE (D+) J04 8 604hsm13 10 030 1,4 Hazard light switch J21 6
7 086 1 PDF front controls J02 U 11 043 0,35 Trailer 1 steering JX2 12
7 091 0,35 Engaged FR PTO indicator JX2 20 12 044 0,35 Trailer 2 steering JX2 10 604hsm16
8 131 1 + APC PDF front J15 11
9 118 1,4 + Parking, cigar lighter J03 1
VP44
Wire 2 J131 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Wire 2 J224 Ending
markers markers
A
1 081 082 2 1
A1 — — — B 1 081 3 +AVC (constant source) J15 1 3 M0X 007 4 3
A2 — — — 604msm54 2 082 1 +APC J04 12 2
A3 — — — 3 M0X 3 Injection ECU earth J13 B2
A4 — — — 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 007 0,35 Preheating indicator JX1 3 4 604hsm1G
A5 098 0,6 +APC TCE 35 J44 4 A 098 155 124
A6 155 1,4 +APC transmission J119 14
A7 124 2 +APC transmission J04 9 B 122 161 150
B1 — — —
B2 — — — Wire 2 J245 Ending
B3 — — — markers
B4 — — — 1 2 3
1
A 1 — — — 161 167
3
B6 161 1 +APC switch engaged J245 2 2 161 1 + APC clutched contact J131 B6 1
B7 150 1,4 +APC neutral relay contact J59 B1 B Clutched position
2
5
604hsm24
604hsm22
11
2 085 1 Line L P14 A 3 066
084 080 104 068 037 115
Shuttle reverser
9
2 065 0,35 Diagnostic (L) JX1 11 6 M0S 0,6 EOA
7
3 084 1 Line K P14 C
6 9 12 15 18 21 7 099 1 + APC IP/utilities indicators J09 A3
5
8 107 0,35 Reverser engaged JX2 19
3
3 066 0,35 Diagnostic (K) JX1 12
+APC wiper control
1
4 — — — 9 046 2 J06 A1
5 — — — 10 027 2 Rear stop 203
6 — — — 11 047 1 +APC windscreen wiper timer J11 5
7 — — — 12 132 2 Rear stop J246 19
604hsm29
8 — — —
9 080 0,6 Buzzer J114 9
10 — — —
11 105 0,35 CAN - return JX2 7
12 104 0,35 CAN + return JX2 6 Wire 2 P01 Ending
S T U
13 071 0,35 Radar speed JX2 24 3
markers 001 002
14 067 0,35 CAN - JX1 13 6
9 R
15 068 0,35 CAN + JX1 14 R 003 10 + AVC general 110
Handbrake Z 003 012 V
16 059 0,35 JX2 5 15
18
S 001 7 + AVC general J25 1
17 041 1,4 RH RR flashing light J10 B6 21 T — — —
LH rear flashing light 604hsm25
18 037 1,4 J10 B5 U 002 7 + AVC general 110 018 017
19 132 2 Rear stop J248 12 V 012 3 Start-up J114 2 Y X W 604msm47
20 116 1,4 RH rear light J05 7 W 017 2 Dipped light J07 A4
21 115 1,4 LH rear light J114 6 X 018 2 Headlight J07 A2
Y — — —
Z — — —
1
5 137 0,6 J09 A6 A4 110 0,35 JX2 17
2
6 093 1,4 Rotating beacon control J23 5 A5 111 0,35 Air filter blocked JX1 4
3
7 130 1,4 + Parking clock/radio J03 3 B
4
Temperature potent. cursor B1 106 0,35 Engine oil pressure JX1 7
5
8 141 0,6 J50 1
9 182 1 Rear windscreen washer pump J02 S B2 007* 0,35 Preheating indicator JX1 3
10 140 0,6 Cab top potentiometer cursor J12 A1 B3 M0T 0,35 Engine water temperature JX2 2
11 138 0,6 Cab top potentiometer J12 A2 B4 — — — 604hsm26
12 142 0,6 Temperature potentiometer J50 2 B5 — — —
13 144 1 Air conditioning thermostat J03 6 3 * VP44 engine only
14 145 1 Air condit. pressure switch J02 N 6
9
15 — — —
16 — — — 15
17 — — — 18
21 Wire 2 P14 Ending
18 — — — 604hsm28 markers
19 095 3 + AVC rear low work lights J05 10
20 — — — A B C D
A 085 1 Line L J246 2 D
21 — — —
B M0D 1 Diagnostic socket earth J13 A2 085 M0D 084 076 C
B
C 084 1 Line K J246 3 A
D 076 1 +APC diagnostic socket J09 A1
604msm50
604hsm27
606hsm02
P02 P16
E0A
30
226 226
A B
30 30
J01
34 P02
J39 J142
J34
J22 E3D
31 J176
J200
P16
J16
J31
J153
P139
P140
J51
J209 J210
94 J213
J226 32
E3B J152
E3A
210
2 - Preheating control harness
J19 E3C
3/1 - Front harness (DE10 engine)
206
200
J243
J18 J244
J212
J218
173
24
J141
P220
226 226
A B
30 30 P02
J216
J01 P221
J39 J223 J218
E0A
P224 J222
34 30
J209
J176
31
J213
P16 J200
J16
32 J31
J22
J34 J153
95 P139
J152 P217
J210
J51 J217
94
3/2b - Injection harness
210
J214
3/2c - Injection control harness
E3A E3B
E3C
3/2a - Front harness (VP44 engine)
J19
200
206
J18
173 J211
J212
J141
2 - Preheating control harness 2 - Preheating control harness
Connectors Designation
J01 Connection to instrument panel harness Wire 2 P16 Ending
J16 Preheating control harness connection markers
A
J18 LH dipped beam / headlamps A GN 1 Preheating control 226 85 VE
J19 RH dipped beam / headlamps
J22 Front windscreen washer pump 604msm56
J31 Engine water temperature
J34 Compressor
Front PTO solenoid valve
J51
3/1 - Front harness (DE10 engine)
J141 Steering angle
J142 Turbo pressure
J152 LH side work light (step)
J153 RH side work light (step)
Wire 2 J01 Ending
S T U
markers 300 301
J176 Throttle control potentiometer R
J200 Rear windscreen washer pump R 322 10 + AVC general E3D
Z 322 304 V
S 300 7 + AVC general E3D
J209 Air temperature T — — —
U 301 7 + AVC general E3D 311 310
J210 Engine water temperature V 304 2 Starter solenoid 32 Y X W 604msm57
J212 Engine speed W 310 2 Dipped light E3A
X 311 2 Headlight E3B
J213 Injection pump Y — — —
J218 Injection pump Z — — —
1 2
2 M3F 1 Engine water temperature earth P02 T 307 M3F
Wire 2
markers
J142 Ending Wire 2 J213 Ending
1 2
C B A markers 337 338 1
A 325 1 - Turbo supply P139 A 327 350 325 2
C
B 350 1 Turbo pressure signal P140 A B 1 337 1 Injection pump J218 K2
A
C 327 1 + Turbo supply P140 B 2 338 1 Injection pump J218 A3
604hsm33
604hsm41
604hsm34
334 G B 307
W
A 345 1 CAN-Low J244 1
Wire 2 J218 Ending
K J H G F E D C B A
B 308 1 + APC engine calculator J218 A2
V 341 F
323 308
A C 305 L
markers 316 355 326 333 352 338 3 C 303 1 D+ alternator 31
D 355 1 Diagnostic indicator J218 G3 306 345 303
337 M3H 308 343 344 308
354 2 E — — — U 321 319 M
A1 — — —
A2 308 1 + APC engine calculator P02 B F 306 1 Horn 173 355
323 341 340 339 331 332 1
A2 354 1 + APC engine calculator E3G G 323 1 + AVC engine calculator J218 K1 M3F E D 317
A3 338 1 Injection pump J213 2 H 320 1 Windscreen washer pump J22 3 T 346 N
336
B1 332 1 Engine water temperature J210 A J 309 1 W alternator 31
K 307 1 Engine water temperature J31 1 S R P
B2 344 Engine speed J212 A
+ APC accelerator sensor L 305 1 Engine oil pressure 200
K
B3 352 1 J176 C
Air filter blocked
J
M 319 1 206
H
C1 — — —
G
N 317 1 Pressure switch 210
F
C2 — — —
C3 333 1 Fuel temperature J226 A P 346 CAN-High J244 2
E
D1 331 1 Air temperature J209 A R — — —
D
C
Engine speed S 336 1 Rear windscreen washer pump J200 3
B
D2 343 J212 B
Engine water temperature
A
D3 326 1 REF, sensors E3F T M3F 1 J31 2
E1 — — — U 321 1 PDF front J51 A
1 2 3
E2 — — — V 341 1 Preheating indicator J218 J1
E3 — — — W 334 1 LH side work light J152 B 604hsm46
F1 339 1 CAN-Low J243 1 X 335 1 RH side work light J153 B
604hsm42
F2 — — —
F3 — — —
G1 340 1 CAN-High J243 2
Quadrishift
G2
G3
—
355
—
1
—
Diagnostic indicator P02 D Wire 2 P139 Ending
H1 — — — markers
H2 — — —
H3 — — — A 329 1 Steering angle signal J141 2 C B A
J1 341 1 Preheating indicator P02 V B 330 1 + Steering angle J141 3 328 330 329
J2 M3H 1 Injection pump EOA C 328 1 - Steering angle J141 1 C
BA
J3 — — —
K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P02 G
604hsm47
K2 337 1 Injection pump J213 A
K3 316 1 Preheating controls J16 A
Full Powershift
Wire 2 P139 Ending
markers
Wire 2 J226 Ending
A B
markers A 325 1 Turbo supply J142 A 325 328
B 328 1 - Steering angle J141 1
A 333 1 Fuel temperature J218 C3 A B A A
B 348 1 - REF, fuel temperature E3F B B
333 348
604hsm43 604hsm48
markers
2 346
1 345 1 CAN-Low P02 A
2 346 1 CAN-High P02 P
604hsm45
1 2
2 M3F 1 Engine water temperature earth P02 T 307 M3F
J217 Connection to injection harness
J218 Injection ECU
J220 Connection to transmission control harness 604msm62
A
604msm63
604hsm35
markers 359
3 2 1 A 359 1 Preheating control P217 1
336 M3P A
1 M3P 1 RR windscr. washer pump earth J22 1 604hsm0N
2 — — — 3
2
3 336 1 Rear windscreen washer pump P02 S 1
604hsm37
604hsm0P
604hsm0R
604hsm0V
markers A
1
2
B4 M4B 2 ECU earth J218 1 A
3
B5 M4A 3 Earth P224 3
B6 — — —
5
B
6
B7 426 1 +APC P224 2
7
604hsm1E
B
B7 433 1 CAN-Low (diagnostic) R1
6
7
604hsm1F
E4B
P185
J184
J131
303
J182
P182
J184
J183
J182
606msm06
604msm6A
2
Front axle lower ctrl
4
1 482 1 J182 2
6
2 — — —
8
482 494 483
3 494 1 + APC suspended front axle E4B
4 — — — 1 3 5 7
5 — — —
6 — — — 604msm7A
7 483 1 Front axle rise ctrl J182 3
8 — — —
493 491
10
604msm78
J95
J172
J170 Front work lights relay
J62
E0A
J172 Instrument panel harness connection
208
E6A
P52
87
P55 LH loudspeaker
J151
P247 Superstructure harness
P247
J60
J63
J61
J108
J107
J107
P54
209
P55
JB
J57 J56
JA
P52
E5B J65
J104
J64 E5E
208
J169
J168
J62
J170
606msm05
1
4 538 1 +AVC radio J63 B2 B2 — — — C
2
5 — — — B3 — — —
3
B4 506 3 Front work lights J62 A1 B
6 — — —
4
7 525 1 + Parking, radio J63 A7 B5 595 3 Lower front work lights J172 2 A
5
8 M5K 1 Radio earth J60 B1
C1 M5I 0,6 Front work light indicator J60 A2
604msm80 C2 — — —
C3 — — —
C4 — — — 604msm83
C5 — — —
Wire 2 JB Ending
1 3 5 7
markers 529 527
521 528
1 — — —
2 4 6 8
Wire 2 J60 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 — — — markers
3 529 0,6 + Right-hand loudspeaker P54 2 A
4 521 0,6 - RH loudspeaker P54 1
5 527 0,6 + Left-hand loudspeaker P55 2 A1 M5S 1 Antenna 87 B
6 528 0,6 - LH loudspeaker P55 1 A2 M5I 0,6 Front work light indicator J57 C1 604msm3A
7 — — — A3 M5J 0,6 Rear work light indicator J56 C1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 — — — A4 — — —
A5 M5N 0,6 LH door contact 209 M5S M5I M5J M5N M5O M5P A
A6 M5O 0,6 RH door contact 208
604msm81
A7 M5P 0,6 Front screen wiper J62 B2 M5K M5L M5M M5G M5Y M5 M5Q B
CC
1
C M5J B4 M5G 3 Utilities P52 4
2
Thermostat A
3
B5 M5Y 1 J107 B2
B 546 548 596 B6 M5CC 0,6 Relays E5E
A1 — — — B
5
B7 M5Q 1 Rear windscreen wiper J104 1
6
A2 — — — A 505
7
A3 — — —
A4 — — —
A5 505 3 Up ins. RR work lights P52 9
B2 — — — C
2
B3 — — —
3
B
Outs. RR work light ctrl
2
4
1
C1 M5J 0,6 Rear work light indicator J60 A3 A1 539 3 Rear outside cab top work lights J169 5 M5F M5 B
NN A
3
C2 — — — A2 — — —
C3 — — — 604msm82 A3 597 3 Inside rear work lights E5B B
C4 — — —
C5 — — — B1 M5F 3 Rear work lights E5A
B2 — — — 604msm85
B3 M5NN 3 Rear work lights E5A
2
1 M5Q 1 Rear windscreen wiper J60 B7
Wire 2 J62 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 502 1 Rear windscreen wiper P247 1 599
markers 506 510 508 516 M5E 517 A 3 599 1 Rear windscreen washer P247 9 3
M5A M5P 509 M5H B 604msm90
A1 506 3 Front work lights J57 B4
A2 510 1 Front windscreen wiper control P247 4
A3 508 1 Windscreen wiper fixed stop P247 3
A4 — — — Wire 2 J107 Ending
A5 516 3 Rear work lights J170 5 markers
A6 M5E 3 Front work lights E5A
1
1 2 3
2
Rotating beacon
1
A7 517 1,4 P247 6 A Temperature potentiometer
3
A1 530 0,6 P247 8 530 536 A A
3
B1 M5A 3 Front work lights E5A B A2 — — —
5
+12 V thermostat
6
B2 M5P 0,6 Front screen wiper J60 A7 A3 536 1 P247 13 535 M5Y 537 B B
7
+APC windscreen wiper park
B3 509 1 P52 5 B1 535 0,6 Temperature potentiometer P247 12
pos. B2 M5Y 1 Thermostat J60 B5 604msm91
B4 — — — B3 537 1 Pressure switch P247 14
B5 — — — 604msm86
B6 — — —
B7 M5H 1 Rotating beacon E5A
3
markers
J63 Ending 1 531 3 + RH fan P52 7
2
A M5W 534 M5T
Ventilation potent. cursor
1
2 533 0,6 P247 10
3 532 3 + LH fan P52 8 6 4
A1 518 1 + AVC cab top inside P52 2 B
4 M5T 3 Electric fan 1 E5A 604msm9V
A2 519 0,6 + AVC cab light J64 3 604msm2A
5 534 0,6 Ventilation potentiometer P247 11
A3 — — — 6 M5W 3 Electric fan 2 E5A
A4 — — —
A5 511 1 + Lights P247 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A6 526 1 + Parking, clock J65 2
518 519 515 511 526 525 A
A7 525 1 + Parking, radio YL 7
B6 — — — 3 M5D 3 E5A
2
B7 524 1,4 + Parking, cab top inside J247 7 A 4 540 3 Wings rear work lights J168 5
3
2
B
5
604msm92
6
4
7
markers 4 — — — 544
5 540 3 Wings rear work lights J151 4 3 604msm93
1 2 3 4 5
1 — — —
2 M5L 1 Roof lamp J60 B2 M5L 519 522
3 519 0,6 + AVC cab light J63 A2 1
4 522 0,6 RH door contact 208 2
5 — — —
3
4
5 Wire 2 J169 Ending 5
604msm88 markers 539
4 5
1 548 M5 2 1
1 548 0,6 Outs. RR work light ctrl J56 B4 549 KK 4
1 549 0,6 Outs. RR work light ctrl Diode
Wire 2 J65 Ending 2 M5KK 0,6 Relays E5E 503
3
2
1 502 1 Rear windscreen wiper J104 2 2 507 511 530 534 537 20
Wire 2 J170 Ending 5 2 507 0,6 Work lights relay (+) J63 B4
markers 3 508 517 599 535
516 3 508 1 Windscreen wiper fixed stop J62 A3
4 5 4 510 1 Front windscreen wiper control J62 A2 6 9 12 15 18 21
1 590 0,6 Rotating beacon controls J57 B1 1 590 M5 2 1 5 511 1 + Lights J63 A5
LL 4
Rotating beacon
2 M5LL 0,6 Relays E5E 6 517 1,4 J62 A7
3 504 3 + AVC inside front work lights P52 6 504 2
7 524 1,4 + Parking, cab top inside J63 B7
3
4 — — — 3
8 530 0,6 Temperature potentiometer J107 A1
5 516 3 Rear work lights J62 A5 604msm95 9 599 1 Rear windscreen washer J104 3 19
10 533 0,6 Ventilation potent. cursor J108 2 16
13
11 534 0,6 Fan potentiometer J108 5 10
12 535 0,6 Temperature potentiometer J107 B1 7
13 536 1 Thermostat (+ 12 V) J107 A3 4
1
Wire 2 J172 Ending
14 537 1 Pressure switch J107 B3
markers 15 — — —
1 2 1 16 — — —
595 17 — — —
2
1 — — — 18 — — —
2 595 3 Lower front work light J57 B5 19 544 3 Wings rear work lights J168 3
604msm96 20 — — —
21 — — — 604hsm51
1 500 3 + AVC outside front work lights J57 A3 1 500 518 503 3
2 518 1 + AVC cab top inside J63 A1 4 M5G 509 504 6
3 503 3 + AVC outside rear work lights J169 3
4 M5G 3 Utilities J60 B4 7 531* 532* 505 9
+APC windscreen wiper park 1
5 509 1 J62 B3
pos. 2
6 504 3 + AVC front inside work lights J170 3 3
7 531* 3 + RH fan J108 1 604hsm50
8 532* 3 + LH fan J108 3
9 505 3 Top rear inside work lights J56 A5
528 527
2 527 0,6 + Left-hand loudspeaker JB 5
604msm0A
Connectors Designation
P62
J110
J102
J109
J103
J95
J105
J111
J106
606msm07
2
550
1 M5FF 1,4 RH rotating beacon earth P62 B7 2 556
Wire 2 J95 Ending 1 M5OHH 1,4 LH rotating beacon earth J95 1
604msm5B
markers 1 2 1
2 550 1,4 RH rotating beacon P62 A7
M5O 2 556 1,4 LH rotating beacon J95 2
2
556
1 M50HH 1,4 LH rotating beacon earth J101 1 HH
2 556 1,4 Rotating beacon J101 2 604msm8A
1
A5 553 2 RH inside front work light J99 2
2
RH inside front work light earth
3
A6 M5EE 2 J99 1 B
4
A7 550 1,4 RH rotating beacon J101 2
5
Wire 2
6
1
J97 Ending
7
markers B1 M5AA 2 RH outside front work light earth J100 1
M5XX
B2 M5PP 1 Front screen wiper J98 4
1 M5XX 1 LH inside front work light earth J99 1 562 +APC windscreen wiper park 604hsm4B
LH inside front work light B3 558 1 J98 1
2 562 1 J99 2 2 pos.
604msm1B
B4 — — —
B5 — — —
B6 — — —
B7 M5FF 1,4 RH rotating beacon earth J101 1
Wire 2 J98 Ending
3 2 1
markers 557 558
3 — — —
2
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A
J109 Ending
2
markers A2 — — —
B M5 M5
3
B
A A3 578 2 + AVC Rear work lights J109 B7 FF DD
A1 572 1 Fan potentiometer cursor P108 2 B B1 M5FF 2 RH outside rear work light earth J102 1 604msm7C
A2 573 0,6 LH fan potentiometer cursor J111 2 604msm1C B2 — — —
A3 584 0,6 RH fan potentiometer cursor J110 2 B3 M5DD 2 RH inside rear work light earth J103 1
A4 — — —
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A5 585 0,6 RH fan potentiometer J110 4
A6 575 0,6 LH potentiometer fan J111 4 A 572 573 584 585 575 574
A7 574 1 Fan potentiometer P108 5 B 576 577 586 587 579 578
Wire 2 P107 Ending
B1 576 2 + AVC Rear work lights P61 A1 markers
B2 577 1 LH outside rear work lights J106 2 1 2 3
B3 586 1 RH outside rear work lights J102 2 A1 580 1 Temperature potentiometer J112 B A 580 582
1
A
B4 — — —
2
A2 — — —
1
B 581 M5 583
3
B
2
B5 587 1 RH inside rear work lights J103 2 A A3 582 1 +12 V thermostat J112 A YY
3
B6 579 1 LH inside RR work lights J105 2 B1 581 1 Temperature potentiometer J112 C
+ AVC Rear work lights
5
B7 578 2 P61 A3 B B2 M5YY 1 Thermostat earth J113 B
6
Pressure switch
7
B3 583 1 J113 A
604msm8C
604msm2C
Wire 2 P108 Ending
markers 3 2 1
Wire 2 J110 Ending 1 570 3 + RH fan J110 3
571 572 570
3
markers
2
2 572 1 Fan potentiometer cursor J109 A1 M5 M5
WW 574 TT
1
3 571 3 + LH fan J111 3 6 5 4
1 M5TT 3 RH fan earth P108 4 1 M5 584 2 1
TT 4 M5TT 3 RH fan earth J110 1
2 584 0,6 RH fan potentiometer cursor J109 A3 3 5 574 1 Fan potentiometer J109 A7 604msm9C
3 570 585 4
3 570 3 + RH fan P108 1 6 M5WW 3 LH fan earth J111 1
4 585 0,6 RH fan potentiometer J109 A5 2
4 604msm3C
4 604msm4C
J62 P61
P62
J101
J52
J98
J97
J96
J102
J103
J95
J105
J106
606msm09
2
1 M5HH 1,4 RH rotating beacon earth P62 B7 550
Wire 2 J95 Ending 1 M50HH 1,4 LH rotating beacon earth J95 1
2 556
markers 1 2 1 2 550 1,4 RH rotating beacon P62 A7 604msm5B
M5O 2 556 1,4 LH rotating beacon J95 2
2
556
1 M50HH 1,4 LH rotating beacon earth J101 1 HH
2 556 1,4 LH rotating beacon J101 2 604msm8A
604msm8D
4 M5PP 1 Windscreen wiper earth P62 B2
2
6 — — —
Wire 2 J106 Ending
1
markers M5VV
604msm2B
1
A1 554 2 J102 2 A
2
A2 — — — B M5 M5
3
B
A3 560 2 RH inside rear work lights J103 2 DD FF
—
Wire 2 J100 Ending 1 B1 M5DD 2 RH inside rear work light earth J103 1 604msm0E
markers M5AA B2 — — —
M5BB B3 M5FF 2 RH outside rear work light earth J102 1
1 M5AA 2 RH outside front work light earth P62 B1 551
552
1 M5BB 1 LH outside front work light earth J96 1 2 604msm4B
2 551 2 RH outside front work light P62 A5
2 552 1 LH outside front work light J96 2
1
2
A6 M5EE 2 RH inside FR work lights J99 1
3
B
RH rotating beacon
4
A7 550 1,4 J101 2
5
6
7
B1 M5AA 2 RH outside FR work lights J100 1
B2 M5PP 1 Front screen wiper J98 4
+APC windscreen wiper park
B3 558 1 J98 1 604msm6B
pos.
B4 — — —
B5 — — —
B6 — — —
B7 M5HH 1,4 RH rotating beacon J101 1
22
J36 Cigar lighter
Lift lower RH external switch
P151
J37
J40 Lift LH external switch
J41 Pneumatic seat engine and contact
J94
40
J42 TCE control harness connection
Shunt receptacle (brown)
P246 P44
J43
J94 Front PTO switch
E6A
J120 LH rear side lights
J42
J121 RH rear side lights
J122 Rear PTO RH emergency stop
J41
P48
82 J123 Rear PTO LH emergency stop
J178 Shunt receptacle (black)
J178
86
J121
J999* Transmission control harness connection
P44 Instrument panel harness connection
J36
J26
P48 Transmission control harness connection
J999
J37
P246 Instrument panel harness connection
204
J122
8
J28
J35
J33
J43
9
J120
J123
J40
J29
606msm10
2
M6E 604
1 M6E 1 LH plate light earth J43 A3
Wire 2 J26 Ending 2 604 1 LH plate light J27 B2
604msm6E
markers
C B A
A 646 1 RH + RH control (TCE) J178 B6 626 646
Lift rise RH ctrl
B
C
626
—
1
— —
J35 A7 CB
A
Wire 2 J35 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
604msm1E markers
A
A1 614 1,4 LH rear flashing light P246 18 B
A2 615 1 Trailer LH flashing light J32 1 604msm1C
Wire 2 J27 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A3 616 1 LH rear flashing light J120 B
markers A4 — — —
A A5 624 0,6 Lift rise control J42 A2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A1 601 1,4 LH side light P246 21 B
A6 625 1 Lift rise LH ctrl J40 B A 614 615 616 624 625 626
A2 602 1 Trailer LH side light J32 7 604msm2A A7 626 1 Lift rise RH ctrl J26 B
B 617 618 619 627 628 629
A3 608 1 Plate RH light J28 2
A4 — — — B1 617 1,4 RH RR flashing light P246 17
A5 609 0,6 Cigar-lighter light 86 1 2 3 4 5 7 6 B2 618 1 Trailer RH flashing light J32 4
A6 610 2 Rear stop P246 19 A 601 602 608 609 610 611 B3 619 1 RH RR flashing light J121 B
660
A7 611 1 Trailer brake lights J32 6 B4 — — —
1
B 603 604 605 606 607 612 613 Lift lower control
Air brake solenoid valve B5 627 0,6 J42 A3
2
A7 660 1 J999 1 A
3
B6 628 1 Lift lower LH ctrl J29 B
LH rear side light B7 629 1 Lift lower RH ctrl J37 B
5
B1 603 1 J120 A B
6
B2 604 1 LH plate light J33 2
7
B3 605 1,4 RH side light P246 20
Trailer RH side light
1
B4 606 1 J32 5
2
B5 607 1 RH rear side light J121 A A
3
B6 612 1 LH rear brake light J120 C 604msm7E
5
B7 613 1 RH rear brake light J121 C B
6
7
Wire 2 J36 Ending
markers
604msm2E 3 2 1
1 M6J 1 Cigar lighter earth J43 B2 621 M6J
2 — — — 3
3 621 1 + Cigar lighter parking P44 9 2
Wire 2 J28 Ending
1
604msm8E
markers
1 2 1
2
1
B2 658** 0,6 A
2
Radar speed
3
B3 656* 0,6 J178 A1 B
B4 636* 0,6 CAN - network P246 14
5
6
B5 650* 0,6 CAN - return P246 11
7
B6 640 0,6 TCE high position (lifting) P48 A1 Wire 2 J122 Ending
B7 639 0,6 Line L P246 2 604msm2F markers
TCE 15/25/35 C B A
TCE 15T A 641 1 + LH rear PTO stop P48 A3 642 641 C
B 642 1 Rear PTO stop J123 B B
A
C — — —
604msm7F
Wire 2 J43 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
markers
A
A1 M6C 2 Earth E6A B
Wire 2 J123 Ending
A2 M6D 1 RH plate light earth J28 1 604msm3A
markers
A3 M6E 1 LH plate light earth J33 1 C B A
A4 — — — 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A 643 1 + RH rear PTO stop P48 B1 642 643 C
A5 M6F 2 Trailer socket earth J32 3 A M6C M6D M6E M6F M6G M6H B 642 1 Rear PTO stop J122 B B
A
A6 M6G 1 LH rear light earth J120 D C — — —
B M6I M6J M6L M6O M6P
A7 M6H 0,6 Handbrake earth 204 604msm8F
B4 M6O 0,6 A A
3
B6 — — — B
Instrument panel radar speed
6
A3 — — —
A4 — — —
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A5 634 1,4 +APC TCE (RH+ relayed) J42 A1
604msm3F A6 645 1 RH + RH control (TCE) J37 A A 656 637 634 645 647
A7 647 1 RH + LH control (TCE) J29 A B 651 632 644 646 648
1
B4 632 1,4 +APC TCE (RH+ relayed) P44 6
2
631 630 657 +APC trip computer (RH+) A
3
1 631 1 Front power take-off control P44 7 B5 644 0,6 P48 B2
1 3 5 7 B6 646 1 RH + RH control (TCE) J26 A
2
5
2 — — — B
RH + LH control (TCE)
6
B7 648 1 J40 A
4
3 — — —
7
6
8
2
1 — — —
Wire 2 J178 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 — — —
2 1
markers 4
3 M6M 1 LH wing work light 9b 4 653 M6N
654 M6M 3
A 1
3 M6N 1 RH wing work light 8b
A1 632 1,4 +APC TCE (RH + relayed) P44 6 B 4 653 1 RH wing work light 8b 3
604msm4G
A2 634 1,4 +APC TCE (RH + relayed) J42 A1 604msm2A 4 654 1 LH wing work light 9b
A3 645 1 RH + RH control (TCE) J37 A
A4 — — —
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A5 648 1 RH + LH control (TCE) J40 A
A6 — — — A 632 634 645 648
A7 — — — Wire 2 P246 Ending
4 7 10 13 16 19
B 644 646 658 647 markers 1 661 620 610
B1 644 0,6 +APC trip computer (RH+) P48 B2 2 639 617 605 20
B2 — — — 1 661 1 + APC implement socket (5 A) 82
B3 646 1 +APC lift RH control (RH+) J26 B2 2 639 0,6 Line L J42 B7 3 638 659 614 601
B4 658 0,6 REF 9,5 V lift ext control J42 B2 3 638 0,6 Line K J42 A7 6 9 12 15 18 21
1
B5 647 1 RH + LH control (TCE) J29 A 4 — — —
2
A 5 — — —
3
B6 — — —
B7 — — — 6 — — —
5
B
7 — — —
6
TCE 15T only
7
8 — — — 19
16
9 659 0,6 Buzzer 22 13
10 657 1 Front PTO brake J94 7 10
7
11 650 0,6 CAN - return J42 B5 4
604hsm52
12 649 0,6 CAN + return J42 A5 1
2
1 660 1 Air brake solenoid valve J27 A7 660 M6P 18 614 1,4 LH rear flashing light J35 A1
2 M6P 2 Trailer socket earth J43 B5 19 610 2 Rear stop J27 A6 604hsm54
604msm1G
20 605 1,4 RH side light J27 B3
21 601 1,4 LH side light J27 A1
TCE 15T
Wire 2 P48 Ending 1 2 3
markers
A 640 641
A 640 A
B2 644** 0,6 PTO stop J178 B1 641
2
P20 J91
R
J138 E7G
J151 128
P80 J94
J225
B'
J150 J160 A'
C'
J83 2
1
J95 E7E
202
J91
J225 E7D J162
J163
J202 J1 J2 M
E7A J159 M7B D
J83 J138 M7K P163
J82
J84 E7D P138 M1 A J140
198
E7C P42 B E
J86 J80 E7B J139
L P80 P20 E7C
J161
C
A
J85 J132
H
J88
J139 115
J89 J82
J90 E7F
J201 J145 J86
E7B 48 J91
J85
J92
J87
J149 J88
J89
J84
J117
J158
J116
J93
127
J81
J87
606msm12
606hsm7L
J2
J1
202
J87
P20
P80
J225
P80
J88 J132
A
J89
J90 J145
J91
J92
J149
J117
E7B
J116
J93
606msm13
1 2
J151 Park lock switch 604msm8G
1 2
604msm0F
1
1 2
2
604hsm55
1 707 0,75 Differential solenoid valve P80 7 707 M7G
2 M7G 0,75 Differential solenoid valve earth E7A
1
Wire 2
2
604msm1H
markers
J95 Ending
1 2
1 732 0,75 Park Lock OFF solenoid valve P80 16
Wire 2 J89 Ending 2 M7S 0,75 Park Lock OFF sol. valve earth E7A
732 M7S
markers
1
1 2
2
604hsm56
1 706 0,75 4-wheel drive solenoid valve P80 6 706 M7H
2 M7H 0,75 4WD solenoid valve earth E7A
1
Wire 2 J116
2
604msm2H Ending
markers
A B
A 726 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve P80 26 726 710 A
Wire 2 J90 Ending
B 710 0,75 Forward drive - SV return P80 10 B
markers
604msm7H
1 2
1 705 0,75 Range solenoid valve P80 5 705 M7I
2 M7I 0,75 Range solenoid valve earth E7B
Wire 2
1
markers
J117 Ending
2
604msm3H
A B
A 727 0,75 Reverse drive solenoid valve P80 27 727 730 A
Reverse drive - solenoid valve
Wire 2 J91 Ending
B 730 0,75
return
P80 30
B
markers 604msm8H
1 2
1 719 0,75 Transmission oil temperature P80 19 719 720
2 720 0,75 Transm. oil temp. signal P80 20
Wire 2
1
604msm4H markers
J139 Ending
2
C B A
markers
2
604msm5H
1 2
1 729 0,75 + Reverser module speed P80 29
729 M7Q
2 M7Q 0,75 Reverser module speed earth E7C
Wire 2 J93 Ending
markers 604msm0i
1 2
1 722 0,75 EV 1 4PS P80 22 722 M7M
2 M7M 0,75 Solenoid valve earth 1 4PS E7B
Wire 2 J149 Ending
1
markers
2
604msm6H
1 2
1 702 0,75 Range change P80 2 702 717
2 717 0,75 +APC E7D
2
1
604hsm57
markers 3 703 1 Hydraulic pressure J202 1 15 M7A 714 713 712 711 710 10
1 2 4 704 0,75 Oil filter J87 1 22 722 721 720 719 734 718 732 16
1 735 0,75 Park Lock OFF P80 24 735 715 1 5 705 0,75 Range solenoid valve J90 1 28 733 727 726 725 735 723 23
2 715 0,75 +APC E7D 2 6 706 0,75 4-wheel drive solenoid valve J89 1 33 731 MA M7B 730 729 29
7 707 0,75 Differential solenoid valve J88 1
37 728 M7K BU M7J 34
604hsm59 8 708 0,75 Rear PTO solenoid valve J86 A
9 709 0,75 RR PTO brake solenoid V. ctrl J85 1
10 710 0,75 Forward drive - SV return J116 B
11 711 0,75 + Engine speed sensor J83 1
Wire 2 J151 Ending
12 712 0,75 + Forward speed sensor J82 1
markers 13 713 0,75 ECO power take-off light J86 B
1 2 14 714 0,75 + Rear PTO speed sensor J84 1
1 734 0,75 Park Lock use P80 18 734 716 1
15 M7A 0,75 Frequency earth E7C
2 716 0,75 +APC E7D 2 16 732 0,75 Park Lock OFF solenoid valve J95 1
17 718 0,75 Steering angle signal J139 A
604hsm58 18 734 0,75 Park Lock use J151 1
19 719 0,75 + Transmission oil temp. J91 1
20 720 0,75 Transm. oil temp. signal J91 2
21 721 0,75 EV 2 4PS J92 1 604hsm4D
Wire 2 J201 Ending
22 722 0,75 EV 4PS J93 1
markers 1 2 23 723 0,75 Fuel level 202
725 M7R 24 735 0,75 Park Lock OFF J150 1
25 725 1 Oil pressure switch J201 1
1 725 1 Oil pressure switch P80 25 26 726 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J116 A
2 M7R 1 Oil pressure switch earth E7A 27 727 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J117 A
3 — — — 3 4 28 733 0,75 Park Lock ON solenoid valve J94 1
604msm2i
4 — — — 29 729 0,75 + Reverser module speed J145 1
Reverse drive - solenoid valve
30 730 0,75 J117 B
return
31 M7B 0,75 Solenoid valve earth E7A
32 BR 1 Air brake solenoid valve J225 1
Wire 2 J202 Ending 1 2
33 731 0,75 Steering angle J139 C
markers 34 M7J 0,75 Fuel level earth 202
703 M7E 35 BL 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth J225 2
36 M7K 1 Solenoid valve earth E7B
1 703 1 Hydraulic pressure P80 3
37 728 0,75 Steering angle signal J139 B
2 M7E 1 Hydraulic pressure earth E7B
3 4
3 — — — 604msm3i
4 — — —
604msm4i
1 2
J83 Engine speed sensor (transmission) 604msm8G
1 2
J117 Reverse drive solenoid valve 604msm0F
J132 Solenoid valve shunt
J139 Front harness connection
J145 Reverser module speed sensor
Wire 2 J88 Ending
markers
J149 High / crawler range contact 1 2
J150 Park lock switch 1 707 0,75 Differential solenoid valve P80 7
2 M7G 0,75 Differential sol. valve earth E7A 707 M7G
J151 Park lock switch
1
J202 Gearbox transmission oil pressure switch
2
604msm1H
P80 Transmission control harness connection
1
2 M7N 0,75 Tractor speed earth E7C
2
604msm2H
604msm5G
1
2
604msm3H
604msm6G
Wire 2
Wire 2 J84 Ending markers
J91 Ending
markers 1 2
1 2 1 719 0,75 - Transmission temperature P80 19 719 720
1 714 0,75 + Rear PTO speed P80 11 2 720 0,75 + Transmission temperature P80 20
714 M7P
2 M7P 0,75 Rear PTO speed earth E7C
1
604msm4H
2
604msm7G
1
Wire 2
2
604msm5H
markers
J145 Ending
1 2
1 729 0,75 + Module speed ISC P80 29
Wire 2 J93 Ending 2 M7Q 0,75 Module speed ISC E7C
729 M7Q
markers
1 2 604msm0i
1 722 0,75 EV 1 4PS P80 22
2 M7M 0,75 EV 1 4PS E7B 722 M7M
1
Wire 2
2
604msm6H
markers
J149 Ending
1 2
A 701 0,75 Range contact P80 1
Wire 2 J94 Ending B 702 0,75 Range contact P80 2
702 717
markers 2
1
1 2 604hsm57
1 733 0,75 Park Lock ON solenoid valve P80 28 733 M7D
2 M7D 0,75 Park Lock ON sol. valve earth E7A
1
Wire 2
2
604hsm55
markers
J150 Ending
1 2
1 735 0,75 Park Lock OFF P80 24 735 715 1
Wire 2 J95 Ending 2 715 0,75 +APC E7D 2
markers
604hsm59
1 2
1 732 0,75 Park Lock OFF solenoid valve P80 16 732 M7S
2 M7S 0,75 Park Lock OFF sol. valve earth E7A
2
1
Wire
J151 Ending
2
604hsm56 markers
1 2
734 716
1 734 0,75 Park Lock use P80 18 1
markers
J116 Ending
604hsm58
A B
1 726 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve P80 26 726 710 A
2 710 0,75 Forward drive - SV return P80 10 B
Wire 2 J202 Ending 1 2
604msm7H markers
703 M7E
604msm8H
A 604msm9H
4 704 0,75 Oil filter J87 1 22 722 721 720 719 734 718 732 16 P80 Transmission control harness connection
5 705 0,75 Range solenoid valve J90 1 28 733 727 726 725 735 723 23 P138 Transmission harness connection
6 706 0,75 4-wheel drive solenoid valve J89 1 33 731 M7B 730 729 29
7 707 0,75 Differential solenoid valve J88 1 37 728 M7K M7J 34
8 708 0,75 Rear PTO solenoid valve J86 A
9 709 0,75 Solenoid valve brake PdF rear J85 1
10 710 0,75 Forward drive - SV return J116 2 7d - GTA 303 transmission harness
11 711 0,75 + Engine speed sensor J83 1
12 712 0,75 + tractor sensor J82 1
13 713 0,75 Rear PTO solenoid valve return J86 B
14 714 0,75 + Rear PTO speed J84 1
15 M7A 0,75 Frequency GND E7C Connectors Designation
16 732 0,75 Park Lock OFF solenoid valve J95 1
17 718 0,75 Steering angle signal J139 A
J81 Rear power take-off speed sensor (Instrument panel)
18 734 1 Park Lock use J151 1 J83 Engine speed sensor (transmission)
19 719 0,75 Transmission oil temperature J91 1
20 720 0,75 + Transmission temperature J91 2 J84 Rear power take off speed sensor (transmission)
21 721 0,75 EV 2 4PS J92 1 604hsm4E J85 Rear PTO brake solenoid valve
22 722 0,75 EV 1 4PS J93 1
23 723 0,75 Fuel level 202 J86 Rear PTO clutch solenoid valve
24 735 0,75 Park Lock OFF solenoid valve J150 1
25 725 1 Oil filter 198
J87 High-pressure oil filter
26 726 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J116 1 J88 Differential lock solenoid valve
27 727 0,75 Reverse drive solenoid valve J117 1
28 733 0,75 Park Lock ON solenoid valve J94 1 J89 Front axle solenoid valve
29 729 0,75 Reverser module speed (ISC) J145 1 J91 Transmission oil temperature sensor
30 730 0,75 Reverse drive - SV return J117 2
31 M7B 1,4 Solenoid valve earth E7A J138 Transmission link harness connection
32 — — —
33 731 0,75 Steering angle J139 C
J158 Park lock solenoid valve
34 M7J 0,75 Fuel level 202 J159 Park lock switch
35 — — —
36 M7K 1 Solenoid valve earth E7B J160 Intermediate speed sensor
37 728 0,75 + Steering angle J139 A J161 Displacement speed sensor
J162 Calibration
J163 Calibration connection
115 Oil pressure switch
127 Low-pressure switch
128 Gearbox pressure sensor
A TC connector
B TC connector
C TC connector
D TC connector
E TC connector
1 Gearshift solenoid valve
2 Gearshift solenoid valve
A’ Gearshift solenoid valve
B’ Gearshift solenoid valve
C’ Gearshift solenoid valve
H Gearshift solenoid valve
M Gearshift solenoid valve
L Gearshift solenoid valve
R Gearshift solenoid valve
1 — — —
Wire 2 J82 Ending 2 — — —
4 1
markers 3 — — — 9
1 2
4 — — — 15 715 714 713 712 711 710
1 712 0,75 + Forward speed sensor P80 12 712 713 5 — — — 22 722 721 720 719 718 717 716
2 713 0,75 - Tractor speed sensor P80 13 6 — — —
28 728 725 724 723
7 — — —
8 — — — 33 MA M7B
604hsm2L
9 — — — M7K BU M7J 34
37
10 710 1 CAN-high (TC) P138 A
11 711 1 CAN-low (TC) P138 C
+ Forward speed sensor
Wire 2 J139 Ending B A
12
13
712
713
1
1 - Displacement speed sensor
J82
J82
1
2
markers 14 714 1 + Crawler speed sensor P138 E
722 719 15 715 1 Park lock solenoid valve control P138 F
A 719 1 - Turbo P80 19 B 16 716 1 Rear PTO speed (IP) P138 K
B 722 1 - Steering angle P80 22 A
17 717 1 Turbo signal J140 A
18 718 1 + Turbo J140 B
604hsm2M
19 719 1 - Turbo J139 A
20 720 1 Steering angle signal J140 D
21 721 1 + Steering angle J140 C
22 722 1 - Steering angle J139 B 604hsm2Q
Wire 2 J140 Ending 23 723 1 Fuel level 202
markers D C B A 24 724 1 +APC solenoid valve supply P138 G
720 721 718 717 25 725 1 +APC harness (TC) P138 H
A 717 1 Turbo signal P80 17 26 — — —
B 718 1 + Turbo P80 18 D
C
27 — — —
C 721 1 + Steering angle P80 21 B 28 728 1 CAN - (TC) P138 B
A
D 720 1 Steering angle signal P80 20 604hsm2N 29 — — —
30 — — —
31 M7B 1 Solenoid valve earth E7A
32 BR 1 Air brake solenoid valve J225 1
33 — — —
Wire 2 J225 Ending
34 M7J 1 Fuel level earth 202
markers 35 BL 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth J225 2
36 M7K 1 Solenoid valve earth E7A
1 2
37 — — —
1 BR 1 Air brake solenoid valve P80 32 MA BU
2 BL 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth P80 35
604msm4i
1
2 42 0.6 E7B
3 M22 0.6 Earth E7C
2
Wire 2 J138 Ending
3
604hsm2R
markers K J H G F
604hsm2T
Wire 2 J158 Ending
markers
Wire 2 J85 Ending
1
16a M24
2
1
13 20
1 20 1 Differential solenoid valve B E
2
604hsm3A
2 13 1 Differential solenoid valve B F
1
2
604hsm2U
604hsm2W
604hsm3D
2
604hsm2X
604hsm2Y
30 29 28 27 26
A 21 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "C" C’ 1
Wire 2 J163 Ending B 22 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "A" A’ 1 21 22 23 24 25
markers C 23 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "B" B’ 1 A
1 A B C D E
D 24 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "1" 1 1 B
C
1 39a 0.6 Intermediate speed sensor J84 2
39b E 25 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "H" H 1 D
E 604hsm3G
10 9 8 7 6
A 1 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "C" C’ 2
B 2 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "A" A’ 2 1 2 3 18 5
C 3 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "B" B’ 2 A Wire 2 D Ending
D 18 1 Solenoid valve differential control J88 1 A B C D E B
C markers K J H G F
E 5 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "H" H 2 D
E 604hsm3E 33 35 32 36
A 31 1 CAN-High J138 A
F 6 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "I" L 2 B — — — 31
G 7 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "M" M 2 C — — — A
H 8 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "1" 1 2 D — — —
A B C D E B
C
J 9 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "2" 2 2 E — — — D
K 10 1 Gearshift solenoid valve "R" R 2 E 604hsm3H
M13 AC11 4 17 13
A M12 1 Earth E7C
B PS1 1 +APC solenoid valve supply J138 G M12 PS1 16 14 20
C 16 1 Differential diode Diode A
Wire 2 E Ending
A B C D E
D 14 1 Solenoid valve PTO J86 1 B
C
markers K J H G F
E 20 1 Solenoid valve rear PTO brake J85 1 D
E 604hsm3F 44 43 R01 42a 41
A 37 1 Transmis. oil pressure switch 115 4
Solenoid valve rear PTO brake B 38 0.6 Gearbox oil pressure sensor 128 2 37 38 45 39 40
F J85 2
13 1 control C 45 1 Crawler speed control J138 E A
A B C D E
G 17 1 Solenoid valve rear PTO J86 2 D 39 0.6 Calibration connector P163 1 B
C
Front/rear PTO solenoid valve E 40 0.6 Engine speed sensor J83 2 D
E
H J89 2 604hsm3I
4 1 earth
J AC11 1.4 Earth E7D F 41 0.6 Forward speed J161 1
K M13 1.4 Earth E7C G 42a 0.6 Rear PTO speed (IP) E7B
H R01 0.6 Sensor return E7E
J 43 0.6 Vacuum switch J87 1
K 44 1 Axle oil pressure switch 127 3
Wire 2 1 Ending
markers 1 2
24 8
1 24 1 TC "C" pin "D" C D
2 8 1 TC "A" pin "H" A H 1
2
604hsm3M
28 9
1 28 1 TC "C" pin "J" C H
2 9 1 TC "A" pin "J" A J 1
2 Wire 2 115 Ending
604hsm3N
markers 1 2
M21
1 M21 1 Oil pressure switch earth E7C
37
Wire 2 A’ Ending
2 — — —
3 4
markers 1 2 3 — — —
604hsm3X
22 2
4 37 1 Oil pressure switch E A
1 22 1 TC "C" pin "B" C B
2 2 1 TC "A" pin "B" A J 1
2
604hsm3P
Wire 2 128
Wire 2 C’ Ending markers
Ending 1 2
markers 1 2 M11
21 1
1 — — — 38
1 21 1 TC "C" pin "A" C A 2 M11 0,6 Gearbox pressure sensor earth E7C 3 4
2 1 1 TC "A" pin "A" A 1 1
2 3 38 0,6 Gearbox pressure sensor E B 604hsm3Z
604hsm3R
4 — — —
Wire 2 H Ending
markers 1 2 Wire 2 P163 Ending
25 5 markers 1
39
1 25 1 TC "C" pin "E" C E
2 5 2 TC "C" pin "E" A E 1
2 1 39b 1 Calibration E D
604hsm3S
604hsm3L
Wire 2 M Ending
markers 1 2
27 7
1 27 1 TC "C" pin "G" C G
2 7 2 TC "A" pin "G" A G 1
2
604hsm3T
Wire 2 L Ending
markers 1 2
26 6
1 26 1 TC "C" pin "F" C F
2 6 1 TC "A" pin "F" A F 1
2
604hsm3U
J80
220A
J195
J150
J206
220B
J67
P137
J49
J119
P20
J176
P20
P208
J42
P133
J48
J190
J41
J207
P189
131
J150
J80
J233
J188
J234
J68
P999
J208
P208
J48
J136
J231
J232
J219
J207
J2
J235
J236
J1
J237
54
J47
184
J1
J2
42
E6A
J45
J46
47
J137
J137
J67
J134
E8A
P20
J49
606msm15
N.B.: The diodes and the splice E8A only exist on the Quadractiv Display harness.
606hsm04
Connectors Designation
J1 Transmission electronic central unit (ECU)
J2 Transmission electronic central unit (ECU) 8/2 - Display harness
J45 4-wheel drive switch
J46 Differential switch
J47 Rear PTO clutch switch Connectors Designation
J48 Rear harness connection J150 Transmission display
J49 ISC declutching +/- range control J195 4PS AUTO control
J67 Shunt receptacle (brown) for cross control harness connection, according to equipment J206 4PS ECO/POWER control
J68 Shunt receptacle (brown) P137 Transmission control harness connection
J80 Transmission harness connection
J134 On-board computer harness connection
J136 Shunt receptacle (grey) 8a - GTA 103 / 202 - GPA 40 transmission control harness
J137 Display harness connection
J176 Accelerator pedal position potentiometer
J188 Shunt receptacle (grey)
J207* ISO socket unit Wire
J208* ISO socket harness connection identifica
2 J1 Ending
25 36
tion 836 835 831 830 889 827 M8L 841 834 80008001
J231**
1 875 0,75 Potentiometer (REF+) J136 A7 24 892 8008 818 809 877 816 896 814 812 811 897 876 13
J232**
2 — — —
J233** 3 866 0,75 Potentiometer (REF-) J136 B7 875 866 865 861 815 817 819 810 885 869 870
4 865 0,75 Clutch pot. cursor P20 10
J234** 5 861 0,75 Crawler speed contact 47 1 12
J235** 6 815 0,75 Differential control J46 1
7 817 0,75 Rear PTO stop (wing) J48 B1
J236** 8 819 0,75 Ignition. PTO Eco 42
J237** 9 810 0,75 LH stop P20 13
10 885 0,75 TCE lift high position J136 A2
P20 Instrument panel harness connection 11 869 0,75 Forward motion control P20 8
12 870 0,75 Reverse drive control P20 7
P119 Instrument panel harness connection
P133 CAN network socket 13 876 0,75 Neutral control P20 1
14 897 0,75 Quadrishift 2 auto 4PS ctrl J137 20
P189 TCE control harness connection 15 811 0,75 Control + Ranges J49 A2
P999 Rear harness connection 16 812 0,75 Control - Ranges J49 A4
17 814 0,75 4-wheel drive control J45 1
18 896 0,75 1000 rpm PTO 54
* According to equipment. 19 816 0,75 RH brake light P20 12
** GTA 103/202 - GPA 40 transmission control only 20 877 0,75 Info clutched P20 5 604hsm64
Automatic control 4 PS
21 809 0,75 J137 21
QUADRACTIV
22 818 0,75 Rear PTO clutch control 53
23 8008 0,75 Steering angle J80 17
24 892 0,75 Accelerator potent. cursor J176 C
2
848
Wire + APC rear PTO clutch engaged
identifica
2 J2 Ending
25 36 1 848 1
controls
J67 A6
604msm0j
tion M8G M8H 839 805 856 852 813 837 878 851 806 807 2 — — —
1 867 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J80 26 24 850 804 803 802 801 864 808 874 832 8022M8S 13
2 868 0,75 Reverse drive solenoid valve J80 27
4-wheel drive solenoid valve 867 868 825 826 822 823 821 871 884 872 862 824
3 825 0,75 J80 6 Wire With ISO socket
4 826 0,75 EV 1 4PS J80 22
1 12 identifica
2 J48 Ending
5 822 0,75 EV 2PS - EV 2 4PS J80 21
6 823 0,75 Range solenoid valve J80 5 tion 1 2 3
7 821 0,75 Differential solenoid valve J80 7 TCE lift high position
1
A1 857 0,6 J136 A1 857 858 A
8 871 0,75 Forward drive indicator light J137 8 A
Neutral light A2 — — —
3
9 884 0,75 J137 9 888
A3 858 0,6 + Rear PTO stop (wing) J67 B3 817 887 8018 B
10 872 0,75 Reverse drive indicator light J137 10 B
11 862 0,75 Buzzer P20 21
12 824 0,75 Rear PTO solenoid valve J80 8 B1 817 0,75 Rear PTO stop (wing) J1 7
B2 887 0,6 +APC trip computer TCE J134 B2
13 873 0,75 Drive sol. valve earth J68 B7 B3 888 0,6 Trip computer radar speed J134 A3
14 8022 0,75 Neutral J80 2 B3 8018* 0,5 Radar speed J207 3
Without ISO socket
15 832 0,75 Forward drive - SV return J80 10 1 2 3
16 874 0,75 Reverse drive - SV return J80 30 * Version with ISO socket only.
17 — — — 857 858 A
18 808 0,75 Forward speed J136 B1 817 887 888 B
19 864 0,75 Rear PTO speed (IP) P20 19 604msm1j
604hsm65
20 801 0,75 Speed 1 light J137 1
21 802 0,75 Speed 2 light J137 2
22 803 0,75 Speed 3 light J137 3 Wire
23 804 0,75 Speed 5 light J137 4 identifica
2 J49 Ending
1 2 3 4 5
24 850 0,75 4 wheel drive light J137 11 tion A 883 811 812
890
8003 8004
25 M8G 1,5 DRIVETRONIC earth J68 B1 A1 883 0,6 Reverser declutching ctrl P119 13 B 829 841 853 M8M
26 M8H 1,5 DRIVETRONIC earth J68 B2 A2 811 0,75 Control + Ranges J1 15
27 839 1,5 + AVC DRIVETRONIC P119 15 A2 8003 0,6 Control + Ranges J137 16
28 805 0,75 Crawler range light J137 5 A3 — — —
29 856 0,75 Transm. oil temp. light. . P20 20 A4 812 0,75 Control - Ranges J1 16
30 852 0,75 Diagnostic indicator P20 18 A4 8004 0,6 Control - Ranges J137 17
1
+ APC DRIVETRONIC A
2
31 813 1,5 J67 A1 A5 890 0,6 Neutral P20 1
32 837 1,5 + APC DRIVETRONIC J67 B7
4
B
33 878 1,5 +APC solenoid valve supply P119 12 +APC range change
5
B1 829 0,6 J67 A2
34 851 0,75 Differential indicator J137 12 B2 841 0,6 Range change J80 2
35 806 0,75 Rapid range light J137 6 B3 853 0,6 +APC +/- range control J67 B1
36 807 0,75 Rear PTO light P20 15 B4 — — —
B5 M8M 0,6 Declutching ctrl earth J68 B5 604msm2j
Wire
identifica
2 J45 Ending
tion
2 4 6 8
2
2 — — —
8
3 — — — 814 846
847
4 — — —
1 3 5 7
5 846 0,6 +APC 4-wheel drive control J67 A3
6 — — —
604msm8i
7 — — —
8 — — —
Wire
identifica
2 J46 Ending
tion
2 4 6 8
2
2 — — —
8
3 — — — 815 847
4 — — — 1 3 5 7
5 847 0,6 +APC differential control J67 A5
6 — — —
7 — — — 604msm9i
8 — — —
A7 849 0,6 +APC ECO PTO 42 B 853 855 858 859 879 895 837 10 832 0,75 Forward drive - SV return J2 15
11 831 0,75 + Engine speed sensor J1 27
B1 853 0,6 +APC +/- range control J49 B3 With ISO socket 12 830 0,75 + Forward speed sensor J1 28
B2 855 1,5 +APC P119 14 13 M8N 0,75 Solenoid valve return rear PTO J88 B6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B3 858 0,6 +APC rear PTO stop (wing) J48 A3 14 827 0,6 + Rear PTO speed sensor J1 30
829
B4 859 0,6 +APC crawler speed 47
A 813 846
8010
847 848 849 15 M8L 0,75 Frequency earth J1 31
B4 8011* 0,5 +APC ISO unit J207 1 16 8040 1 Park Lock OFF (sol. valve) J80 16
B 853 855 858 859 879 895 837 17 8008 0,75 Steering angle J1 23
B5 879 0,6 + APC 4 PS automatic controls J137 19 8011
B6 895 0,6 +APC 1000 rpm PTO 54 18 8042 0,6 Park Lock use J237 35
B7 837 1,5 + APC DRIVETRONIC J2 32 19 835 0,75 Transmission oil temperature J1 26
20 836 0,75 Transm. oil temp. signal J1 25
* Version with ISO socket only. 21 822 0,75 EV 2PS - EV 2 4PS J2 5
22 826 0,75 EV 1 4PS J2 4
1
2
A 23 854 0,6 Fuel level P20 17
3
24 8043 0,6 Park Lock disengaged J237 20
25 894 0,6 Oil pressure switch P20 11
5
B
6
26 867 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J2 1
7
27 868 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J2 2
28 8041 1 Park Lock IN (sol. valve) J237 7
29 889 0,75 + Reverser module speed J1 29
604msm3j 30 874 0,75 Reverse drive - SV return J2 16
31 M8E 1,5 Solenoid valve earth J68 A6 604hsm66
32 8021 1 Air brake solenoid valve P999 1
33 893 0,6 Potentiometer (REF-) J136 B5
34 M8I 0,6 Fuel level earth P119 1
Wire Air brake solenoid valve earth
identifica
2 J68 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
35
36
M8Q
M8F
1
1 Solenoid valve earth
P999
J68
2
A7
tion 37 891 0,6 Potentiometer (REF+) J136 A5
A
A1 M8A 2 Transmission control earth E6A B
A2 M8B 0,75 Display earth J137 24 604msm3A
A3 M8C 0,6 Accelerator potentiometer earth J176 A Wire
A4 — — — Without ISO socket 2
A5 M8R 1 Auto 5 earth J237 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 identifica J134 Ending
A6 M8E 1,5 Solenoid valve earth J80 31 M8D tion 1 2 3
A 857 M8A M8E
1
A7 M8F 1 Solenoid valve earth J80 36 M8B
A1 838 0,6 Trip computer tractor speed J136 B2 838 888 A A
B 863 864
3
M8J M8H M8G M8F A2 — — —
B1 M8G 1,5 DRIVETRONIC earth J2 25 A3 888 0,6 Trip computer radar speed J48 B3 886 887 M8K B B
B2 M8H 1,5 DRIVETRONIC earth J2 26 With ISO socket
B3 M8J 1 DRIVETRONIC unit earth 184 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Trip computer lift up position
B4 M8K 0,6 On-board computer earth J134 B3 B1 886 0,6 J136 A3 604msm7j
B5 M8M 0,6 Revers. declutching ctrl earth J49 B5 A M8A M8B M8C M8R M8E M8F TCE
B6 M8N 0,75 Rear PTO earth (SV return) J80 13 B2 887 0,6 +APC trip computer TCE J48 B2
B M8G M8H M8J M8K M8M M8N M8O B3 M8K 0,6 Trip computer earth J68 B4
B7 M8O* 1 ISO unit earth J207 2 M8S
A
3
B
6
7
604msm4J
1
8
2
7
A 11 M8P 0,5 ISO socket earth J208 7
3
12 8020 0,5 ISO socket supply J208 6 604msm2K
5
B
6
7
Wire
identifica
2 J208 Ending
5 4 3 2 1
604msm8j
tion 8015 8014 8017 8016
27 — — — 604msm9j
28 — — —
29 — — —
604hsm69
30 — — —
31 — — —
32 — — —
33 — — —
Wire 1 — — —
identifica
2 J232 Ending 1 8006
2 — — —
13 41
3 — — —
tion 2 8005
4 — — — 12 8023 40
5 — — —
1 8006 0,6 CAN-Low TCE P189 1 6 — — — 11 8036 8024 39
2 8005 0,6 CAN-high TCE P189 2 7 8014 0,5 ISO rear PTO speed J208 3
8 8040 1 Park Lock OFF (sol. valve) J80 16 10 8035 38
9 — — —
604hsm70 10 8035 0,6 Park Lock IN light J137 22 9 37
11 8036 0,6 Park Lock use light J137 13
12 — — — 8 8040 36
13 — — —
Wire 14 — — — 7 8041 8042 35
identifica
2 J233 Ending 1 8026
15 — — — 8043
16 — — — 6 8034 34
tion 2 8025 17 — — —
18 — — — 5 33
1 8026 0,6 CAN-Low J235 1 19 — — —
2 8025 0,6 CAN-High J235 2 20 8043 0,6 Park Lock disengaged J80 24 4 32
21 — — —
22 — — — 3 31
604hsm71 23 — — —
24 — — — 2 30
25 — — —
26 — — — 8029
Wire 27 — — —
identifica
2 J234 Ending 28 M8R 1 Auto 5 earth J68 A5 1
15
29
29 8029 1 +AVC auto 5 P119 15
tion 30 — — —
1 8001 0,75 CAN-Low J1 35 31 — — —
32 — — —
2 8000 0,75 CAN-High J1 34 33 — — —
34 8034 0,6 Park lock control P119 4
35 8042 0,6 Park Lock IN light J137 22
36 — — —
37 — — —
604hsm0K 38 — — —
39 8024 0,6 CAN-Low J236 1
40 8023 0,6 CAN-High J236 2
1 8001 41 — — —
42 8028 1 +APC auto 5 E8C
2 8000
604hsm75
Wire
604hsm72
identifica
2 P20 Ending
4 7 10 13 16
tion 1 890
876
870 865 810 863 8012 19
864
Wire 1 890 0,6 Neutral control J49 A5 2 877 869 894 828 854 856 20
identifica
2 J235 Ending 1 8026 1 876 0,75 Neutral control J1 13
2 — — — 3 842 845 844 816 807 852 862 21
tion 2 8025 3 842 0,6 Transmission oil filter J80 4 6 9 12 15 18
4 — — —
1 8026 0,6 CAN-Low TCE J233 1 5 877 0,75 Clutched position J1 20
2 8025 0,6 CAN-high TCE J233 2 6 845 0,6 Potentiometer (REF+) J136 A6
7 870 0,75 Reverse drive control J1 12
604hsm73
8 869 0,75 Forward drive control J1 11
9 844 0,6 Potentiometer (REF-) J136 B6 19
10 865 0,75 PDT sensor clutch J1 4 16
13
11 894 0,6 Pressure manometer J80 25 10
12 816 0,75 DRIVETRONIC RH brake light J1 19 7
Wire DRIVETRONIC LH brake light
identifica
2 J236 Ending 1 8024
13
14
810
828
0,75
0,6 Instrument panel tractor speed
J1
J136
9
B3
4
1
Wire
Wire
2 identifica
2 J1 Ending
25 36
identifica P119 Ending
tion 4 7 10 13 tion 839 813 M8H 805 806 807 829 881
1 M8I 8034 883 24 13
1 M8I 0,6 Fuel level J80 34 1 867 0,75 Transmission display data J137 B2 804 833 862 M8J 808 880
2 — — — 2 855 14 2 868 0,75 Transmission display clock J137 B4
3 — — — 3 — — — 867 868 802 840 836 815 837 830 8023 882
4 8034 0,6 Park lock control J237 34 3 878 8029 4 802 0,75 Park lock relay P119 5
5 — — — 839 1 12
6 9 12 15
5 840 0,75 Transmission oil filter P20 6
6 — — — 3 6 836 0,75 Transmission oil temperature P20 11
7 — — — 6
7 — — —
8 — — —
9 — — —
12
15
8 815 0,75 Differential control J46 1
10 — — —
604hsm68 9 837 0,75 +APC seat safety J67 B7
11 — — — 10 830 0,75 + Tractor speed sensor J80 12
12 878 1,5 +APC solenoid valve supply J2 33 11 8023 0,6 +APC EVP P119 12
13 883 0,6 Controls declutch ISC J49 A1 12 882 0,75 CAN - J188 A5
14 855 1,5 +APC J67 B2
15 839 1,5 + AVC DRIVETRONIC III J2 27 13 880 0,75 CAN-High J188 A1
15 8029 1 +AVC auto V J237 29 14 — — —
15 808* 0,75 Tractor speed J136 B1
15 808 0,75 Rear PTO light P20 15
16 M8J 1 Electronic unit earth J68 B4
Wire 17 — — —
identifica
2 P133 Ending 4
18 — — —
604hsm78
19 — — —
tion 20 862 0,75 Buzzer (LED) 134
2
1 881 0,6 CAN-Low (Instrument panel) J231 1 880 21 833 0,75 Hydraulic pressure P20 4
2 880 0,6 CAN-High (Instrument panel) J231 2 3
881
22 804 0,75 Park lock light P119 7
3 — — — 23 — — —
1 24 — — —
4 — — — 604hsm76
Wire
identifica
2 P999 Ending
tion 1 2 1
2
8021 M8Q
1 8021 1 Air brake solenoid valve J80 32
2 M8Q 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth J80 35 604msm7K
2
848
Wire + APC rear PTO clutch engaged
identifica
2 J2 Ending
25 36 1 848 1
controls
J67 A6
604msm0j
tion 801 884 811 843 810 M8G 821 824 865 2 — — —
1 876 0,75 Neutral control P20 1 24 870 819 812 887 814 877 822 825 875 13
2 869 0,75 Forward motion control P20 8
Rear PTO stop 876 869 817 818 863 816 809 823 826 866
3 817 0,75 J48 B1 Wire With ISO socket
4 818 0,75 RR PTO clutch ctrl 53
1 12 identifica
2 J48 Ending 1 2 3
5 863 0,75 Up position TCE J136 B6
6 816 0,75 RH brake light P20 12 tion 857 858 A
7 809 0,75 Declutching information P20 21 A1 857* 0,6 TCE lift high position J136 B5 856
817 842 8018 B
8 — — —
9 823 0,75 - Turbo J80 19 A1 857 0,6 TCE lift high position J68 A1
10 — — — A2 — — — Without ISO socket
11 826 0,75 - Steering angle J80 22 A3 858 0,6 + Rear PTO stop (wing) J67 B3
12 866 0,75 Potentiometer (REF-) P20 20
B1 817 0,75 Rear PTO stop (wing) J2 3
1
13 875 0,75 Potentiometer (REF+) P20 19
B2 842 0,6 +APC trip computer TCE J134 B2 A
14 825 0,75 + Steering angle J80 21
3
B3 856 0,6 Trip computer radar speed J134 A3 1 2 3
15 — — — B
16 822 0,75 + Turbo J80 18 B3 8018* 0,5 Radar speed J207 9 857 858 A
17 — — — * Version with ISO socket only. 817 842 856 B
18 — — — 604hsm80
19 877 0,75 Clutched position P20 5
604hsm79
20 814 0,75 4-wheel drive control J45 1
21 887 0,75 Functional fault P119 13 Wire
22 812 0,75 - control (speed) J49 A4 identifica
2 J49 Ending
1 2 3 4 5
23 819 0,75 Handbrake P20 16 tion A 811 812
890 891
24 870 0,75 Reversing control P20 9
A1 — — — B 883 884 853
892
25 801 0,75 Park lock control P119 4 A2 811 0,75 Control + Ranges J2 27
26 884 0,75 Power ratio J49 B2 A2 890 0,75 + control (speed) J137 A1
27 811 0,75 + control (speed) J49 A2 A3 — — —
Rear PTO brake solenoid valve A4 812 0,75 Control - Ranges J2 22
28 843 0,75 53
control A4 891 0,75 - control (speed) J137 A5
1
A
2
29 810 0,75 LH stop P20 13 A5 — — —
30 M8G* 1 Electronic unit J68 B6
4
B
Electronic unit +APC fork ratio control
5
30 M8G 1 J68 B7 B1 883 0,6 J67 B6
31 — — — B2 884 0,75 Fork ratio J2 26
32 — — — B2 892 0,75 Fork ratio J137 B1
33 821 0,75 Signal (turbo) J80 17 B3 853 0,6 +APC +/- range control J67 B1
34 — — — B4 — — — 604hsm81
35 824 0,75 Steering angle signal J80 20 B5 — — —
36 865 0,75 Clutch cursor pot P20 10
* Version without ISO socket only.
Wire
identifica
2 J67 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wire
identifica
2 J45 Ending tion A
A4 — — — 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8
3 — — — 814 846
847 A5 847 0,6 +APC differential control J46 5 A 813 893 846 847 848 849
4 — — —
1 3 5 7 A6 848 1 +APC clutch control J47 1
5 846 0,6 +APC 4-wheel drive control J67 A3
A7 849 0,6 Transmission display J137 A2 B 853 855 858 879 883 837
6 — — —
604msm8i
7 — — — With ISO socket
B1 853 0,6 +APC +/- control (speed) J49 B3
8 — — —
B2 855 1,5 +APC P119 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B3 858 0,6 +APC rear PTO stop (wing) J48 A3
A 813 893 846 847 848 849
B4 8011* 0,5 +APC ISO unit J207 1
B5 879 1,5 +APC TCE harness J80 25 B 853 855 858 8011 879 883 837
Wire B6 883 0,6 +APC fork ratio control J49 B1
identifica
2 J46 Ending B7 837 0,75 +APC seat safety J1 9
tion * Version with ISO socket only.
2 4 6 8
2
1
4
2
6
2 — — — A
3
8
3 — — — 815 847
5
4 — — — B
6
1 3 5 7
+APC differential control
7
5 847 0,6 J67 A5
6 — — —
7 — — — 604msm9i
8 — — —
604hsm0E
1
B5 M8H 1 Solenoid valve unit earth J1 27 22 826 0,75 J2 11
2
A 23 854 0,6 Fuel level P20 17
3
B6 M8H* 1 Solenoid valve unit earth J1 27
B6 M8G 1 Solenoid valve unit earth J2 30 24 878 1,5 +APC solenoid valve supply P119 12
5
B
25 879 1,5 +APC TCE harness J67 B5
6
B7 M8G* 1 Solenoid valve unit earth J2 30
7
26 — — —
* Version with ISO socket only. 27 — — —
28 874 0,6 CAN - (TCE) J188 B5
604hsm0H 29 — — —
30 — — —
31 M8E 1,5 TCE earth J68 A6 604hsm83
32 8021 1 Air brake solenoid valve P999 1
33 — — —
34 M8I 0,6 Fuel level earth P119 1
35 M8Q 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth P999 2
36 M8F 1,5 TCE earth J68 A7
37 — — —
Wire
identifica
2 J134 Ending
tion 1 2 3
1
A1 838 0,6 Trip computer tractor speed J136 B2 838 856 A A
3
A2 — — —
A3 856 0,6 Trip computer radar speed J48 B3 864 842 M8C B B
B7 864* 0,6 Up position TCE (trip computer) J134 B1 tion 8015 8014 8017 8016
* Version with ISO socket only 1 8016 0,5 ISO radar speed J207 7 M8L 8020
ISO forward speed
1
2 8017 0,5 J207 8
2
9 8 7 6
A 3 8014 0,5 ISO RR power take off speed J207 5
3
4 8015 0,5 ISO up position TCE J207 6
5
B 5 — — —
6
1
7
6 8020 0,5 ISO socket supply J207 12 2
3
7 M8L 0,5 ISO socket earth J207 11 4
5
8 — — —
9 — — —
604hsm85
604hsm89
Wire
identifica
2 J137 Ending
1 2 3 4 5
A 890 849 827 891
tion
Wire
A1 890 0,75 + control (speed) J49 A2
B 892 867 M8B 868 893
identifica
2 P20 Ending
4 7 10 13 16
A2 849 0,6 +APC transmission display J67 A7 tion 1 876 833 870 865 810 819 875 19
A3 — — —
A4 827 0,6 Side light indicator P20 9 1 876 0,75 Neutral control J2 1 2 877 869 836 828 854 866 20
A5 891 0,75 - control (speed) J49 A4 2 — — —
3 840 845 827 816 807 888 809 21
1
8012
4 833 0,75 Hydraulic pressure J1 21
B1 892 0,75 Fork ratio J49 B2 Clutched position
6 9 12 15 18
4
B 5 877 0,75 J2 19
Transmission display data
5
identifica
2 J188 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 15 807 0,75 Rear PTO light J1 30
16 819 0,75 Handbrake J2 23
tion A 17 854 0,6 Fuel level J80 23
18 888 0,75 Buzzer 134
A1 880 0,75 CAN-High J1 13 B 19 875 0,75 Potentiometer (REF+) J2 13
A2 831 0,6 CAN-High (IP) P133 2 604msm1C 20 866 0,75 Potentiometer (REF-) J2 12
A3 — — — 21 809 0,75 Disengaged info J2 7
A4 — — — 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A5 882 0,75 CAN - J1 12 A 880 831 882 834 835 * Version with ISO socket only 604hsm0J
604hsm87
Wire
Wire
2 4 7 10 13 identifica
2 J219 Ending
identifica P119 Ending
tion 1 M8I 801 804 887 tion 3 4
JA OR
1 M8I 0,6 Fuel level J80 34 2 802 805 855 14 1 BR 0,5 ISO radar speed P208 1
2 — — — 2 VI 0,5 ISO forward speed P208 2 5
4 801 0,75 Park lock control J2 25 6 9 12 15 4 OR 0,5 ISO lift up position TCE P208 4 MA RG
5 802 0,75 Park lock relay J1 4 5 — — — 1 3
6 803 0,6 Park lock solenoid valve control J80 15 6 RD 0,5 ISO socket supply P208 6
1 6 2
7 804 0,75 Park lock light J1 22 — BK 0,5 ISO socket earth P208 7
8 805 0,75 Starting relay J1 28 3 604msm8K
9 806 0,75 Gearbox engaged J1 29 6
10 — — — 12
11 — — — 15
604hsm91
12 8023 0,6 +APC EVP J1 11 Wire
12 878 1,5 +APC solenoid valve supply J80 24
identifica
2 P208 Ending
1
2
3
13 887 0,75 Functional fault J2 21 5 4 3 2 1 4
14 855 1,5 +APC J67 B2 tion OR JA VI MA
5
15 839 1,5 + AVC DRIVETRONIC III J1 25
1 BR 0,5 ISO radar speed J219 1 NO RG
2 VI 0,5 ISO forward speed J219 2
3 YL 0,5 ISO rear PTO speed J219 3 9 8 7 6
4 OR 0,5 ISO lift up position TCE J219 4 604msm9K
Wire
identifica
2 P133 Ending
5 — — —
4 6 RD 0,5 ISO socket supply J219 6
tion 7 BK 0,5 ISO socket earth J219
2
873 831
8 — — —
1 834 0,6 CAN-Low (Instrument panel) J188 A6 9 — — —
2 831 0,6 CAN-High (Instrument panel) J188 A2 3
834
3 873 0,6 CAN - (Instrument panel) J188 B4 Colour legend
1
4 — — — 604hsm92 YL Yellow
BR Brown
BK Black
Wire OR Orange
identifica
2 P189 Ending VI Purple
4
tion RD Red
2
1 8006 0,6 CAN-low (TCE) J188 B6 8007 8005
2 8005 0,6 CAN-high (TCE) J188 B2 3
3 8007 0,6 CAN - (TCE) J188 B3 8006
4 — — — 1
604msm6K
Wire
identifica
2 P999 Ending
tion 1 2 1
2
8021 M8Q
1 8021 1 Air brake solenoid valve J80 32
2 M8Q 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth J80 35 604msm7K
2
Wire
2
4
1 8128 0,6 4PS controls Diode
identifica J150 Ending 1 5 9 13 17 21
6
2 — — —
8
8120
tion 8101 8105 8109 8114 3 — — — 8128
8127
1 8101 0,6 Speed 1 light P137 1 8102 8106 8110 8134 8133
4 — — — 1 3 5 7
2 8102 0,6 Speed 2 light P137 2 5 8127 0,6 4PS controls (+) J206 8
3 8103 0,6 Speed 3 light P137 3 8103 8107 8111 8115 6 — — — 604msm3L
4 8104 0,6 Speed 4 light P137 4 7 — — —
8104 8108 8112 M8Y 8 — — —
5 8105 0,6 Crawler range light P137 5
6 8106 0,6 Rapid range light P137 6 4 8 12 16 20 24 9 M8Y 0,6 Display earth J150 24 9 10
9
9 M8Z 0,6 4 PS auto light earth P137 24 M8Y
7 8107 0,6 Crawler speed light P137 7 Level 2 8120
1
M8Z
0
8 8108 0,6 Forward drive indicator light P137 8 10 8120 0,6 4 PS automatic control light J195 1
1 5 9 13 17 21
9 8109 0,6 Neutral light P137 9
604msm4L
10 8110 0,6 Reverse drive indicator light P137 10 8101 8105 8109 8114 8131
11 8111 0,6 4 wheel drive light P137 11
12 8112 0,6 Differential indicator P137 12 8102 8106 8110 8113 8134 8133
Wire
13
14
8114
8134
0,6
0,6
PTO light 1000 rpm
Park Lock use light
P137
P137
14
13
8103 8107 8111 8115
identifica
2 J206 Ending
14 8113 0,6 PTO ECO light E8B 8104 8108 8112 8121 M8Y tion 2 4 6 8
15 8115 0,6 PTO drive light P137 15
2
4 8 12 16 20 24
4PS Power control Diode
4
16 — — — 1 8130 0,6 8124 8119 8125 8127
6
17 — — — 1 8131 0,6 4 PS auto Power light J150 21
8
8130
8126
18 — — — 2 8124 0,6 + APC 4 PS auto Power E8A 8131
19 — — — 1 3 8126 0,6 + APC 4 PS auto Power E8A 1 3 5 7
20 8121* 0,6 ECO 4 PS auto light J206 5
2 4 8119 0,6 4PS auto controls P137 21
3
21 8131* 0,6 4 PS auto Power light J206 1 5 8121* 0,6 ECO 4 PS auto light J150 20
4 604msm94
22 8133 0,6 Park Lock IN light P137 22 6 8125 0,6 +APC ECO E8A
23 — — — 7 — — —
24 M8Y 0,6 4PS auto. level 1 light earth J195 9 8 8127 0,6 4PS controls J195 5
604hsm93
* Level 2 only * Level 2 only.
tion 1 2 3
tion 1 8101 8105 8109 8134 8117 33
Speed 1 light
1
A1 8100 0,6 +APC display P137 A2 A 8100 8101 A 1 8101 0,6 J150 1 2 8102 8106 8110 8114 8133 34
A2 — — — 2 8102 0,6 Speed 2 light J150 2
3
B
A3 8101 0,6 Display lamps P137 A4 B 8103 M8Z 8102 3 8103 0,6 Speed 3 light J150 3 3 8103 8107 8111 8132 8100 8113 35
B1 8103 0,6 Display data P137 B2 4 8104 0,6 Speed 4 light J150 4
4 8104 8108 8112 8116 8118 M8Z 36
B2 M8Z 0,6 Display earth P137 B3 5 8105 0,6 Crawler range light J150 5
604hsm0F
B3 8102 0,6 Display clock P137 B4 6 8106 0,6 Rapid range light J150 6 8 12 16 20 24 28 32
7 8107 0,6 Crawler speed light J150 7
8 8108 0,6 Forward drive indicator light J150 8 Level 2
9 8109 0,6 Neutral light J150 9 5 9 13 17 21 25 29
10 8110 0,6 Reverse drive indicator light J150 10
Wire Level 1
identifica
2 J195 Ending
11 8111 0,6 4 wheel drive light J150 11 1 8101 8105 8109 8134 8117 8119 33
12 8112 0,6 Differential indicator J150 12
2 8102 8106 8110 8114 8133 34
tion 13 8134 0,6 Park Lock use light J150 13
2 4 6 8 14 8114 0,6 PTO light 1000 rpm J150 14 3 8103 8107 8111 8132 8100 8113 35
1 8120 0,6 4 PS automatic control light J195 10 PTO drive light
2
1 8118 0,6 4PS auto controls P137 20 16 8116 0,6 Control + Ranges 220A 4 8104 8108 8112 8116 8118 M8Z 36
6
2 — — — Control - Ranges
8
6 13
8120
0
32 — — — 604hsm95
33 — — —
34 — — —
35 — — —
36 — — —
* Level 2 only.
Wire FPS
identifica
2 P137 Ending 1 2 3 4 5
tion A 8105 8100 8101 8104
A1 8105 0,6 Range + control 220A B 8106 8103 M8Z 8102 8107
A2 8100 0,6 +APC display J150 A2
A3 — — —
A4 8101 0,6 Display lamps J150 A3
A5 8104 0,6 Range - control 220B
B1 8106 0,6 Furrow gear 220C
B2 8103 0,6 Display data J150 B1 A
1
2
B3 M8Z 0,6 Display earth J150 B2
3
B
Display clock
4
B4 8102 0,6 J150 B3
5
B5 8107 0,6 +APC range control 220A
604hsm0G
Connectors Designation
J69 TCE 15/25/35 harness connection
J70 Shunt receptacle (white)
J71 Lift central unit (TCE)
J87* Shunt receptacle (white)
J189 Transmission control harness connection
J190* Electrohydraulic spool valve (DEH) control harness connection
J191* Electrohydraulic spool valve (DEH) control harness connection
P42 Rear harness connection
J71
P125** Implement socket
P192 TCE programming socket
P42
E6A
* Version with electrohydraulic spool valves only.
** Version TCE 35 only.
J190
P192
J191
J70
J87
J189 E9A
P125
J69
J71
P42
M9I
606msm16
tion A
Wire TCE 15/25 with EH spool valves A1 904 1,4 +AVC REH J71 30 B
identifica
2 J69 Ending A2 917* 2 +AVC REH P42 B1 604msm2A
A3 905 0,6 +APC TCE lighting J71 7
tion
A4 — — —
TCE 15/25/35
+APC REH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 906 0,6 V REF. rear position J71 15 4 912 933 907 906 1 A5 923 0,6 J71 34
2 907 0,6 Rear position signal J71 23 9 913 914 934 909 908 5 A6 902 1 +APC (RH+ relayed) P42 A1 A 904 917 905 923 902 903
3 933 0,6 V - rear position J71 19 A7 903 0,6 +APC TCE (RH+ relayed) J71 47
15 915 935 911 910 10 B
4 912 0,75 V - lowering valve J71 6 932 916 925
5 908 0,6 V REF. LH draft J71 16 22 M9G 924 955 16 B1 917 2 +AVC REH P42 B1
6 909 0,6 LH draft signal J71 51 28 948 952 23 B2 932 1,4 +AVC REH J71 31 TCE 35 with EH spool valves
7 934 0,6 V - LH rear draft J71 20 33 947 951 960 956 29
B3 — — — 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 914 0,75 V + lowering valve J71 2 B4 916 0,6 +APC REH P42 A6
9 913 0,75 V + raising valve J71 5 37 M9H 34 B5 945* 0,6 +APC front ext. control J69 26 A 904 905 923 902 903
10 910 0,6 + V REF RH draft J71 17 B6 — — —
B 917 932 916 945 925
11 911 0,6 RH draft signal J71 24 B7 925*** 0,6 +APC radar (RH+ relayed) J69 16
12 935 0,6 V - RH rear draft J71 21 B7 925** 0,6 +APC radar (RH+ relayed) J87 A3
13 938*** 0,6 Front lower outside ctrl J71 35 TCE 15/25 without EH spool valves
14 915 0,75 V + raising valve J71 29 * TCE 35 with electrohydraulic spool valves only.
15 926** 0,75 V - down valve 1/2 J71 33 ** TCE 15/25/35 with electrohydraulic spool valves.
16 925**** 0,6 +APC radar (RH + relayed) J70 B7 *** TCE 15/25/35 without electrohydraulic spool valves.
1
+APC radar (RH + relayed) 4 912 933 907 906 1
2
16 955* 0,6 J87 A5 A
3
17 924 0,6 Radar signal P42 B3 9 913 914 934 909 908 5
18 M9G 0,6 Radar earth E9A
5
15 915 935 911 910 10 B
6
19 937*** 0,6 Front rise outside ctrl J71 36
7
20 928** 0,75 V + lowering valve 1/2 J71 1 22 M9G 924 925 16
33 947* 0,6 CAN-High RH DEH J87 A2 9 913 914 934 909 908 5
34 — — — 15 926 915 938 935 911 910 10
35 — — —
36 — — — 22 927 929 928 937 M9G 924 955 16
37 M9H* 1 LH and RH DEH earth E9A 28 948 952 945 944 943 942 23
28 23
33 29
37 34
604msm7L
1
9 — — — B5 956 1 J69 29
2
10 — — — B6 952 0,6 CAN-Low LH DEH J69 27 A
3
21 935 936 49 21 935 936 49 21 935 49
11 — — — B7 953 0,6 CAN-low DEH control J190 1
5
12 921 0,6 CAN-High return P42 A5 B
6
20 934 48 20 934 48 20 934 48
CAN-Low return
7
13 922 0,6 P42 B5
14 — — — 19 933 903 47 19 933 903 47 19 933 903 47
15 906 0,6 + V REF rear position J69 1
16 908 0,6 + V REF LH draft J69 5 18 942 46 18 46 18 46
17 910 0,6 + V REF RH draft J69 10 604msm0M
18 942* 0,6 VREF front position J69 23 17 910 931 45 17 910 931 45 17 910 45
19 933 0,6 V - rear position J69 3
16 908 16 908 16 908 Wire
V - LH rear draft
20
21
934
935
0,6
0,6 V - RH rear draft
J69
J69
7
12
44 44 44
identifica
2 J189 Ending
22 944* 0,6 V - forward position J69 25 15 906 43 15 906 43 15 906 43 4
tion
23 907 0,6 Rear position signal J69 2 2
14 14 14
24 911 0,6 RH draft signal J69 11 920 42 920 42 920 42 1 950 0,6 CAN-low transmission control J87 A7 954 946
25 — — — 2 946 0,6 CAN-high transmission control J87 A1 3
13 922 919 13 922 919 13 922 919 950
26 943* 0,6 Front position signal J69 24 41 41 41 3 954 0,6 CAN - J190 3
27 — — — 4 — — — 1
12 921 918 40 12 921 918 40 12 921 918 40
28 929** 0,75 V + raising valve 1/2 J69 21 604msm1M
29 915 0,75 V + raising valve J69 14 11 11 11
39 39 39
30 904 1,4 +AVC REH J70 A1
31 932 1,4 +AVC REH J70 B2 10 10 10
900 900 900 Wire
32 927** 0,75 V - up valve 1/2 J69 22
38 38 38
identifica
2 J190 Ending
33 926** 0,75 V - down valve 1/2 J69 15 9 901 37 9 901 37 9 901 37 4
34 923 0,6 +APC REH J70 A5 tion
35 938* 0,6 Front lower outside ctrl J69 13 8 937 36 8 36 8 36 2
36 937* 0,6 Front rise outside ctrl J69 19 1 953 0,6 CAN-low DEH control J87 B7 954 949
37 901 0,6 Rear lowering ext ctrl P42 A3 7 905 938 7 905 7 905 2 949 0,6 CAN-high DEH control J87 B1 3
35 35 35 953
38 900 0,6 Rear raising ext ctrl P42 A2 3 954 0,6 CAN - J189 3
39 — — — 6 912 923 34 6 912 923 34 6 912 923 34 4 — — — 1
40 918 0,6 CAN-High network P42 B2 604msm2M
41 919 0,6 CAN-Low network P42 B4 5 913 926 33 5 913 926 33 5 913 33
42 920 0,6 REH lift up position P42 B6
43 — — — 4 M9F 927 4 M9F 927 4 M9F
32 32 32 Wire
44 — — — identifica
2 J191 Ending
3 M9E 932 3 M9E 932 3 M9E 932 1 2
45 931** 0,6 Implement position VREF P125 PE4 31 31 31
tion 1
46 — — — 960 957
2 914 904 2 914 904 2 914 904
2
47 903 0,6 +APC (RH+ relayed) J70 A7 30 30 30
1 960 1 Safety solenoid valve ctrl J69 31
48 — — — 2 957 1 +APC DEH control J87 B4 M9J
1 928 29 1 928 29 1 29
49 936** 0,6 P125 V2 915 915 915
3 M9J 1 DEH control earth E9A 3
50 — — — 28 28 28 604msm3M
929 929
51 909 0,6 LH draft signal J69 6
52 930** 0,6 Implement position signal P125 U1
53 — — —
54 — — —
55 — — —
* TCE 35 with electrohydraulic spool valves only.
** TCE 35 only.
604msm9L
Wire
identifica
2 P42 Ending
1 2 5 36 4
7
A 902 900 901 921 916
tion 959
B 917 918 924 919 922 920
A1 902 1 +APC TCE (D+) J70 A6 958
A2 900 0,6 Ext. TCE up control J71 38
A3 901 0,6 Ext. TCE down control J71 37
A4 — — —
A5 921 0,6 CAN-High return J71 12
A5 959 0,6 CAN-High REH programming P192 2
+APC REH A
1
A6 916 0,6 J70 B4
2
A7 — — —
3
B
4
5
B1 917 2 +AVC REH J70 B1
6
+AVC REH
7
B1 917* 2 J70 A2
B2 918 0,6 CAN-High network J71 40
B3 924 0,6 Radar signal J69 17 604msm4M
B4 919 0,6 CAN-Low network J71 41
B5 922 0,6 CAN-Low return J71 13
B5 958 0,6 CAN-Low REH programming P192 1
B6 920 0,6 TCE lift high position J71 42
B7 — — —
TCE with electrohydraulic spool valves only.
Wire
identifica
2 P125 Ending
tion
U1 930 0,6 Implement position signal J71 52 U1 PE4
V2 936 0,6 V - implement position J71 49 930 931
PE4 931 0,6 Implement position VREF J71 45
W3 — — — 936
V2 W3
TCE 35 only.
604msm5M
Wire
identifica
2 P192 Ending 4
tion 2
959
1 958 0,6 Programming CAN-Low P42 B5 3
2 959 0,6 Programming CAN-High P42 A5 958
3 — — — 1
604msm6M
4 — — —
Connectors Designation
J69 TCE harness connection
J70 Shunt receptacle (grey)
J71 Electronic linkage control unit (TCE)
J186 Lift central unit (TCE)
J187 Shunt receptacle (grey)
J189 Transmission control harness connection
J190* Electrohydraulic spool valve (DEH) control harness connection
Electrohydraulic spool valve (DEH) control harness connection
J71
J191*
J192* Shunt receptacle (white)
J186
P42 Rear harness connection
P42
E6A
J190
J191
J187
J70
J192
J189
J69
J186
J42
J71
606msm17
1
9 913 1 V + raising valve J70 A7 B5 906 0,6 + V REF position J69 1
2
+ V REF RH draft B6 908 0,6 + V REF LH draft J69 5 A
3
10 910 0,6 J70 B7
11 911 0,6 RH draft signal J71 18 B7 910 0,6 + V REF RH draft J69 10
5
B
12 935 0,6 V - RH rear draft J187 B7
6
TCE 15T with EH spool valves
7
13 — — —
14 915 1 V + raising valve J70 B3
15 — — —
16 — — —
17 — — — 4 912 933 907 906 1 604msm8M
18 — — — 9 913 914 934 909 908 5
19 — — —
20 — — —
15 915 935 911 910 10
TCE 15T without EH spool valves
21 — — — 22 16 Wire 2 J71 Ending 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 — — — 28 942 946 23 markers
932 905 924 900 929 928 917 937 902 926 904 921 M9E
23 — — — 33 941 945 952 950 29
24 — — — 1 M9E 1 REH ctrl elec. unit earth J187 A2 903 938 930 931 901 907 911 909 927 936 918
25 — — — 37 M9H 34 2 921 1 V + upwards valve - light J70 B1 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
26 — — — 3 904 0,6 V REF 1,6 V J186 1
27 946* 0,6 CAN-Low LH DEH J192 B6 4 926 0,6 Mixed check control J186 2 TCE 15T with EH spool valves
28 942* 0,6 + CAN-High LH DEH J192 A6 5 949* 0,6 + APC (D+ relayé) J192 A5 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
29 950* 1 APC LH & RH DEH J192 B5 5 902** 1 + APC (D+ relayé) P42 A1 932 905 924 900 929 928 917 937 949 926 904 921 M9E
30 — — — 6 937 0,6 Return - V lift /Lower valves J70 A5
31 952* 1 Safety solenoid valve ctrl J191 1 7 917 0,6 Line L P42 B7 903 938 930 931 901 907 911 909 927 936 918
32 945* 0,6 CAN-Low RH DEH J192 A6 8 928 0,6 Mode selector J186 5
33 941* 0,6 CAN-High RH DEH J192 A2 9 929 0,6 Diagnostic indicator J186 7 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
34 — — — 10 900 0,6 Rise - lift ctrl P42 A2
35 — — — 11 924 0,6 Transport light - Line K J187 A5
36 — — — 12 905 0,6 V REF 9,5 V J187 B1
37 M9H* 1 LH and RH DEH earth J187 A3 13 932 0,6 + V REF RH & LH posit./load J70 B4 25
24
23
* With electrohydraulic spool valves only 14 918 1 V + down valve - light J70 A1
22
21
20
15 936 0,6 + V REF RH & LH posit./load J187 B4 19
18
17
16 927 0,6 Depth control J186 4 16
15
604msm7M 14
17 909 0,6 LH draft signal J69 6
18 911 0,6 RH draft signal J69 11
19 907 0,6 Position signal J69 2
20 901 0,6 Lower - lift ctrl P42 A3
21 931 0,6 Transport mode ctrl J186 18
22 930 0,6 Position ctrl (upper stop) J186 3
23 — — —
24 938 0,6 Lower speed control J186 15 604msm9M
25 903 1 +APC lift unit P42 A6
* TCE 15T with electrohydraulic spool valves
** TCE 15T without electrohydraulic spool valves
2
24
23
2
8 919 0,6 Down valve indicator J70 A2
1 947 0,6 CAN-low DEH control J192 B7 948 943
9 — — —
2 943 0,6 CAN-high DEH control J192 B1 3
947
10 — — —
3 948 0,6 CAN - J189 3
11 — — — 1
604msm0N 4 — — —
12 — — — 604msm3N
13 — — —
2
19 922 0,6 Up valve indicator J70 B2 1 952 1 Safety solenoid valve ctrl J69 31 M9G
20 — — — 2 951 1 +APC DEH control J192 B4
21 — — — 3 M9G 1 DEH control earth J187 A3 3
22 — — — 604msm4N
23 — — —
24 — — —
25 — — —
Wire 2 J192 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
markers
A
1
A6 925 0,6 Transport mode indicator J186 17 +APC DEH control
2
B 905 923 939 936 933 934 935 B4 951 1 J191 2 A
3
A7 916 0,6 Line K P42 A7 B5 950 1 +APC LH and RH DEH J69 29
5
B6 946 0,6 CAN-Low LH DEH J69 27 B
TCE 15T without EH spool valves
6
B1 905 0,6 V REF 9,5 V J71 12 CAN-Low DEH
7
B7 947 0,6 J190 1
B2 923 0,6 V REF 9,5 V J186 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B3 939 0,6 V REF 9,5 V outside TCE ctrl P42 B2 * Without electrohydraulic spool valves only **
B4 936 0,6 - V REF position J71 15 A M9A M9E M9F 924 925 916
With electrohydraulic spool valves only 604msm5N
B5 933 0,6 - V REF position J69 3
B 905 923 939 936 933 934 935
B6 934 0,6 - V REF LH load J69 7
B7 935 0,6 - V REF RH draft J69 12
* With electrohydraulic spool valves only Wire 2 P42 Ending
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
markers A 902 900 901 903 916
1
2
B
A2 900 0,6 TCE up control J71 10
6
7
1
2
604msm1N A7 916 0,6 Line K J187 A7
3
B
4
5
B1 — — —
6
B2 939 0,6 VREF 9,5 V outs. ctrl TCE J187 B3
7
B3 — — —
B4 — — — 604msm6N
B5 — — —
B6 920 0,6 TCE lift high position J186 6
B7 917 0,6 Line L J71 7
Connectors Designation
J72 DOWN solenoid valve
J73 Position sensor
J74 Right force sensor
J75 Left force sensor
J76 UP solenoid valve
J77** DOWN solenoid valve (semi-mounted)
P20
P42
J79
*** TCE 35 with electrohydraulic spool valves
P69
J73
J78
J77
J2
J74
J1
J193
J72
J194
J76
J75
606msm18
TCE 15/25/35 with EH spool valves 1 983 0,6 V - LH rear draft P69 7 1 2 3
Wire 2 J72 Ending 2 972 0,6 LH draft signal P69 6 983 972 973
markers 3 973 0,6 + V REF LH draft P69 5
1
2
1 966 0,75 V - lowering valve P69 4 1 2 604msm3O
3
2 976 0,75 V + lowering valve P69 8 966 976
1
Wire 2
2
604msm7N
markers
J75 Ending
V - LH rear draft 1 2 3
TCE 15/25/35 without EH spool valves 1 978 0,6 P69 7
Wire 2 J72 Ending
2 967 0,6 LH draft signal P69 6 978 967 968
markers 3 968 0,6 + V REF LH draft P69 5
1
2
V - lowering valve 1 2
3
1 961 0,75 P69 4 604msm4O
2 971 0,75 V + lowering valve P69 8 961 971
1
Wire 2 J76
2
604msm8N Ending
markers
V + raising valve 1 2
TCE 15/25/35 with EH spool valves 1 965 0,75 P69 9
Wire 2 J73 Ending
2 967 0,75 V + raising valve P69 14 965 967
markers
1
V - rear position
2
A 981 0,6 P69 3 A B C 604msm5O
B 974 0,6 + V REF rear position P69 1 981 974 975
C 975 0,6 Rear position signal P69 2
A
TCE 15/25/35 without EH spool valves
2
B
Wire
J76 Ending
C
604hsm97
markers
TCE 15/25/35 without EH spool valves 1 960 0,75 V + raising valve P69 9 1 2
Wire 2 J73 Ending 2 962 0,75 V + raising valve P69 14 960 962
markers
1
V - rear position 1 2 3
2
A 976 0,6 P69 3 604msm6O
B 969 0,6 + V REF rear position P69 1 982 970 971
C 970 0,6 Rear position signal P69 2
1
Wire 2
3
604msm1O
markers
J77 Ending
1 2
TCE 15/25/35 with EH spool valves 1 977 0,75 V - down valve 1/2 P69 15
Wire 2 J74 Ending 2 979 0,75 V + lowering valve 1/2 P69 20 977 979
markers
1
V - RH rear draft A B C
2
1 982 0,6 P69 12 604msm7O
2 970 0,6 RH draft signal P69 11 976 969 970
3 971 0,6 + V REF RH draft P69 10
A
Wire 2
C
604hsm98
markers
J77 Ending
TCE 15/25/35 without EH spool valves 1 972 0,75 V - down valve 1/2 P69 15 1 2
Wire 2 J74 Ending 2 974 0,75 V + lowering valve 1/2 P69 20 972 974
markers
1
1 977 0,6 V - RH rear draft P69 12 1 2 3
2
604msm8O
2 965 0,6 RH draft signal P69 11 977 965 966
3 966 0,6 + V REF RH draft P69 10
1
Wire 2
3
604msm2O
markers
J78 Ending
1
2
604msm9O
markers 3 981 0,6 V - rear position J73 A 15 977 967 984 982 970 971 10
4 966 0,75 V - lowering valve J72 1 22 978 980 979 985 M9M 969 968 16
1 973 0,75 V - up valve 1/2 P69 22 1 2 5 973 0,6 + V REF LH draft J75 3 28 993 992 989 988 987 986 23
2 975 0,75 V + raising valve 1/2 P69 21 6 972 0,6 LH draft signal J75 2
973 975 33 991 990 997 994 29
7 983 0,6 V - LH rear draft J75 1
8 976 0,75 V + lowering valve J72 2 37 M9O 34
1
9 965 0,75 V + raising valve J76 1
2
604msm0P 10 971 0,6 + V REF RH draft J74 3
11 970 0,6 RH draft signal J74 2
12 982 0,6 V - RH rear draft J74 1 TCE 15/25 with EH spool valves
TCE 15/25/35 with EH spool valves 13 984* 1 Front lower outside ctrl J173 A
Wire 2 J79 Ending 1 2 3 4 14 967 0,75 V + raising valve J76 2
markers 15 977* 0,75 V + lowering valve 1/2 J77 1
M9M 969 968 4 966 981 975 974 1
16 968 0,6 +APC radar (D+) J79 3
1 M9M 0,6 Radar earth P69 18 17 969 0,6 Radar signal J79 2 9 965 976 983 972 973 5
2 969* 0,6 Radar signal P69 17 TCE 15/25/35 without EH spool valves 18 M9M 0,6 Radar earth J79 1 15 967 982 970 971 10
2 964** 0,6 Radar signal P69 17 19 985* 0,6 Front rise outside ctrl J173 B 22 M9M 969 968 16
3 968* 0,6 +APC radar (RH + relayed) P69 16 20 979* 0,75 V + lowering valve 1/2 J77 2
1 2 3 4 28 993 992
3 963** 0,6 +APC radar (RH + relayed) P69 16 21 980* 0,75 V + raising valve 1/2 J78 2 23
4 — — — M9M 964 963 22 978* 0,75 V - up valve 1/2 J78 1 33 991 990 997 994 29
H
C 986 1 + V REF front position P69 23 35 — — —
G
Front position signal 984 985 986 987 36 — — —
F
D 987 1 P69 24 604msm6P
E 988 1 V - forward position P69 25 A B C D 37 M9O 1 LH and RH DEH earth E9C
F 989 1 +APC front ext. control P69 26
* TCE 35 only
G — — —
H — — — 604msm2P
604msm3P
4
604msm4P
604msm5P
17 964 0,6 Radar signal J79 2 9 960 971 978 967 968 5
18 M9M 0,6 Radar earth J79 1
15 962 977 965 966 10
19 — — —
20 974* 0,75 V + lowering valve 1/2 J77 2 22 M9M 964 963 16
21 975* 0,75 V + raising valve 1/2 J78 2 28 23
22 973* 0,75 V - up valve 1/2 J78 1 33 29
23 — — —
24 — — — 37 34
25 — — —
26 — — —
27 — — —
28 — — —
29 — — —
30 — — —
31 — — —
32 — — —
33 — — —
34 — — —
35 — — —
36 — — —
37 — — — 604msm7P
* TCE 35 only
Connectors Designation
J72 DOWN solenoid valve
J73 Position sensor
J74 Right force sensor
J75 Left force sensor
J76 UP solenoid valve
J79 Radar
J193* RH electrohydraulic spool valve
P20
P42
J204
J173
J79
P69
J73
J78
J77
J2
J74
J1
J193
J72
J194
J76
J75
606msm18
TCE 15T with EH spool valves 1 M9L 0,6 V - LH rear draft P69 7 1 2 3
Wire 2 J72 Ending 2 967 0,6 LH draft signal P69 6 M9L 967 968
markers 3 968 0,6 + V REF LH draft P69 5
1
2
1 961 0,75 V - lowering valve P69 4 1 2
3
604msm4Q
2 971 0,75 V + lowering valve P69 8 961 971
1
Wire
J75 Ending
2
604msm8P markers
1
markers
2
3
1 2 604msm5Q
1 941 1 V - lowering valve P69 4
2 951 1 V + lowering valve P69 8 941 951
TCE 15T with EH spool valves
2
1
Wire
J76 Ending
2
604msm9P markers
1
2
A B C 604msm6Q
A M9N 0,6 V - rear position P69 3
B 969 0,6 + V REF rear position P69 1 M9N 969 970
C 970 0,6 Rear position signal P69 2
A
TCE 15T without EH spool valves
2
B
Wire
J76 Ending
C
604hsm0A markers
1
V - rear position
2
A M9N 0,6 P69 3 A B C 604msm7Q
B 949 0,6 + V REF rear position P69 1 M9N 949 950
C 950 0,6 Rear position signal P69 2
A
Wire
J79 Ending
C
604hsm0B markers
1 2 3 4
TCE 15T with EH spool valves 1 M9M 0,6 Radar earth P69 18
Wire 2 J74 Ending
2 964 0,6 Radar signal P69 17 M9M 964 963
Wire
604msm2Q J79 Ending
3
markers
1 2 3 4
1 M9M 0,6 Radar earth P69 18
TCE 15T without EH spool valves
Wire 2 J74 Ending
2 944 0,6 Radar signal P69 17 M9M 944 943
Wire 2
2
markers
J193 Ending
3
604msm3Q
1
3 973 0,6 CAN-High RH DEH P69 33
2
4 M9P 0,6 RH DEH earth E9C
3
4
604msm1R
markers 3 M9N 0,6 V - rear position J73 A 15 942 M9K 945 946 10
4 941 1 V - lowering valve J72 1 22 M9M 944 943 16
5 948 0,6 + V REF LH draft J75 3
1 978 0,6 +APC LH DEH E9B 1 2 3 4
6 947 0,6 LH draft signal J75 2 28 23
2 974 0,6 CAN-Low LH DEH P69 27 978 974 975 M9Q 7 M9L 0,6 V - LH rear draft J75 1 33 29
1
3 975 0,6 CAN-high LH DEH P69 28 8 951 1 V + lowering valve J72 2
2
4 M9Q 0,6 LH DEH earth E9C 9 940 1 V + raising valve J76 1
37 34
3
10 946 0,6 + V REF RH draft J74 3
4
604msm2R
11 945 0,6 RH draft signal J74 2
12 M9K 0,6 V - RH rear draft J74 1
13 — — —
14 942 1 V + raising valve J76 2
Wire 2 J204 Ending 15 — — —
markers 16 943 0,6 APC radar J79 3
1 2 17 944 0,6 Radar signal J79 2
1 979 0,75 Safety solenoid valve ctrl P69 31 979 M9R 18 M9M 0,6 Radar earth J79 1
2 M9R 0,6 Safety solenoid valve earth E9C 19 — — —
20 — — —
1
21 — — —
2
604msm3R
22 — — —
23 — — — 604msm5R
24 — — —
TCE 15T with EH spool valves
Wire 2 P69 Ending
25
26
—
—
—
—
—
—
markers 27 — — —
4 961 M9N 970 969 1
28 — — —
1 969 0,6 + V REF rear position J73 B 29 — — —
2 970 0,6 Rear position signal J73 C 9 960 971 M9L 967 968 5 30 — — —
3 M9N 0,6 V - rear position J73 A 15 962 M9K 965 966 10 31 — — —
4 961 0,75 V - lowering valve J72 1 22 M9M 964 963 16
32 — — —
5 968 0,6 + V REF LH draft J75 3 33 — — —
6 967 0,6 LH draft signal J75 2 28 975 974 23 34 — — —
7 M9L 0,6 V - LH rear draft J75 1 33 973 972 979 976 29 35 — — —
8 971 0,75 V + lowering valve J72 2 36 — — —
37 M9O 34
9 960 0,75 V + raising valve J76 1 37 — — —
10 966 0,6 + V REF RH draft J74 3
11 965 0,6 RH draft signal J74 2
12 M9K 0,6 V - RH rear draft J74 1
13 — — —
14 962 0,75 V + raising valve J76 2
15 — — —
16 963 0,6 APC radar J79 3
17 964 0,6 Radar signal J79 2
18 M9M 0,6 Radar earth J79 1
19 — — —
20 — — —
21 — — —
22 — — — 604msm4R
23 — — —
24 — — —
25 — — —
26 — — —
27 974 0,6 CAN-Low LH DEH J194 2
28 975 0,6 CAN-high LH DEH J194 3
29 976 1 +APC LH and RH DEH E9B
30 — — —
31 979 0,75 Safety solenoid valve ctrl J204 1
32 972 0,6 CAN-Low RH DEH J193 2
33 973 0,6 CAN-High RH DEH J193 3
34 — — —
35 — — —
36 — — —
37 M9O 1 LH and RH DEH earth E9C
240
J198
J127
J129
J128 J128 J129
EP2
P197
E90A EP1
J199 F-5A
J67
E6A
J126 E90B
J126
P20
J205
606msm19 606msm20
604msm6R 604msm1S
1
1 9100 0,6 P197 A1 3
A1 BL 1 Relay control A J128 1 A
2 A BU
2 M90B 0,6 Relay earth R1 E90B 2 M90B 4 A2 — — —
JA
3
9100 1
3 9106 0,75 + APC relay R1 E90A 1
A3 YL 1 Relay control B J129 1 B RG/OR B
5
4 — — — 9108
5 9108 0,75 EV1 Controls J126 1 B1 — — —
5 604msm7R
B2 RD/OR 1 +APC common, cross control EP1 604msm2S
B3 — — —
B 9103 9104
A1 9100 0,6 Relay control A1 J128 1
A2 9101 3 +APC electric control F
A3 — — —
A4 M90A 1 Loader / front lift E90B
A5 9102 0,6 Relay control A2 J129 1
A
Lift outside ctrl return
1
B2 — — —
3
B
4
B3 — — —
5
B4 — — —
B5 9104 0,6 Lower outside ctrl return J205 4
604msm0S
E1
J134
J197
J148
140
P190
J199
P191
J147
J199
140
J80
J148
P134
J198
P20
J147
606msm21
1
A markers 1 2
2
B1 9008 0,6 Lift outside ctrl return J198 14 9003 9000 1
4
B2 — — — B 1 9003 1 Safety solenoid valve ctrl J198 12
2
5
B3 — — — 2 9000 1 +APC DEH control J198 1 M9Z
B4 — — — 3 M9Z 1 DEH control earth J198 17 3
B5 9009 0,6 Lower outside ctrl return J198 15
604msm5S 604msm9S
1 9000 1 +APC DEH control module P191 2 9001 9012 9007 9008 M9Y
2 9001 0,6 +APC cross control J197 A2 9002 9010 9017 9009 M9X
3 9002 0,6 +APC joystick J199 3
4 — — — 9018 9003 9014
5 9011 0,6 Joystick on/off control J199 8
6 9012 0,6 LED output on / off J199 9 4 8 12 16 20
7 9010 0,6 Hydraul. motor ctrl (on) J199 7
8 9018 0,6 Hydraul. motor ctrl (off) J199 16
9 9006 0,6 Pot. X J199 1
10 9007 0,6 Pot. Y J199 2
11 9017 0,6 Safety SV (on) J199 5
12 9003 1 Safety SV (off) P191 1 4
13 9013 0,6 Raise extension command J199 11 5
9
Lift outside ctrl return
3
14 9008 0,6 J197 B1 6 13
Joystick earth
20
19 M9X 0,6 J199 13 604msm6S
20 — — —
markers 1
3
9010
11
15
9002 9013
9006 9011 9016
1 9006 0,6 Pot. X J198 9 9014
604msm0T
14
13
4 — — —
12
11
5 BR 0,6 Outside air temp. probe J147 A
10
9
Trip computer lift up position
8
6 GN 0,6 P134 B1
7
TCE
6
5
7 WH 0,6 Trip computer radar speed P134 A3
4
3
8 RG1 0,6 +APC trip computer TCE P134 B2
2
1
9 — — —
10 NO4 0,6 On-board computer earth E1
11 RG2 0,6 +APC trip computer TCE P134 B2 604msm1T
12 — — —
13 — — —
1
A VI BC A
A2 — — —
2
RG1
3
A3 WH 0,6 Trip computer radar speed J148 7 B VE
RG2
NO1 B
Colour legend
BL White
BL Blue
YL Yellow
BR Brown
BK Black
OR Orange
GN Green
VI Purple
RD Red
TOOLS
Clamp-on ammeter (AC and DC) 0 to 2 A - 0 to 200 A Multifunction multimeter (except temperature)
Extractor to unlock clips and tabs of MIC type Extractor to unlock clips and tabs of MIC type
Description of panel
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
12 21
13 20
14 19
18
15
17
16
C B
584hsm00 Fig. 1
Parts list
1 Maintenance. 9 Trailer "2" turn-signal indicator. 17 Engine temperature.
2 Oil filter. 10 Trailer "1" turn-signal indicator. 18 Transmission oil temperature.
3 Air filter. 11 Tractor direction indicator. 19 Preheating.
4 Hydraulic pressure. 12 Front power take-off. 20 Battery voltage.
5 Oil pressure. 13 Rear power take-off. 21 Diesel level low.
6 Stop. 14 Headlights. B Small digital display.
7 Battery charge. 15 Brake fluid level. C Rev counter dial.
8 Handbrake. 16 Trailer brake pressure. D Large digital display.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7* 8 9 10 11
A B
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
23
22
584hsm08 Fig. 2
Indicator lights
1 Maintenance. 10 Trailer 1 turn-signal indicator. 19 Headlights.
2 Oil filter. 11 Tractor direction indicator. 20 Rear power take-off.
3 Air filter. 12 Diesel level low. 21 Front power take-off.
4 Hydraulic pressure. 13 Battery voltage. 22 Cluster lighting.
5 Oil pressure. 14 Preheating. 23 Cluster lighting.
6 Stop. 15 Transmission oil temperature. A 15-channel socket "JX1".
7 Battery charge. 16 Engine temperature. B 30-channel socket "JX2".
8 Handbrake. 17 Trailer brake pressure.
9 Trailer "2" turn-signal indicator. 18 Brake fluid level.
* Indicator (7) is on a green support, 12 V – 2 A. All of the others are on a blue support, 12 V – 1,2 A.
Indicator operation
Dial and display unit
A signal emitted by the alternator fulfils the following four
functions.
– Analogue rev counter (dial).
– Digital rev counter.
– Front PTO rev counter.
– General hour counter.
At the alternator output, the signal from terminal "W"
or "R" (depending on the type of alternator) has the
following waveform (Fig. 4). The frequency is 0,1 Hz “JX2”
per rpm.
f = 200 Hz at 2 000 rpm.
f = 100 Hz at 1 000 rpm.
– Use tool n° 60 05 006 744 (frequency indicator
function). 584hsm09 Fig. 3
– Check that the signal reaches terminal "21" of
connector "JX2" on the cluster (see diagram of
display).
Hour counter
584hsm10 Fig. 4
584hsm11 Fig. 5
Large display
This indicates the theoretical forward speed in km/h or the
actual speed if equipped with radar.
584hsm13 Fig. 7
584hsm14 Fig. 8
Engine temperature
A thermistor (a temperature-sensitive resistor) sends a variable DC voltage to the ECU.
Liquid crystal segments appear from the bottom up according to the engine coolant temperature.
– 9 segments for a scale of 40 to 120°C.
– 106°C is the alarm threshold.
1 2
9
70 Ω 120
8
106 Ω 106
7
155 Ω 97
6
205 Ω 90
5
230 Ω 80
4
405 Ω 70
3
575 Ω 60
2
885 Ω 50
1
1 130 Ω 40
17 JX2 Ω*
584hsm15 Fig. 9
Parts list
1 Resistance is ohms measured on the probe. 2 Temperature corresponding to the segments.
Fuel gauge
A rotary potentiometer sends a variable DC voltage to the ECU. The liquid crystal segments go out as the level drops.
Note: A level is not necessarily representative of the volume of diesel left in the tank (this depends on the shape
of the tank).
1/1 7Ω
9
8
3/4 45 Ω
7
6
1
1/2 93 Ω
5
1 16 JX2 Ω*
4
1/4 185 Ω
3
2 2 3
0 270 Ω
1
320 → 340 Ω
584hsm16 Fig. 10
Parts list
1 Resistance in ohms of the fuel gauge.
2 Fuel gauge.
3 Dashboard connector (beware not to damage the contacts on measuring).
46,4
104,7
335,2
1/1
1/14 Ω
262
469,7
3/4
35/55 Ω
522,8
1/2
78,5/106,5 Ω
563,1
1/4
166,3/201,3 Ω
0 246,3/286,3 Ω
0
320/340 Ω
Absolu
584hsm17 Fig. 11
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
584hsm18 Fig. 12
– Alternator charge.
– State of the battery.
– Drivetronic ECU.
– Engine ECU.
16 17 18
Other indicator lights
15. Fuel reserve level reached
19 20 21
Check with the gauge, if the tank has been topped up.
Green light.
21. Headlights
Blue light.
Input/output by function
1 5*
2 6
7*
21 22 23 24 25 20 18 JX2
584hsm21 Fig. 15
Parts list
1 Rear power take-off speed. 5 Actual speed radar signal*.
2 Alternator signal (engine speed). 6 Speed calibration control.
3 Dashboard electronic control unit. 7 Front PTO signal*.
4 Theoretical speed sensor signal. 8 Display selection control.
16 1 2 17 JX2
584hsm22 Fig. 16
Parts list
1 Fuel gauge. 3 Dashboard electronic control unit.
2 Temperature sensor.
3 2 1 4 5
6 7 8 5 10 JX1
5 15 17 2 19 JX2
6 7 8 9
584hsm23 Fig. 17
Parts list
1 Alternator regulator, charge D+. 6 Parking brake switch.
2 Engine oil pressure switch. 7 Not used.
3 Transmission oil pressure switch. 8 Engine temperature thermistor.
4 Transmission oil temperature. 9 Gearbox engaged.
5 Brake fluid level switch. 10 Dashboard electronic control unit.
1 9
2 4
3 2
4 3
12
26 20 14 13 12 11 10 JX2
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
584hsm24 Fig. 18
Parts list
1 Battery voltage. Electrical fault. 7 Tractor turn-signal indicators.
2 Air filter blocked. 8 Rear power take-off.
3 Oil filter blocked. 9 Trailer "1" turn-signal indicators.
4 Preheating. 10 Headlights.
5 Side lights. 11 Trailer "2" turn-signal indicators.
6 Front power take-off. 12 Dashboard electronic control unit.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
584hsm25 Fig. 19
Electrical level
Pin N° Wire N° Function
Nature of the signal
1 — Not used. —
2 062 Transmission oil filter. —
3 007 Preheating indicator. —
4 111 Engine oil filter (blockage). Earth
5 063 Transmission oil temperature. —
064
6 Hydraulic pressure. Earth
125*
7 106 Engine oil pressure. Earth
8 108 Alternator charge. "+"
9 173 Fault warning light. "+"
10 136 Brake fluid level. Earth
11 065 Diagnostic link line "L". Logical level
12 066 Diagnostic link line "K". Logical level
13 067 CAN "-". Logical level
14 068 CAN "+". Logical level
15 — Not used. —
* Full Powershift.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
584hsm26 Fig. 20
Electrical level
Pin N° Wire N° Function
Nature of the signal
13
Blockage indicator
It is open when there is no pressure.
584hsm28 Fig. 22
Ω
50
40
30
20
10
5
0
– 50 0 50 100 T
584hsm29 Fig. 23
Speed sensors
They consist of a magnetic core and a coil. The teeth of a
pinion travelling in front of the core create a variation in
magnetic flux, generating an induced current. This will be
an alternating current identical in frequency to the
passage of the teeth.
1 2
Test
– Resistance 450 ± 20 ohm at 20°C.
– AC output signal.
– Air gap 1 mm ± 0,5 ohm.
Parts list
584hsm30 Fig. 24
1 Permanent magnet.
2 Coil.
3 Output .
Connection
– Push the plug firmly home until the tabs (1) and (2) lock
into place.
Replace 2
This type of connector (harness side) is not removable. If
there are contact faults on a pin, the full plug must be
replaced.
“JX1” : 15 channels, red/blue connector n°
60 05 014 522. 584hsm31 Fig. 25
How to change
1. Identify the wires in relation to the pin address on the
connector.
2. Cut the harness.
3. Thread the insulating sleeves onto each wire.
4. Strip each wire.
5. Connect each wire to the new connector and crimp.
6. Slide the insulating sleeves along to the crimping point.
N.B.: Connector "JX2" consists of 2 connectors, a
blue/white one labelled from 1 to 15 and a blue/black
one labelled from 16 to 30. These connectors are 584hsm32 Fig. 26
assembled by "dovetailing" with the female part on
the black connector and male part on the white
connector.
Disassembly
– Place your index fingers in front of the blue part of the
black connector.
– Push the whire connector with your thumbs (wire side).
Proceed in reverse order to refit until a clip noise is heard.
584hsm33 Fig. 27
3
601hsn15 Fig. 30
2 1
100 m
001hsn01 Fig. 31
Other operations
For operations such as parameter setting, the error log,
etc. refer to chapter "G7".
TCE 15/TCE 25
2 1 3
STO
P
10
11 6 7 8 9
382hsm00 Fig. 1
Parts list
1 5-position mode switch (transport, high position, stop, working 6 Damping key for transport.
position and dropping). 7 Key to adjust top limit.
2 Position display adjustment keys (working depth adjustment). 8 Keys to adjust lowering rate.
3 Power sensitivity control adjustment keys. 9 Adjustment keys "+" (increase) and "–" (decrease).
4 Display. 10 Key to activate wheel slip management*.
5 Safety warning light. 11 Instant wheel slip display key*.
– Light out: System operational.
– Light flashing: Fault detected (Win Métadiag© is required to
determine the origin of the fault).
– Light on steady: System in safety mode.
* TCE 25 only.
3
Lift operating conditions
If the safety warning light is lit when the tractor is started
up, several actions must be carried out to reset the lift.
– Move the switch (1) to the "working" position then,
immediately afterwards, to the "stop" position.
– Wait for 2 seconds for the CPU to unlock. 382hsm01 Fig. 2
Error codes
System faults appear as an error code. This is indicated
on the screen by "ER" and the code number.
CC = short circuit - CO = circuit open
N.B.: To diagnose the fault corresponding to the error
code, use Win Métadiag© and consult chapter "G7"
(lift application).
TCE 15 T
2
8
3
7
6
5
4
10
382hsn19 Fig. 3
Parts list
1 5-position mode switch (transport, high position, stop, working 7 Key to adjust top limit.
position and dropping). 8 Keys to adjust sensitivity of draft/position control.
2 Position adjustment control (work depth adjustment). 9 Damping mode key for transport.
3 Lift movement indicators (up / down). 10 Mechanical stop identifying the "low limit" position.
4 Travel lock key.
5 Key to adjust rate of descent.
6 Safety warning light. This light will be lit or start flashing if the
safety function or alarm is activated on the TCE unit. It can be
activated in three different ways.
– Light flashing slowly or quickly: Operating fault. The flashing
rate defines the nature of the fault. The lift can still be used
(Win Métadiag© is required to determine the origin of the fault).
– Light on steady: System in safety mode. To reset the unit,
carry out the lift setup procedure.
6
Error codes
2
System faults appear as an error code. This is indicated
by the safety warning light (6) flashing.
382hsm03 Fig. 4
N.B.: To diagnose the fault corresponding to the error
code, use Win Métadiag© and consult chapter "G7"
(lift application).
1 Not used
2 Down valve value
3 TCE earth
4 TCE earth
5 Up valve return
6 Down valve return
7 +APC
8 Not used
9 Not used
10 Not used
11 Not used
12 CAN-High return
13 CAN-Low return
14 Not used
15 + Rear position reference value
16 + LH draft reference value
17 + RH draft reference value 382hsm04 Fig. 5
18 Not used
19 Value "–" rear position
20 Value "–" LH draft
21 Value "–" RH draft
22 Not used
23 Position signal
24 RH draft signal
25 Not used
26 Not used
27 Not used
28 Not used
29 Value "+" up valve
30 +AVC TCE
31 +AVC TCE
32 Not used
33 Not used
34 +APC TCE
35 Not used
36 Not used
37 External down control
38 External up control
39 Not used
40 CAN-High network 382hsm05 Fig. 6
41 CAN-Low network
42 High position to "Drivetronic"
43 Not used
44 Not used
45 Not used
46 Not used
47 +APC TCE (D + relayed)
48 Not used
49 Not used
50 Not used
51 LH draft signal
52 Not used
53 Not used
54 Not used
J186
J71
382hsm07 Fig. 8
1 TCE earth
2 Value "+" up valve "–" indicator
3 Reference value 1,6 V
4 Mixed check control
5 +APC (D + relayed)
6 Return "–" up/down valves value
7 Low line
8 Mode selector
9 Diagnostic indicator
10 TCE lift control "–" up
11 Transport indicator "–" line K
12 Reference value 9,5 V
13 "+" RH and LH draft/position reference value
14 Value "+" down valve "–" indicator
15 "–" RH and LH draft/position reference value
16 Depth control 382hsm06 Fig. 9
17 LH draft signal
18 RH draft signal
19 Position signal
20 Lift control "–" down
21 Transport mode control
22 Position control
23 Not used
24 Lowering speed control
25 +APC Unit
J186
J71
382hsm07 Fig. 10
3
S 2
1
U
382hsm09 Fig. 12
382hsm11 Fig. 14
1
0V
2
UB
3
2 Out
1
UB 0V
3
Out
382hsm12 Fig. 15
V 7,2 V
3
2,5 V
APC
60 05 005577
2
B B B B
3
C C C C 1
1 A A
A A
382hsm13 Fig. 16
Parts list
1 Position information from sensor. 3 Values measured on a tractor.
2 Position sensor mounted on RH lift arm.
5
1
2
4
3 Frenbloc (270)
7,5 ± 1 daN.m
382hsm14 Fig. 17
Parts list
1 Load sensors. 4 Bush.
2 Sensor mounting plate. 5 Sensor protection.
3 Sensor mounting screw.
3 Frenbloc (270)
7,5 ± 1 daN.m
4 2
382hsm15 Fig. 18
382hsm16 Fig. 19
382hsm17 Fig. 20
1
1 ± 0,5
382hsm18 Fig. 21
1,8 Ω
382hsm20 Fig. 23
17
13
6
5
11
10
8
9
1
2
12
3
4
14
16
18
15
583hsm19 Fig. 1
2
7 1
9
13
10
17
11
16
18
15 14
12
4
3
6
5
583hsm20 Fig. 2
Parts list
1 Power take-off speed sensor. 11 Four-wheel-drive solenoid valve.
2 Displacement speed sensor. 12 Field/road range solenoid valve.
3 Quadrishift front brake solenoid valve. 13 REVERSHIFT output speed sensor.
4 Quadrishift rear brake solenoid valve. 14 Transmission temperature sensor.
5 Forward gear clutch solenoid valve. 15 Engine speed sensor.
6 Reverse gear clutch solenoid valve. 16 Range switch.
7 Control pressure switch. 17 Filter blockage pressure switch.
8 Rear power take-off clutch solenoid valve. 18 Rear axle lubrication and boost pressure switch.
9 Rear power take-off brake solenoid valve.
10 Differential locking solenoid valve.
1
2
583hsm01 Fig. 3
Parts list
1 TOC switch (pedal upwards contact). 3 Angle detector.
2 BOC switch (pedal downwards contact).
AV N
AR
R
D2 D1
B3 A2 A4 B2 B5 B4 B1
583hsm21 Fig. 4
B1 and "B3" = + 12 V
"B5" = Earth
– + –
B1 B2 A2 A4 A1 A5 B5
583hsm22 Fig. 5
55a
2 + APC
3
J1.20
55b
2
J2.33
1
187
1 A
3 C
2 B
55a
55b
187
1 A
3 C
2 B
583hsm23 Fig. 6
Parts list
55a TOC switch. 187 Angle detector.
55b BOC switch. Pins "A" and "B" = 12 V supply.
Pin "C" = output voltage (4,5 V: 0,5 V).
Clutch engaged 12 V –
55a
Clutch released 0V –
Clutch engaged – 0 V if 188 in neutral, if not + 12 V
55b
Clutch released – 0V
245
2
2
1 0
2 J1.21
+ 12 V
6
8
3
L2 L3
244 J1.14
9
L1
10
1 1
0
5
583hsm24 Fig. 7
0 0 0 Out — —
244
1 12 V — Lit — —
12 V Lit
0 0 Out Out
(if 244 in 1) (if 244 in 1)
245
1 0 12 V Out Lit Out
2 12 V 12 V Out Out Lit
Solenoid valves
583hsm25 Fig. 8
Parts list
125 Quadrishift solenoid valve "EV2". 192 Quadrishift solenoid valve "EVP1" (forward gear).
126 Quadrishift solenoid valve "EV1". 193 Quadrishift solenoid valve "EVP2" (reverse gear).
Solenoid Resistance
Maximum current Forward gear Reverse gear Gear 1 Gear 2 Gear 3 Gear 4
valve (power off)
125 – – 0 12 V 12 V 0
126 – – 12 V 12 V 0 0
10 W 1,2 A
192 Active 0 – – – –
193 0 Active – – – –
1 5
2
3
4
B
583hsm26 Fig. 9
Parts list
A Current setpoint. B Time.
1 32 ms Maximum current
2 272 ms Calibrated current
3 As long as clutch speed = 0 Slope = + 3 bar/s
4 As long as clutch speed differs from engine speed. Speed loop on clutch output.
5 Until declutching requested or change of direction. 100 %
* Pulse width modulation.
1
Lubrication/boost pressure switch, P
2
3 bar (Fig. 11)
– Operating pressure = maximum 30 bar.
– Engine off (0 bar), contacts "1", "2" closed.
– Engine running (3 bar), contacts "1", "2" open.
– If pressure drops, contacts "1", "2" closed.
583hsm27 Fig. 10
1
P
2
583hsm28 Fig. 11
2
B A
583hsm29 Fig. 12
Speed sensors
Resistance: 460 ± 10 ohm.
Output signal: AC.
Air gap: 1 ± 0,5 mm.
583hsm30 Fig. 13
50
40
30
20
10
5
0
– 50 0 50 100 ˚C
583hsm31 Fig. 14
mm
2,5
=
6 3
80 m
=
0 mm
15
4
1,5
mm
16,4 mm
1
583msm04 Fig. 15
3. End of calibration
The operator is informed of the end of calibration when the 4 Quadrishift indicators stay on for 3 seconds. After 3 secondes,
the forward or rear arrow flashes. To cancel the flashing, press and release the clutch pedal. The tractor can then function.
* Temperature information is available on Win Métadiag© or according to the transmission temperature indication procedure.
Transmission temperature
indication
– Tractor running
– Shuttle reverser lever in neutral.
1
– Contact the range and differential switches
simultaneously for at least 4 seconds.
– The 4 indicators of the quadrupler signal the
transmission temperature.
Calibration can begin if 3 indicators are lit + 1 flashing (1).
Optimum calibration = 4 indicators lit solid.
To exit this mode, switch off the ignition or start the
calibration procedure.
583hsm32 Fig. 16
N.B.: If at any point in this procedure the lever is returned to neutral or if ignition is switched off: Return to
phase "1". This adjustment procedure can be repeated 5 times in the same direction for the same clutch. The credit
is reset when the transmission is calibrated. If, during phase "4", the choice is not permitted, this means that this
operation has already been carried out more than 5 times.
Inputs/outputs by functions
and automatic systems 188
AV N
Activation – Deactivation of the ECU
AR
The ECU is activated by the ignition source. The R
2 1
38 115
P
583hsm33 Fig. 17
+ APC
+ APC
234
2
1
J1.9
184
J1.19
J2.24
2 1
38 37 115
P
583hsm34 Fig. 18
Parts list
37 Displacement speed sensor. 184 Transmission electronic central unit.
38 Engine speed sensor. 203 Brake pedal switches.
101 4-wheel drive solenoid valve. 234 4-wheel drive switch.
115 Oil pressure switch.
Off mode
– The differential is not controlled.
– The indicator is out.
Auto mode
The differential is controlled according to conditions governing the steering angle, speed and lift selector position:
If speed < 10 km/h:
– The differential is disengaged at 15°C.
– The differential can be re-engaged at 13°C.
If speed is lower than or equal to 10 km/h:
– The differential is disengaged at 5°C.
– The differential can be re-engaged at 3°C.
If lift raising is requested, the differential is disengaged. The differential is effectively re-engaged when the disengaging
conditions are no longer fulfilled. The indicator is lit when the differential is engaged and out when disengaged.
Push mode
The differential is controlled.
The indicator is flashing (lit 95% of the time).
All PLC changes are locked on an engine speed fault. When the fault is cleared, the system switches to "permanently
unlocked" mode.
+ APC
J186.6
J71.42
232
1 2
184
J1.19
J2.34
A
401 J1.23
C B J1.27 J1.31 J1.28 J1.33
+ APC
38 37 115
P
583hsm35 Fig. 19
Parts list
37 Displacement speed sensor. 184 Transmission electronic control unit.
38 Engine speed sensor. 203 Brake pedal switches.
102 Differential lock solenoid valve. 232 Differential switch.
115 Oil pressure switch. 401 Steering angle.
Quadrupler control
Solenoid valve control logic:
Ratio 1 2 3 4
On activation, the system returns automatically to the gear ratio stored in memory on deactivation.
To maintain driver comfort and ensure optimum reliability of the transmission, there is a time lag of 1 to 2 seconds
between 2 successive gear changes.
Monitoring of the engine speed on gear changes
"Slower" request: If engine speed > set values, the request is not carried out (stored) and the engaged gear indicator
flashes.
"Faster" request: If the engine speed dropped by more than 12% on the last gear change and the speed has not picked up
again, the request is not carried out (stored) and the engaged gear indicator flashes.
If the "declutched" switch is active and if the speed exceeds 1 km/h or the selected direction of operation has only been
selected for one second, then the gear change requests are not carried out (stored, protection against simultaneous main
gearbox and quadrupler shifting).
• Electronic injection control
The accelerator sensor, which was used for quadrupler automation, is also used to send the engine speed setpoint to the
electronic injection ECU. Engine speed is no longer calculated by "Drivetronic III" but received by the CAN from the injection
ECU.
If the engine speed is not received, its value is not refreshed. After a period of 1,6 seconds, it is set to 0: "Drivetronic III"
then manages this fault.
Should a fault occur, the electronic injection ECU sends a message over the CAN network and "Drivetronic III" will light the
diagnostic indicator if the fault is serious enough.
The diagnostic indicator will be lit for the following faults (refer to chapter "G7" for the meaning of the codes):
SPN = 29, 91, 158, 627, 629, 632, 636, 637, 1076, 1078, 1079, 1080, 1485.
SPN = 110 with FMI = 3 or 4.
SPN = 174 with FMI = 31.
SPN = 1077.
• Speed governor (Quadrishift Overdrive)
When there is a quadrupler gear change, a mechanical gear change or a simultaneous change of both types of gear ratio
in the automatic system, the engine speed setpoint is changed instantly. Its value is defined by the position of the
accelerator pedal but this position can be bridled according to the speed limit, the total transmission ratio and the type of
transmission.
Note: When the engine speed setpoint is changed, it is not done suddenly as this would cause a loss of injection
in certain cases.
For example, if the quadrupler moves up a gear automatically in "Power" mode, the engine speed setpoint should change
from 2 100 rpm to approximately 1 700 rpm. This is done gradually (– 4 rpm every 16 ms) to ensure a smooth transition.
Maximum engine speed setpoints in road range for tractors limited to 40 km/h.
63
B3
+ –
A4
A2 197
C B
+ APC
1 2
+ APC
126
220b 220a
2
1
– + 125
245
J2.22
2 1
4 J2.21
J1.21 184
2
+ APC J2.20
6
185
8 JX1.5
3 J1.14 J2.29
J1.27 J1.31 J1.28 J1.33
1
5
2 1
244 9
38 37 115
10 P
583hsm36 Fig. 20
Parts list
37 Displacement speed sensor. 184 Transmission electronic control unit.
38 Engine speed sensor. 197 Accelerator potentiometer.
63 Range +/- controls. 220 Range switches.
125 Solenoid valve "EV2". 244 Automatic "Quadrishift" control.
126 Solenoid valve "EV1". 245 "Quadrishift Eco/Power" control.
Range change control – Crawl range – The switch from field range to road range is made at a
• Solenoid valve control logic: control = battery voltage = forward speed of less than 10 km/h.
high range. • Oil pressure fault: Status frozen.
• On activation: Initialisation in status stored on • Engine speed fault: Status frozen.
deactivation. • Battery voltage > 16 V
• Range change authorisation – Solenoid valve and indicators cut out.
– The switch from road range to field range is made at a – On clearance of the fault, initialisation in the status
forward speed of less than 8 km/h. stored on deactivation.
63
+
B1 B2
+ APC
48
J2.14 J1.32
J2.35
97 J2.6 J2.28
1
2
184
47
J1.5 + APC
2 1
38 37 115
P
583hsm37 Fig. 21
Parts list
37 Displacement speed sensor. 63 Range +/- controls.
38 Engine speed sensor. 97 High / crawler range solenoid valve.
47 Crawler speed contact. 115 Oil pressure switch.
48 High / crawler range contact. 184 Transmission electronic control unit.
B5
63 A1
D2 D1 1 2 3 2
A2 A4 B2 B5 B4 B1
+ APC
+ APC
2 J2.10
184
J2.15
193 1 J2.2 JX1.9
J2.30
2 185
J2.16 JX2.4
J2.11
J1.27 J1.31 J1.28 J1.29
38 37 27
583hsm38 Fig. 22
Parts list
27 Reverser module speed sensor. 184 Transmission electronic control unit.
37 Displacement speed sensor. 185 Instrument panel .
38 Engine speed sensor. 188 Hydraulic shuttle reverser control.
55a Clutch pedal contact (TOC). 192 Forward drive solenoid valve.
55b Clutch pedal contact (BOC). 193 Reverse drive solenoid valve.
63 Range +/- controls.
• Protection against major drops in engine speed: If, during the "filling" and "speed up" phase, the engine speed drops
by > 50%, the system switches to safety, the solenoid valve is cut out and the indicator switches to "fault" status.
• Protection against clutch slippage: From the start of the "speed up" phase to the next PTO shutdown, the sum of clutch
slippage is recorded. If this term exceeds a threshold limit, the system switches to safety, the solenoid valve is cut out
and the indicator switches to "fault" status.
• In "economic" mode for an engine speed > 1 900 rpm: Switched to safety, the solenoid valve is cut out and the indicator
switches to "fault" status.
• On activation
– The solenoid valve is cut out. If the cab control or one of the emergency stop controls is active, the indicator signals a
fault.
• Oil pressure fault
– The solenoid valve and indicator are cut out. When the fault is cleared, the indicator signals a fault (flashing).
• Engine speed fault
– The solenoid valve and indicator are cut out. When the fault is cleared, the indicator signals a fault (flashing).
• Battery voltage > 16 V
– The solenoid valve and indicator are cut out. When the fault is cleared, the indicator signals a fault (flashing).
• Drive-proportional power take-off safety
– If the tractor has a drive-proportional power take-off, a safety feature is provided. The indicator flashes if the proportional
PTO is engaged.
– If the speed exceeds 20 km/h and the proportional PTO is still engaged, an audible alarm sounds to warn the user.
44b 44a
53 A B B A
+ APC
J
1 42
+ APC
C2
2 J1.18
103 1
J2.12
184
2
J2.19 JX2.22
J1.33 185
J2.36 JX2.13
1 2
115 38 37 39
P
583hsm39 Fig. 23
Parts list
37 Displacement speed sensor. 54 Rear PTO selection contact.
38 Engine speed sensor. 103 Rear PTO clutch solenoid valve.
39 Rear power take-off speed sensor. 104 Rear PTO brake solenoid valve.
42 "Eco" rear PTO switch. 115 Oil pressure switch.
44 Emergency stops. 184 Transmission electronic control unit.
53 Rear PTO clutch switch. 185 Instrument panel .
Safety features
• Transmission oil pressure
Detection by a pressure switch on the transmission hydraulic circuit and information sent directly to the dashboard (pressure
established = earth contact closed).
The various functions are switched to safety 4 seconds after the fault appears (see paragraphs on front axle, differential,
doubler, quadrupler, shuttle reverser and power take-off).
• Transmission oil temperature
Measured by a probe on the transmission hydraulic circuit, an excessive oil temperature lights up an indicator on the
dashboard (temperature over 90°C = battery voltage output).
Control of the quadrupler safety function (see paragraph on the quadrupler).
J2.27 12 V
J1.27
J2.31 J2.32 12 V
J1.28 J2.25 J2.26
J2.18
J1.29
J2.19
J1.30
J1.34
J1.31
J1.35
J1.33
J1.2
12 V J1.18 12 V
J2.33
J1.22
J2.36
J1.8
J2.29
J1.7
J2.11
J1.9 J2.30
J1.19
J2.20
J1.6
J2.21
J1.10 J2.22
J2.23
J1.17 J2.8
J2.9
J2.10
J1.5
J2.35
J2.28
J1.32
J2.14 J2.34
- J1.16
+ J2.24
J1.15
J2.4
J1.20
Quadrishift
J2.5
J1.14
J1.21 J2.6
J1.13
J2.7
J1.11
J1.12 J2.3
T˚
J1.25
J2.12
J1.26
J1.1 J2.13
J1.4
J2.1
J1.3 J2.15
+ 12 V
J2.2
J1.24 J2.16
+ 12 V
J1.23
583hsm40 Fig. 24
+ AVC + APC
29 42
180
S3 10 V1
34
+ APC
11 V2
Drivetronic 5
35
39 CAN Hi
E
40 CAN Lo
20
S2
S1
7 8 28
1
E2
2
1
E1
2
17 bar
583hsm41 Fig. 25
+ AVC + APC
29 42
180
S3 10 V1
34
+ APC
11 V2
Drivetronic 5
35
39 CAN Hi
E
40 CAN Lo
20
S2
S1
7 8 28
1
E2
2
1
E1
2
17 bar
583hsm42 Fig. 26
Parts list
S1 Switch (released position). E1 Filling solenoid valve.
S2 Switch (worn brake position). E2 Solenoid-operated drain valve.
S3 Impulse switch (emrgency brake engagement/release). V1 Brake engaged indicator.
E Information conveyed via the CAN: V2 Brake worn or failure indicator.
– Forward speed . 180 Display.
– Engine speed .
– Transmission status (forward/neutral/reverse).
When the tractor is started up, the emergency brake attempts to engage which enables the working order of the system to
be checked (built-in test on the two indicators which stay lit for 1 second after start-up). Then they indicate the emergency
brake status.
Emergency Emergency
Conditions E1 E2 S1 S2 V1 V2 brake brake
released engaged
Any request made other than in neutral or at a speed of over 5 km/h is not accepted or memorised. When emergency brake
engagement has been requested, the request is cancelled if:
– The speed goes back above 5 km/h.
or
– "S3" is pressed again.
or
– The lever is in forward or reverse gear.
The system is deactivated when the emergency brake is engaged, the ignition is switched off and "Drivetronic III" has not
emitted a message over the CAN for 30 seconds.
Error codes
Refer to chapter "G7".
S1
S2 E2
583hsm43 Fig. 27
TC
The TC is located on the right-hand side of the gearbox RCC
behind a protective cover (Fig. 29). It is linked to the RCC
and to the transmission by 5 connectors labelled "A", "B",
"C", "D" and "E".
TC
RCC
The RCC is located at the back of the cab in the
583hsm44 Fig. 28
crossmember under the hinged panel (Fig. 30).
A D E
B
1
583hsm45 Fig. 29
583hsm46 Fig. 30
Parts list
1 Engine speed sensor. 8 Clutch "L" proportional solenoid valve.
2 Clutch "C" proportional solenoid valve. 9 Gearbox low pressure circuit pressure switch (9 bar).
3 Clutch calibration sensor. 10 Clutch "A" proportional solenoid valve.
4 Clutch "B" proportional solenoid valve. 11 Clutch "2" proportional solenoid valve.
5 Clutch "R" proportional solenoid valve. 12 Displacement speed sensor (gearbox output).
6 Clutch "1" proportional solenoid valve. 13 Clutch "H" proportional solenoid valve.
7 Temperature sensor. 14 Clutch "M" proportional solenoid valve.
14
11
13
10
12
Y
5th
4th
9
3rd
1st
6th
W
W
2nd
7th
Grolleau le technicien
12345x
Teddy
Y
1
2
3
Z
8
5
7
6
583hsm47 Fig. 31
2 1 12
10
3 11
583hsm48 Fig. 32
Parts list
1 Theoretical displacement speed sensor. 7 Front/rear differential lock control solenoid valve.
2 Rear power take off speed sensor (clutch output). 8 Front axle control solenoid valve.
3 Rear power take off shaft speed sensor (instrument panel). 9 Park lock control solenoid valve.
4 Rear axle low pressure circuit pressure switch (9 bar). 10 Rear axle lubrication circuit pressure switch (9 bar).
5 Rear power take off clutch proportional solenoid valve. 11 Blocked filter indicator (differential pressure: 2,4 bar).
6 Rear power take off brake control solenoid valve. 12 Engine speed sensor.
Features/settings
Shuttle reverser lever characteristics
(See page G3.6)
+ APC
63 B2
– + –
B1 B3 A1 A3
583hsm49 Fig. 33
Parts list
63 Range +/- and manouevring gear control. 220b Range switch.
184 Electronic control unit. 220c Manouevring gear switch.
220a Range switch.
55a
2 + APC
3
J2.19
55b
2
+ APC
3
J2.7
1
188.B1
187
1 A
3 C
2 B
55a
55b
3
1
187
1 A
3 C
2 B
583hsm56 Fig. 34
Parts list
55a TOC switch. 187 Angle detector.
55b BOC switch. Pins "A" and "B" = 12 V supply.
Pin "C" = output voltage (4,5 V: 0,5 V).
Clutch engaged 12 V — —
55a
Clutch released 0V — —
Clutch engaged — 12 V 0V
55b
Clutch released — 0V 12 V
4 3 2 1 6 7
5 8 9
583hsm50 Fig. 35
F1 1-A-L 4-6-5
F2 2-A-L 7-6-5
F3 1-B-L 4-2-5
F4 1-A-M 4-6-9
F5 2-B-L 7-2-5
F6 2-A-M 7-6-9
F7 1-C-L 4-1-5
F8 1-B-M 4-2-9
F9 2-C-L 7-1-5
F10 2-B-M 7-2-9
F11 1-A-H 4-6-8
F12 1-C-M 4-1-9 Coil retaining nut:
F13 2-A-H 7-6-8 2,2 ± 0,6 N.m
0,66 A 0,9 A 10 Spool on the
F14 2-C-M 7-1-9 housing:
F15 1-B-H 4-2-8 17,5 ± 2,5 N.m
F16 2-B-H 7-2-8
F17 1-C-H 4-1-8
F18 2-C-H 7-1-8
R1 R-A-L 3-6-5
R2 R-B-L 3-2-5
R3 R-A-M 3-6-9
R4 R-C-L 3-1-5
R5 R-B-M 3-2-9
R6 R-A-H 3-6-8
R7 R-C-M 3-1-9
R8 R-B-H 3-2-8
* Important: Even in neutral, the solenoid valve receives a 0,10 A current.
1 12
6
2
7
3
8
10
11
583hsm51 Fig. 36
3 12 V
0,7 daN.
4 —
5
6 Coil retaining nut:
0,25 daN.
7 Not adjustable. 12 V
Spool on the housing:
8 2 daN.
9
10
2 ± 0,5 daN. —
11
Bring the sensor into contact with the pinion and Tighten the checknut to
12 —
unscrew by ½ to ¾ of a turn. 1,4 daN.
2 1
3 4
583hsm52 Fig. 37
583hsm53 Fig. 38
60
+AVC
63 188 55b 55a
B3 187
AV N +APC
A B R4
+
AR R
– C
D2 D1 1 3 2 3 2
B1 B3 A1 A3 B2 A2 A4 B2 B5 B4 B1
32
185
J2.22 J2.2 J2.1 J1.11 J2.7 J2.19 J2.36 J1.28
J2.27 J2.24
J1.29 JX2.19
J2.26
J1.21 JX1.6
BB J1.5 JX1.2
Can H J1.15 JX2.23
DA J1.13
DK J1.20 JX2.4
190 J1.36
J1.30 JX2.13
Can L
JX2.5
204
J2.23
B1 J1.1
B2 184 203a
J1.2
A2
+ J2.29
A1
B3
+ APC
203b
J2.6 +APC
401
1
B J2.33 J2.11
J2.35 2
Capteur turbo C J2.16 J2.14 3
A J2.9 232
J1.8
A 44b
+AVC +APC
B
53 B 44a 37
J
1 A
C2
+APC
583hsm54 Fig. 39
N.B.: The Park lock function is illustrated on the TC schematic diagram (190).
Parts list
32 Starter. 187 Clutch potentiometer.
37 Tractor speed sensor. 188 Hydraulic shuttle reverser control.
42 "Eco" rear PTO switch. 190 "TC" unit.
44a RH rear PTO emergency stop. 203a LH brake pedal switch.
44b LH rear PTO emergency stop. 203b RH brake pedal switch.
53 Rear PTO clutch switch. 204 Handbrake switch.
54 Rear PTO selection contact. 232 Differential switch.
55a Clutch pedal contact (TOC). 234 4-wheel drive switch.
55b Clutch pedal contact (BOC). 401 Steering angle.
60 Starting switch. R4 Starter relay.
63 Speed +/- control, manoeuvring gear.
184 "RCC" unit.
185 Instrument panel .
JX 2.19: Gearbox engaged.
JX 1.6: Hydraulic pressure.
JX 1.2: Transmission oil filter.
JX 2.23: Theoretical speed.
JX 2.4: Buzzer.
JX 2.13: Rear PTO light.
JX 2.5: Hand brake contact.
Parts list
1 Clutch solenoid valve "1". 133 Tractor forward speed sensor.
2 Clutch solenoid valve "2". 184 "RCC" unit.
29 Rear PTO shaft sensor. 185 Instrument panel .
37 Engine speed sensor. JX 2.22: PTO speed.
39 Rear PTO sensor. 190 "TC" unit.
47 Crawler speed contact. 194 Park lock solenoid valve.
68 Park Lock switch. 195 Park Lock switch.
101 4-wheel drive solenoid valve. 199 Rear axle lubrication pressure switch.
102 Differential lock solenoid valve. A Clutch solenoid valve "A".
103 Rear PTO clutch solenoid valve. B Clutch solenoid valve "B".
104 Rear PTO brake solenoid valve. C Clutch solenoid valve "C".
114 Transmission oil temperature sensor. H Clutch solenoid valve "H".
115 Rear axle oil pressure switch. L Clutch solenoid valve "L".
127 Hydraulic filter blockage pressure switch. M Clutch solenoid valve "M".
128 Gearbox pressure sensor. R Clutch solenoid valve "R".
130 Diodes. R3 Park Lock relay.
132 Intermediate speed sensor. V1 "Park Lock" indicator.
+APC
A C R 2 1 M L H 101 B 104 102 103 194 J2.25
J1.11 J1.22 V1
J1.13
184 R3
J1.4
J1.36 +AVC
14 16a J1.6
N G
2 22 1 21 10 29 9 28 8 24 7 27 6 26 5 25 4 3 23 13 20 18 30 17
BE N BL N VI N V N S N M N RO N R N J B N B N BL N V
16b G
Can L
Can H
130
16 G
47
35 J
34 M 114
36 Ro
10 9 8 7 6 33 35 32b 36
K
J
K
G
F
F
H
G
J
195
1 5
A
E
A
B
D
B
C
D
E
C
31
2 34 18
A D
38
20 37
13 A 44
F E 14 K
17 43
G D 45 B J
4 B R01
H C 190 C H
AC11 16 E 42a
J B D G
M13 41
K A PS1 39 E F
M12 40 185
JX2.22
C
B
D
A
E
21
25
G
H
J
F
Full Powershift
26 27 28 29 30
+ APC
39 M +APC
39a M 44 37 38
40 41 AC12 42 R01 43
B BE Ro
R 39b J G RV N BL
G3.53
Fig. 40
Full Powershift
A Earth .
B + APC Solenoid valve supply.
C Diode.
D PTO clutch solenoid valve "103".
E PTO brake solenoid valve "104".
F PTO brake solenoid valve "104".
G PTO clutch solenoid valve "103".
H Front axle solenoid valve "101".
J + APC.
K Earth .
582msm01 Fig. 1
Parts list
1 Manifold air temperature sensor. 5 Pump control solenoid.
2 Engine coolant temperature sensor. 6 Calculator.
3 Fuel temperature sensor. 7 Accelerator pedal angle detector.
4 Crankshaft position sensor.
– 20 4,914
– 10 4,850
0 4,748
10 4,595 UCE
20 4,378
30 4,089
40 3,730 5V
50 3,313
60 2,867
70 2,422
80 2,004
90 1,632
100 1,315
110 1,053
582msm02 Fig. 2
120 0,841
˚t B B
A A
D1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm03 Fig. 3
Parts list
D1 Temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Sensor earth. 2 Manifold air temperature sensor.
˚t B B
A A
B1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm04 Fig. 4
Parts list
B1 Temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Sensor earth. 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor.
˚t B B
A A
C3 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm05 Fig. 5
Parts list
C3 Temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Sensor earth. 2 Fuel temperature sensor.
B B
A A
B2 D2
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm06 Fig. 6
Parts list
B2 Crankshaft position input. 1 Engine control unit.
D2 Sensor return. 2 Crankshaft position sensor.
The shim wheel is composed of 46 teeth uniformly spaced and of 2 missing teeth which determine the high neutral position.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm07 Fig. 7
Parts list
A3 Solenoid valve return. 1 Engine control unit.
K2 Solenoid valve feed. 2 Pump control solenoid.
The shim wheel is composed of 46 teeth uniformly spaced and of 2 missing teeth which determine the high neutral position.
Calculator
Role: The calculator notes the different information necessary to manage the quantity and moment of fuel to inject.
The calculator controls the preheating from – 5 °C.
– 5 to – 15 °C 15 seconds
– 15 to – 25 °C 20 seconds 30 seconds
– 30 °C 20 seconds
It checks the diagnostic system and informs Win Métadiag© of the various fault codes (see Diagnostic Win Métadiag©).
It acts on the engine by applying the following conditions:
Fuel temperature
If fuel temperature < 40°C:
Power increased by 2% per 10°C less.
40°C < Fuel temperature < 60°C no action on power.
Fuel temperature > 60°C.
Power decreased by 2% per 10°C more.
Coolant temperature
When this is:
– 113°C reduction in power of 40% per minute up to 60% of its maximum power.
– 118°C reduction in power of 60% per minute up to 40% of its maximum power.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
C1 C2 C3 1
D1 D2 D3
E1 E2 E3
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm08 Fig. 8
12 V
12 V
197
A
C3 B1 D3 D1 D2 B2 K2 A3 A2 K1 B3 J1.24
24 184
CAN L CAN H
K3 J1 J2 F1 G1 J1.34 J1.35
226 120 Ω
34
3/JX1
185
263
1 2
582hsm15 Fig. 9
Parts list
24 Engine ECU. 197 Accelerator pedal angle detector.
25 Pump control solenoid. 201 Coolant temperature sensor.
34 Preheating resistance. 226 Preheating spark plug relay.
139 Crankshaft position sensor. 263 Diagnostic plug.
184 DRIVETRONIC. 405 Engine air temperature sensor.
185 Instrument panel . 406 Fuel temperature sensor.
12 V
12 V
197
A
C3 B1 D3 D1 D2 B2 K2 A3 A2 K1 B3
24
CAN L CAN H
K3 J1 J2 F1 G1
226 120 Ω
34
3/JX1
185
263*
1 2
582hsm16 Fig. 10
Parts list
24 Engine ECU. 201 Coolant temperature sensor.
25 Pump control solenoid. 226 Preheating spark plug relay.
34 Preheating sparking plugs. 263*Diagnostic socket specific to DE 10.
139 Crankshaft position sensor. 405 Engine air temperature sensor.
185 Instrument panel . 406 Fuel temperature sensor.
197 Accelerator pedal angle detector.
V
2
APC
60 05 005 577
2
B B B B
184 J1.24
3
C C C C
24 B3
1 A A
A A
582hsm17 Fig. 11
Parts list
1 Accelerator detector. 3 Transmission (184) or engine (24) control unit.
2 Values measured on a tractor.
Diagnostic harness
If the engine cannot be started, the engine control unit can at 1 050 rpm. With this test, mechanical problems can be
be powered directly with the aid of the diagnostic harness separated from electrical problems and the tractor can be
(Fig. 12). This locally manufactured wiring is connected to moved if necessary. To produce this harness, the
the crankshaft position sensor, the pump control solenoid, connectors and clips are available from the spare parts
the battery "+" and "–" terminals and the engine control store (see parts list). Wire with a section of 1 mm² must be
unit. If the various connected components are good, the used.
engine will start and run at 1 100 rpm and then settle
K1 1
A2 B2 D2 J2 K2 2
3
A3
A2 K1 J2 A3 K2 B2 D2
5
50 cm
ABCDEFGHJK
100 cm
B A
A B
3
250 cm
+ –
582hsm18 Fig. 12
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector ref. n° 77 00 063 507. 3 Crankshaft position sensor connector ref. n° 77 00 067 744.
Clips ref. n° 77 00 063 509 (quantity: 7). Clips ref. n° 77 00 067 745 (quantity: 2).
2 Pump control solenoid ref. n° 77 00 065 917. 4 Battery.
Clips ref. n° 77 00 065 919 (quantity: 2). 5 Grid markers on connector (1).
1
2
6
5
4
3
582hsm19 Fig. 13
Parts list
1 Manifold air temperature sensor. 5 Engine control unit (pump).
2 Electric transfer pump. 6 Coolant temperature sensor (thermostat housing).
3 Pump position sensor. 7 Accelerator pedal angle detector.
4 Crankshaft position sensor.
2
˚t B B
A A
50 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm01 Fig. 14
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 24 Manifold air temperature earth.
2 Manifold air temperature sensor. 50 Manifold air temperature input.
˚t B B
A A
6 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm20 Fig. 15
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 6 Engine coolant temperature input.
2 Engine coolant temperature sensor. 24 Engine coolant temperature earth.
B B
A A
10 36
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm21 Fig. 16
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 10 Pump position input signal.
2 Pump position sensor. 36 Pump position return.
The pinion of the injection pump consists of 12 evenly spaced slots and an additional offset notch indicating the approach
of the top dead centre of cylinder n° 1 to the engine control unit.
B B
A A
9 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm07 Fig. 17
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 9 Crankshaft position input signal.
2 Crankshaft position sensor. 34 Crankshaft position return.
The crankshaft timing wheel is composed of 48 evenly spaced teeth and 2 missing teeth. These spaces enable the engine
control unit to determine the top dead centre.
B B
A A
22 67
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm22 Fig. 18
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 22 Transfer pump supply.
2 Fuel transfer pump. 67 Transfer pump supply.
Each time the ignition is switched on, the engine ECU powers the diesel pump for 40 seconds. If the engine fails to start
within this period, the electrical supply to the pump is cut out.
ECUs
Preheating
When the diesel temperature is lower than 0°C, the engine ECU powers the preheating relay and corresponding indicator.
Preheating is interrupted when the engine is started. The preheating relay is not activated if the battery voltage is lower
than 6 V.
– 5 to – 15 °C 15 seconds
– 15 to – 25 °C 20 seconds 30 seconds
– 30 °C 20 seconds
Power reduction
See chapter "G7" to identify the various fault codes read on Win Métadiag©. .
Manifold air temperature > 100°C:
Power reduced by 2% per minute up to 80% of its maximum power.
Coolant temperature > 118°C:
Power reduced by 60% per minute up to 40% of its maximum power.
Coolant temperature > 108°C:
Power reduced by 2% per minute up to 95% of its maximum power.
Coolant temperature > 113°C:
Power reduced by 40% per minute up to 60% of its maximum power.
Fuel temperature > 73°C:
Power reduced by 75% per minute up to 25% of its maximum power.
Schematic diagram
12 V
12 V
J214.7
241
405 201 407 139 137
J214.5
J214.8 410
B B CAN L
J214.1
A A
CAN H J214.4
J214.2 J214.6
A A B B CAN - J214.3
197
50 24 6 36 10 34 9 67 19 23 62 35 18 17 59 58 60
22 68
24 184
CAN L CAN H 3 1 2
63 66 1 21 44 42 J1.34 J1.35 J1.24
C A B
226 120 Ω
34
3/JX1
185
263
1 2 3
582hsm23 Fig. 19
Parts list
24 Engine ECU. 201 Engine water temperature thermistor.
34 Preheating resistance. 226 Preheating relay.
137 Diesel electric pump. 241 Safety relay.
139 Crankshaft position sensor. 263 Diagnostic plug.
184 DRIVETRONIC. 407 Pump position sensor.
185 Instrument panel . 410 Engine ECU (pump).
197 Accelerator pedal angle detector.
3 4
B
A
A B
410
J214.8
J214.7
J214.5
J214.1
J214.2
J214.3
J214.4
J214.6
CAN L
CAN H
5 CAN –
241
+ 12 V
62 35 18 17 59 58 60
24
582hsm24 Fig. 20
Parts list
1 Fuel temperature sensor. 5 Injection pump.
2 Injection pump speed sensor. 24 Engine ECU.
3 High-pressure solenoid valve. 241 Safety relay.
4 Advance solenoid valve. 410 Engine ECU (pump).
1 Earth
2 to 5 Not used
6 Coolant temperature sensor
6 to 8 Not used
9 Engine speed sensor
10 Pump speed sensor
11 to 16 Not used.
17 Pump ECU engine speed output
18 Fuel cut-out to pump ECU
19 +APC
20 Not used
21 CAN CAN-Low
22 Feed pump supply
23 +AVC (constant source)
24 Sensors return
25 to 30 Not used
31 Accelerator sensor signal
32 to 33 Not used
34 Engine speed sensor
35 Injection pump supply
36 Pump speed sensor
37 to 41 Not used
42 CAN Shielding CAN
43 Not used
44 to 49 Not used
50 Air temperature sensor
51 to 57 Not used
58 CAN CAN-High (injection bus)
59 CAN CAN-Low (injection bus)
60 CAN Shielding CAN (injection bus)
61 Not used
62 Safety relay control
63 Preheating relay control
64 to 65 Not used
66 Preheating indicator control
67 Feed pump supply
68 +AVC (constant source)
1 CAN-Low bus
2 CAN-High bus
3 Shielding
4 Earth
5 Fuel feed cut-out
6 Earth
7 Injection pump supply
8 Engine speed output
V
3
APC
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
9 10 11 12
60 05 005577
8
7
2
B B B B
J1.24
6
3
C C C C
5
1 A A
A A
2 4
3
2
1
582msm10 Fig. 21
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. 3 Values measured on a tractor.
2 Accelerator detector.
Diagnostic harness
If the engine cannot be started, the injection pump control at 750 rpm. With this test, mechanical problems can be
unit can be powered directly with the aid of the separated from electrical problems and the tractor can be
diagnostic harness (Fig. 22). This locally manufactured moved if necessary. To produce this harness, the
wiring is connected to the injection pump and the connector and clips are available from the spare parts
battery "+" and "-" terminals. If the various connected store (see parts list). Wire with a section of 1 mm² must be
components are good, the engine will start and run used.
4 6
7 4 6
250 cm
+ –
582hsm25 Fig. 22
Parts list
1 Injection pump control unit connector ref. n° 77 00 064 574. 2 Battery.
Clips ref. n° 77 00 064 684 (quantity: 3).
Operating principles
6
2
581hsn01 Fig. 1
Designation of symbols
5. Symbols of the various functions (see opposite) Instantaneous surface worked per hour
Button (A)
Counter resetting.
Key "–" programming implement width.
Button (B)
Fig. 2
Button (C) 581hsn02
Use
Refer to the user manual. 601hsn52 Fig. 3
A C
C
A D
Left side
Two screws (A).
Two clips (B).
B
Removing the bulbs
– Remove the unit by pressing the clips (C).
– Remove the bulbs (D).
581hsm02 Fig. 6
ISO socket
Two screws retain the plug socket.
ISO unit
N.B.: This unit requires no programming or parameter
setting. Its purpose is to make the signals received for
an implement usable.
Change the unit in the event of a fault.
The ISO unit is located on the rear panel. It is held
by 2 screws.
581hsm04 Fig. 8
Parts list
1 Temperature sensor. 3 ISO unit.
2 Unit fasteners.
Schematic diagram
1 T˚
A B 2
12
JX2 22 24 J148 6 1 7 8 11 10 2 5
+ APC
J71
11 42
4
R10
J186
10 6
J1
B+ W D+
9 15
J1
10
+ –
8 J2
18
19
6
J207 J207
6 10
5
4 3
5 3
7 5 NO 2 8 4
6 1 7 9
11 2
12 1 + APC
581hsm05 Fig. 9
Parts list
1 On board computer. 7 ISO socket (front view).
2 External temperature probe. 8 Drivetronic unit.
3 Events counter. 9 "RCC" unit.
4 Relay "R10" on fuse plate. 10 TCE 15 lift unit.
5 Alternator. 11 TCE 15/25 lift unit.
6 ISO unit. 12 Instrument panel .
1 VI Theoretical speed
2 BL Events counter
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 BR Outside air temperature probe
6 GN TCE lift high position +
7 WH Radar speed
8 RD1 +APC +
9 Not used
10 BK4 On-board computer earth –
11 RD2 +APC +
12 Not used
13 Not used
14 Not used
N.B.:
• The radar signal is ignored below a theoretical speed of 1 km/h.
• If the actual speed does not exceed the theoretical speed by more than 5%, the actual speed is taken into account.
• If the actual speed exceeds the theoretical speed by more than 5%, the theoretical speed is taken into account.
Forward speed
5 135 55
10 278 135
15 425 165
20 540 220
540 540 54
1 000 1 000 100
R (kΩ)
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
T˚
0
– 50 – 40 – 30 – 20 – 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
581hsm07 Fig. 11
Maintenance function
The computer must enable the technician to change the speed calibration parameters without running the calibration
procedure, or to display the installed software version. The procedure to be carried out is as follows:
The user turns the unit on, by starting up the engine, at the same time holding down the function selection key for at
least 4 seconds after turning the unit on.
• While the key is depressed all the segments are lit up.
• When the function menu key is released, all the segments on the display are lit for 3 seconds, then the indication "P1"
appears for 3 seconds and the calibration parameter of the "theoretical speed" is displayed and becomes accessible.
• The calibration parameter of the theoretical speed flashes if its value is modifed by pressing the +/-keys, the parameter
is validated after a short press on the function selection key.
• A second short press on the function selection key enables you to go to the calibration parameter of the "real speed"
after the display of the identification "P2" for 3 seconds, the real speed parameter is then displayed.
• The real speed calibration parameter flashes if its value is modified by pressing the +/- keys, the parameter is validated
after a short press on the functions key.
• A third short press on the function selection key takes you to parameter "P3".
N.B.: Parameter available from units of references n° 77 000 63 688 and n° 77 000 70 600.
• Parameter "d – on" appears by pressing +/ "d – off" appears and flashes.
• "d – on" = configuration to operate with "D+" from the alternator.
• "d – off" = configuration to operate with an ignition source (+APC).
• A fourth short press on the function scroll key takes you to the "software version" display.
• If the function scroll key is held down for 4 seconds, then the onboard computer returns to the implement width function.
Controls
Parts list
1 On/Off pulse button.
2 Warning light (see chapter "G7"). 3 2
3 Flow rate control of spool valve (8).
4 Flow rate control of spool valve (9).
5 DC power switch of spool valve (9). 1
6 Pulse buttons (see following paragraph).
7 Floating position pulse button.
8 Mechanical backup control spool valve.
4 5
9 Mechanical backup control spool valve.
10 Safety solenoid valve (enables or disables spool valve
operation).
X Control shaft of spool valve (9).
Y Control shaft of spool valve (8).
9 8
391hsm69 Fig. 3
391hsm71 Fig. 5
Connections on module
"+" ignition source for electrohydraulic spool valve
1
control module
2 "+" ignition source for cross-control 4 3 2 1
3 "+" ignition source for joystick
8 7 6 5
4 Not used
5 Joystick on / off control 10 9
12 11
6 Diode on/off output
7 Hydraulic motor control (on) 16 15 14 13
8 Hydraulic motor control (off)
9 Potentiometer "X" 20 19 18 17
10 Potentiometer "Y"
11 Safety solenoid valve (on)
12 Safety solenoid valve (off)
13 Lift external control
391hsm72 Fig. 6
14 Lift external control return
15 Lower external control return
16 Lower external control
17 Electrohydraulic spool valve control module earth
18 Cross control earth
19 Joystick earth
20 Not used
10 11
14
1
9
8 7 6 4 3
391hsm73 Fig. 7
Parts list
1 Electrohydraulic spool valve ("DEH"). 8 Spool displacement sensor. 14 Connector ("1" "+" ignition source, "2"
2 Spool. 9 Control electronic system. CAN-Low, "3" CAN-High, "4" earth).
3 Pressure balance. 10 System fault display. LS Signal .
4 Check valve. 11 Control valve. P Power supply .
5 Safety solenoid valve. 12 Control return. Pil Control.
6 Neutral return spring. 13 Control valve supply. R Return .
7 Spool control piston.
10 11
5 12
14
13
1
2 2
3 4
8 7 6
391hsm76 Fig. 10
Control handle
The metal support of the electric cross control (joystick) of Important: Imperatively fit the screws recommended
the distributors is secured on the plastic part of the arm by CLAAS.
rest by four screws.
0,35 daN.m
0,35 daN.m
0,55 daN.m
0,35 daN.m
391hsm77 Fig. 11
Should the safety warning light flash on the module, consult chapter "G7".
Ω
60 05 005 734
390hsm50 Fig. 12
4
1 2
T LS P X Tx
5
3
4
2
391hsm78 Fig. 13
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
Tractor type.............................................................................................................................................................................
The serial number...................................................................................................................................................................
Total operating hours..............................................................................................................................................................
Date of operation ....................................................................................................................................................................
Control in neutral 0
Control activated 12
Coil 5,3
Test conditions
Oil temperature at 60°C Pressure (bar) Measured value
Engine at nominal speed
A A
77 00 034 485
Chapter G7
ENGINE APPLICATION
WIN METADIAG© ENGINE APPLICATION ................................................................................................................... G7.4
SPN AND FMI CODES................................................................................................................................................... G7.5
ENGINE WITH PUMP DE 10 ......................................................................................................................................... G7.6
ENGINE WITH PUMP VP 44........................................................................................................................................ G7.40
TRANSMISSION APPLICATION
TRANSMISSION APPLICATION................................................................................................................................ G7.104
DRIVETRONIC ........................................................................................................................................................... G7.104
FULL POWERSHIFT .................................................................................................................................................. G7.118
RCC AND TC FAULT HISTORY ................................................................................................................................ G7.124
DASHBOARD APPLICATION
DASHBOARD APPLICATION .................................................................................................................................... G7.144
ELECTROPILOT APPLICATION
ELECTROPILOT APPLICATION................................................................................................................................ G7.147
582hsm12 Fig. 1
60 05 006 748
582hsm13 Fig. 2
60 05 006 739
60 05 006 730
60 05 006 721
CERES
ARES
CERES
ARES
60 05 006 721
585hsm00 Fig. 3
60 05 006 747
60 05 006 748
60 05 006 764
585hsm01 Fig. 4
583msm11 Fig. 5
Parts list
1 Choice of language. 3 Keyboard shortcut. 5 Version.
2 Choice of type of tractor. 4 Help. 6 Exit.
3 4 5 6 7
582msm12 Fig. 6
Parts list
1 Overview. 4 Help. 6 Return to previous mask.
2 Fault history. 5 Version. 7 Exit.
3 Keyboard shortcut.
1 2 3
582msm13 Fig. 7
Parts list
1 System or component affected. 2 Type of failure. 3 Appearance number.
586hsm60 Fig. 8
Parts list
1 Percentage of engine charge at a given 2 Signifies an error on the fuel temperature 3 Error code relating to point (2). Double-
speed. function. click it to access the corresponding
sheet.
586hsm07 Fig. 9
Parts list
1 Double-click the error code to access the sheet. 3 Deletion of passive errors.
2 Case of intermittent breakdowns for example. 4 Return to previous mask.
°t B
B
A A
D1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm16 Fig. 10
Parts list
D1 Manifold air temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Sensor earth. 2 Manifold air temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– The sensor earth circuit is open.
– The input circuit is open or short-circuited at 12 V.
– The air sensor is faulty.
– The engine control unit is defective.
°t B
B
A A
D1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm16 Fig. 11
Parts list
D1 Manifold air temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Sensor earth. 2 Manifold air temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– The input circuit is short-circuited at the earth.
– The air sensor is faulty.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The engine control unit is defective.
°t B
B
A A
D1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm16 Fig. 12
Parts list
D1 Manifold air temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Sensor earth. 2 Manifold air temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– The air sensor is faulty.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The engine control unit is defective.
°t B
B
A A
B1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm17 Fig. 13
Parts list
B1 Engine coolant temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Engine coolant temperature earth. 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– Engine overheating (see chapter A).
– Integrity of input and earth circuits (open or short-circuited).
– The air sensor is faulty.
°t B
B
A A
B1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm17 Fig. 14
Parts list
B1 Engine coolant temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Engine coolant temperature earth. 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor.
Possible causes
– The sensor connector is defective.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The circuit is open at the input.
– The circuit is open at the sensor earth.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The engine control unit is defective.
°t B
B
A A
B1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm17 Fig. 15
Parts list
B1 Engine coolant temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Engine coolant temperature earth. 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– Short circuit at the earth at the sensor input.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The control unit is faulty.
°t B
B
A A
B1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm17 Fig. 16
Parts list
B1 Engine coolant temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Engine coolant temperature earth. 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– Engine overheating (see chapter A).
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The engine control unit is defective.
°t B
B
A A
B1 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm17 Fig. 17
Parts list
B1 Engine coolant temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Engine coolant temperature earth. 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– Engine overheating (see chapter A).
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The engine control unit is defective.
K1 A2
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm18 Fig. 18
Parts list
A2 Positive after contact. 1 Engine control unit.
K1 More before contact. 2 Starter connector.
2. Possible causes
– The ignition switch is faulty.
– The input circuit is open or short-circuited at 12 V.
– The switch circuit is faulty.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The engine control unit is defective.
˚t B B
A A
C3 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm05 Fig. 19
Parts list
C3 Fuel temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Sensor earth. 2 Fuel temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– The sensor connector is defective.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The circuit is open on the sensor input.
– The circuit is open at the sensor earth.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The engine control unit is defective.
˚t B B
A A
C3 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm05 Fig. 20
Parts list
C3 Fuel temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Sensor earth. 2 Fuel temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– Short circuit at the earth at the sensor input.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The engine control unit is defective.
˚t B B
A A
C3 D3
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm05 Fig. 21
Parts list
C3 Fuel temperature input. 1 Engine control unit.
D3 Sensor earth. 2 Fuel temperature sensor.
3. Check the fuel feed pressure Fuel pressure compliant with specifications
Determine the fuel feed pressure. See check the fuel feed Go to 4.
pressure chapter A.
Fuel pressure lower than specifications
Determine the cause of the lack of fuel feed pressure.
4. Look for obstruction in the fuel return pipes Fuel return pipes not blocked
Check if the fuel pipes are blocked between the fuel tank and: Fuel cooler faulty.
– The overflow valve on the injection pump. or
– The fuel feed pipe to the injectors. Injection pump faulty.
Obstruction in a fuel return pipe
Determine the cause of the obstruction. Repair and carry out the
test again.
B B
A A
B2 D2
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm06 Fig. 22
Parts list
B2 Crankshaft position sensor input. 1 Engine control unit.
D2 Crankshaft position sensor return. 2 Fuel temperature sensor.
B B
A A
B2 D2
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm06 Fig. 23
Parts list
B2 Crankshaft position sensor input. 1 Engine control unit.
D2 Crankshaft position sensor return. 2 Fuel temperature sensor.
2. Possible causes
– The input circuit is open or short-circuited at +12 V.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The engine control unit is defective.
2. Possible causes
– Short circuit at the earth at the sensor input.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The engine control unit is defective.
B B
A A
B2 D2
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm06 Fig. 24
Parts list
B2 Crankshaft position sensor input. 1 Engine control unit.
D2 Crankshaft position sensor return. 2 Crankshaft position sensor.
2. Possible causes
1 The SPN 637 FMI 2 code probably comes from the radiation
or "noise conduction" emanating from some component of the
machine. This problem may come from earthed electrical
connections or badly connected supply on the machine.
Check:
– All electrical wiring connectors.
– Alternator switches.
– Earth connections on chassis and battery earth connections.
– Corrosion, dirt or paint likely to cause breaks in connection or
interference.
– Look for open circuits or short circuits in the wires, in particular those
of the crankshaft sensor.
– Make sure of the correct positioning of the crankshaft sensor wiring
terminals and the control unit connectors.
B B
A A
B2 D2
A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1
582msm06 Fig. 25
Parts list
B2 Crankshaft position sensor input. 1 Engine control unit.
D2 Crankshaft position sensor return. 2 Crankshaft position sensor.
3. Find the opening to the crankshaft sensor input and The 2 recorded of 5 ohms or less
return Go to 4.
1 Master switch off.
A record of more than 5 ohms
2 Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor switch.
3 Disconnect the engine control unit switch. Open circuit.
or
4 With a multimeter, measure the resistance between:
Possible inversion of the terminals A and B.
– The terminal A on the front wiring side of the crankshaft position
sensor and terminal B2 of the engine control unit switch.
– The terminal B on the front wiring side of the crankshaft position
sensor and terminal D2 of the engine control unit switch.
5. Check the crankshaft sensor return wiring All the records of more than 2 000 ohms
1 Master switch off. Go to 6.
2 Crankshaft position sensor switch and engine control unit A record of more than 2000 ohms
switch still disconnected.
Wires of the crankshaft position sensor input defective.
3 Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the
connector terminal D2 and:
4 A good earth.
5 All the other terminals of the two (2) control unit connectors.
6 Check the crankshaft sensor return wiring All the components in good condition
1 Remove the crankshaft position sensor from the injection Go to 7.
pump.
A defective component
2 Inspect the sensor and its tip to find any cracks, traces of
corrosion or any other foreign body. Repair or replace the component if required.
3 See if the crankshaft shim wheel notches have any flashes or
chips.
A1 A2 A3
CAN L F1
B1 B2 B3
CAN H G1 C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
E1 E2 E3
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
1 2 3 J1.35 J1.34 J1.36 H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
3 K1 K2 K3
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
3 4 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1
582msm19 Fig. 26
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. 3 Diagnostic plug.
2 Transmission control unit (Drivetronic).
2. Possible causes
– The accelerator is badly adjusted or defective.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The engine control unit is defective.
– The transmission control unit is defective.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm20 Fig. 27
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. A3 Pump solenoid valve return.
2 Pump solenoid valve. K2 Pump solenoid valve feed.
2. Possible causes
– Pump distributor defective.
– The control unit is faulty.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm20 Fig. 28
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. A3 Pump solenoid valve return.
2 Pump solenoid valve. K2 Pump solenoid valve feed.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm20 Fig. 29
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. A3 Pump solenoid valve return.
2 Pump solenoid valve. K2 Pump solenoid valve feed.
2. Check the pump solenoid return wire Record of less than 20 000 ohms
1 Master switch off. Go to 3.
2 Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and UCE connectors.
Record of less than 20 000 ohms
3 Measure the resistance between A3 and the other terminals
of the UCE connector.. Short circuit at the pump solenoid valve return wire.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm20 Fig. 30
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. A3 Pump solenoid valve return.
2 Pump solenoid valve. K2 Pump solenoid valve feed.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm20 Fig. 31
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. A3 Pump solenoid valve return.
2 Pump solenoid valve. K2 Pump solenoid valve feed.
2. Check the engine control unit Record of less than 20 000 ohms
1 Master switch off. Go to 3.
2 Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and engine control unit Record of less than 20 000 ohms
connectors.
Pump solenoid valve feed wire short-circuited.
3 Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the
terminal K2 on the front wiring side and:
4 A good earth.
5 All the other terminals of the control unit connector.
3. Check the pump solenoid valve return circuit Record of less than 20 000 ohms
1 Master switch off. Go to 4.
2 Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and engine control unit Record of less than 20 000 ohms
connectors.
Pump solenoid valve return wire short-circuited.
3 Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the
terminal A3 on the front wiring side and:
4 A good earth.
5 All the other terminals of the control unit connector.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm20 Fig. 32
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. A3 Pump solenoid valve return.
2 Pump solenoid valve. K2 Pump solenoid valve feed.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm20 Fig. 33
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. A3 Pump solenoid valve return.
2 Pump solenoid valve. K2 Pump solenoid valve feed.
2. Check the engine control unit Record of less than 20 000 ohms
1 Master switch off. Go to 3.
2 Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and engine control unit Record of less than 20 000 ohms
connectors.
Pump solenoid valve feed wire short-circuited.
3 Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the
terminal K2 of the front wiring assembly:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the control unit connector.
3. Check the pump solenoid valve return circuit Record of less than 20 000 ohms
1 Master switch off. Go to 4.
2 Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and engine control unit Record of less than 20 000 ohms
connectors.
Pump solenoid valve return wire short-circuited.
3 Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the
terminal A3 on the front wire assembly side and:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the control unit connector.
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3
582msm20 Fig. 34
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. A3 Pump solenoid valve return.
2 Pump solenoid valve. K2 Pump solenoid valve feed.
586hsm68 Fig. 35
Parts list
1 Percentage of engine charge at a given 2 Indicates an error on the coolant 3 Error code relating to point (2). Double-
speed. temperature function. click it to access the corresponding sheet.
586hsm07 Fig. 36
Parts list
1 Double-click the error code to access the sheet. 3 Deletion of passive errors.
2 Case of intermittent breakdowns for example. 4 Return to previous mask.
1
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
+ APC
2
2
B B
3 31
C C
1 A
A
1
582hsm08 Fig. 37
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 2 Accelerator pedal sensor.
2. Possible causes
– Sensor connector faulty.
– Short circuit on accelerator input voltage.
– Accelerator sensor faulty.
– Control unit connector faulty.
– Control unit faulty.
1
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
+ APC
2
2
B B
3 31
C C
1 A
A
1
582hsm08 Fig. 38
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 2 Accelerator pedal sensor.
2. Possible causes
– Accelerator maladjusted.
– Open circuit on sensor supply or return.
– The input circuit is shorted to earth or open.
– Sensor faulty.
– Control unit connector faulty.
– Engine control unit faulty.
– Sensor connector faulty.
– Circuit open at accelerator sensor earth.
2
˚t B B
A A
50 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm01 Fig. 39
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 24 Manifold air temperature earth.
2 Manifold air temperature sensor. 50 Manifold air temperature input.
2. Possible causes
– The sensor earth circuit is open.
– The input circuit is open or short-circuited at 12 V.
– The air sensor is faulty.
– Sensor connector faulty.
– Engine control unit connector faulty.
– Engine control unit faulty.
2
˚t B B
A A
50 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm01 Fig. 40
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 24 Manifold air temperature earth.
2 Manifold air temperature sensor. 50 Manifold air temperature input.
2. Possible causes
– The input circuit is short-circuited at the earth.
– The air sensor is faulty.
– Engine control unit connector faulty.
– Engine control unit faulty.
– The sensor connector is defective.
2
˚t B B
A A
50 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm01 Fig. 41
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 24 Manifold air temperature earth.
2 Manifold air temperature sensor. 50 Manifold air temperature input.
2. Possible causes
– Ambient air temperature extremely high.
– Supercharging air cooler blocked, dirty or damaged.
– Cooling fan belt slack.
– Cooling fan malfunctioning
– Intake air pipe blocked or damaged.
– Cooling fan cover damaged.
– The air sensor is faulty.
– Control unit connector faulty.
– Engine control unit faulty.
˚t B B
A A
06 46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm03 Fig. 42
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 06 Engine coolant temperature input.
2 Engine coolant temperature sensor. 46 Engine coolant temperature earth.
2. Possible causes
– Engine overheating (see chapter "A1").
– Integrity of input and earth circuits (open or short-circuited).
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
˚t B B
A A
06 46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm03 Fig. 43
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 06 Engine coolant temperature input.
2 Engine coolant temperature sensor. 46 Engine coolant temperature earth.
2. Possible causes
– Sensor connector faulty.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The circuit is open at the input.
– The circuit is open at the sensor earth.
– Control unit connector faulty.
– The control unit is faulty.
˚t B B
A A
06 46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm03 Fig. 44
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 06 Engine coolant temperature input.
2 Engine coolant temperature sensor. 46 Engine coolant temperature earth.
2. Possible causes
– Short circuit at the earth at the sensor input.
– Sensor faulty.
– The control unit is faulty.
˚t B B
A A
06 46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm03 Fig. 45
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 06 Engine coolant temperature input.
2 Engine coolant temperature sensor. 46 Engine coolant temperature earth.
2. Possible causes
– Engine overheating (see chapter "A1").
– Sensor faulty.
– The control unit is faulty.
˚t B B
A A
06 46
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm03 Fig. 46
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 06 Engine coolant temperature input.
2 Engine coolant temperature sensor. 46 Engine coolant temperature earth.
2. Possible causes
– Engine overheating (see chapter "A1").
– Sensor faulty.
– The control unit is faulty.
3
2
68 23 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm05 Fig. 47
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 19 +APC.
2 Battery. 23 +APC.
3 Ignition/starter switch. 68 +APC.
2. Possible causes
– The ignition switch is faulty.
– Short-circuit +12 V.
– The switch circuit is faulty.
– Control unit connector faulty.
– The control unit is faulty.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 48
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 49
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
4. Look for obstruction in the fuel return pipes Fuel return pipes not blocked
Check if the fuel pipes are blocked between the fuel tank and: – Injection pump overflow valve faulty.
– The overflow valve on the injection pump. – Fuel cooler faulty
– The fuel feed pipe to the injectors. – Injection pump faulty.
Obstruction in a fuel return pipe
Determine the cause of the obstruction.
Repair and carry out the test again.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 50
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
4. Look for obstruction in the fuel return pipes Fuel return pipes not blocked
Check if the fuel pipes are blocked between the fuel tank and: – Fuel cooler faulty.
– The overflow valve on the injection pump. – Injection pump overflow valve faulty.
– The fuel feed pipe to the injectors. – Injection pump faulty.
Obstruction in a fuel return pipe
Determine the cause of the obstruction.
Repair and carry out the test again.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 51
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
2. Possible causes
Injection pump faulty.
B B
A A
9 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm07 Fig. 52
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 9 Crankshaft position input signal.
2 Crankshaft position sensor. 34 Crankshaft position return.
B B
A A
9 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm07 Fig. 53
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 9 Crankshaft position input signal.
2 Crankshaft position sensor. 34 Crankshaft position return.
3
2
68 23 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm05 Fig. 54
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 19 +APC.
2 Battery. 23 +AVC (constant source).
3 Ignition/starter switch. 68 +AVC (constant source).
2. Possible causes
– Battery faulty.
– Control unit supply fuse faulty.
Or
– Control unit connection faulty.
Or
– Open circuit.
Or
– Short-circuit on control unit supply.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 55
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 56
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 57
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 58
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
B B
A A
9 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm07 Fig. 59
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 9 Crankshaft position input signal.
2 Crankshaft position sensor. 34 Crankshaft position return.
5. Check the pump position sensor return wiring All measurements over 2 kΩ
1 Master switch off. Pump position sensor connector faulty
2 Pump position sensor connector and engine control unit connector still Or
unplugged. Pump position sensor damaged.
3 With a multimeter, measure the resistance between terminal (36) of Or
the engine control unit connector on the engine wiring harness and: Engine control unit connector faulty.
– A good earth on the chassis; Or
– All other terminals of the engine control unit connector. Engine control unit faulty.
Any measurement under 2 kΩ
Pump position sensor return wiring harness faulty.
B B
A A
9 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm07 Fig. 60
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 9 Crankshaft position input signal.
2 Crankshaft position sensor. 34 Crankshaft position return.
3. Check the pump position sensor input wiring All measurements over 2 Ω
1 Master switch off. Go to 4.
2 Pump position sensor connector and engine control unit connector still
Any measurement under 2 kΩ
unplugged.
Pump position sensor input wiring harness faulty.
3 With a multimeter, measure the resistance between terminal (10) of
the engine control unit connector on the engine wiring harness and:
– A good earth on the chassis;
– All other terminals of the engine control unit connector.
5. Check the pump setting wheel and position sensor All the components in good condition
1 Remove the pump position sensor from the injection pump. Inspect Go to 6.
the sensor and its tip to find any cracks, traces of corrosion or any other A defective component
foreign body.
Repair or replace the component if required.
2 Check whether there are any burrs or chips in the slots in the pump
setting wheel.
B B
A A
9 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm07 Fig. 61
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 9 Crankshaft position input signal.
2 Crankshaft position sensor. 34 Crankshaft position return.
B B
A A
9 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm07 Fig. 62
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 9 Crankshaft position input signal.
2 Crankshaft position sensor. 34 Crankshaft position return.
5. Check the crankshaft sensor input wiring All measurements over 2 000 Ω
1 Master switch off. Go to 5.
2 Crankshaft position sensor switch and engine control unit switch still
Any measurement over 2 000 Ω
disconnected.
Wires of the crankshaft position sensor input defective.
3 Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the terminal (9)
on the front wiring side and:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the two (2) control unit connectors.
6. Check the crankshaft sensor return wiring All measurements over 2 000 Ω
1 Master switch off. Crankshaft position sensor connector faulty or damaged
2 Crankshaft position sensor switch and engine control unit switch still Or
disconnected. Engine control unit connector faulty.
3 Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the connector Or
terminal (34) and: Engine control unit faulty.
– A good earth.
Any measurement over 2 000 Ω
– All the other terminals of the two (2) control unit connectors.
Crankshaft position sensor return wiring harness faulty.
B B
A A
9 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
582hsm07 Fig. 63
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 9 Crankshaft position input signal.
2 Crankshaft position sensor. 34 Crankshaft position return.
3. Find the opening to the crankshaft sensor input and return 2 measurements 5 Ω or less
1 Master switch off. Go to 4.
2 Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor switch. Any measurement of over 5 Ω
3 Disconnect the engine control unit switch.
Open circuit.
4 With a multimeter, measure the resistance between:
Or
– The terminal (A) on the front wiring side of the crankshaft position sensor and
terminal (9) of the engine control unit switch. Possible inversion of the terminals (A) and (B).
– The terminal (B) on the front wiring side of the crankshaft position sensor and
terminal (34) of the engine control unit switch.
5. Check the crankshaft sensor return wiring All measurements over 2 000 Ω
1 Master switch off. Go to 6.
2 Crankshaft position sensor switch and engine control unit switch still Any measurement over 2 000 Ω
disconnected.
Wires of the crankshaft position sensor input defective.
3 Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the connector
terminal (34) and:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the two (2) control unit connectors.
6. Check the crankshaft sensor return wiring All the components in good condition
1 Remove the crankshaft position sensor from the injection pump. Go to 7.
2 Inspect the sensor and its tip to find any cracks, traces of corrosion or A defective component
any other foreign body.
Repair or replace the component.
3 See if the crankshaft shim wheel notches have any flashes or chips.
CAN L 44
CAN H 21
1
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
42
1 2 3
J1.35 J1.34 J1.36
3
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
3 4 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1
1
582hsm09 Fig. 64
Parts list
1 Engine control unit. 3 Diagnostic plug.
2 Transmission control unit (Drivetronic).
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 65
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
2. Possible causes
– Pump connector defective.
– Injection pump faulty.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 66
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
2. Possible causes
– Injection pump connector faulty.
– Injection pump faulty.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 67
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
2. Check the injection pump Much higher or lower than the battery voltage
1 Master switch off. Go to 3.
2 Unplug the injection pump connector.
Close to the battery voltage
3 Ignition on, engine off.
Injection pump connector faulty.
4 With a multimeter, measure the voltage between terminal (7) of the
injection pump connector - wiring side - and a good earth on the chassis. Or
Injection pump faulty.
4. Search for a short circuit in the pump control unit wire Over 2 kΩ
1 Master switch off. Go to 5.
2 Unplug the engine control unit connector while leaving the injection
Under 2 kΩ
pump connector and the connector at the pump control unit relay
Short circuit to earth on the pump control unit supply with
unplugged.
3 With a multimeter, measure the resistance between terminal (35) of another wire in the harness.
the engine control unit connector and:
– A good earth ;
– All other terminals of the engine control unit connector.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 68
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
2. Possible causes
– Injection pump connector faulty.
– Injection pump faulty.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 69
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 70
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
2. Check the crankshaft and pump sensors None of the mentioned points defective
– Poor electrical connections. Go to 3.
– Pump or crankshaft position sensor damaged. One of the mentioned points defective
– Crankshaft or injection pump pinion timing wheels damaged. Repair or change.
– Electromagnetic disurbance originating from other electronic devices around
the vehicle.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 71
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
2. Check the crankshaft and pump sensors None of the mentioned points defective
– Poor electrical connection. Go to 3.
– Pump or crankshaft position sensor damaged. One of the mentioned points defective
– Crankshaft or injection pump pinion timing wheels damaged. Repair or change.
– Electromagnetic disurbance originating from other electronic devices around
the vehicle.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 72
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
3. Search for a short circuit on the crankshaft speed output wire All measurements over 2 kΩ
1 Unplug the injection pump and engine control unit connectors. Go to 4.
2 With a multimeter, measure the resistance between terminal (17) of
Any measurement under 2 kΩ
the engine control unit connector and all other terminals of this
connector on the engine wiring harness. Short circuit on the crankshaft speed output wire.
1 59
1
6
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
2 58
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 60
5
5
4 1
4
4
5 18
8 17
3
3
7 35
2
2
6 1
5 4
62
86 30
3
2
85 87
582hsm06 Fig. 73
Parts list
1 Engine control unit connector. 4 Pump connector. 58 CAN-high.
2 Battery. 5 Rotary injection pump. 59 CAN-low.
3 Rotary pump relay. 17 Crankshaft speed output. 60 CAN shielding.
18 Fuel cutout.
2. Check the battery voltage before the rotary pump relay Close to the battery voltage
1 Unplug the rotary pump relay connector. Go to 3.
2 With a multimeter, measure the voltage between terminal (30) of the Considerably less than the battery voltage
rotary pump relay connector and a good earth on the chassis. Fuse(s) blown.
Or
Short circuit to earth in the supply wire.
Or
Circuit open in the pump control unit relay supply wire.
5. Check the resistance of the pump control unit supply wire Under 5 Ω
1 Master switch off. Pump relay connector faulty.
2 Unplug the injection pump connector. Or
3 With a multimeter, measure the resistance between terminal (7) of the Pump relay faulty.
injection pump connector and terminal (30) of the rotary pump relay
Over 5 Ω
connector.
Pump control unit supply wire faulty.
6. Check the resistance of the pump control unit activation wire Under 5 Ω
1 Master switch off. Engine control unit connector faulty.
2 Disconnect the engine control unit switch. Or
3 With a multimeter, measure the resistance between terminal (62) of Engine control unit faulty.
the engine control unit connector and terminal (86) of the pump relay
Over 5 Ω
connector.
Pump control unit activation wire faulty.
7. Check the voltage of the pump control unit wire at the injection Close to the battery voltage with ignition on and off
pump Go to 9.
1 Master switch off.
Voltage zero with ignition off and close to the battery
2 Unplug the injection pump connector.
voltage with ignition on
3 With a multimeter, measure the voltage between terminal (7) of the
injection pump connector and a good earth on the chassis. Go to 8.
4 Ignition on, engine off.
5 Measure the voltage at the same point.
8. Search for a short circuit on powering the pump control unit Much lower than the battery voltage
supply wire Pump relay faulty.
1 Master switch off.
Close to the battery voltage
2 Unplug the rotary pump relay connector.
Short circuit on supply to the pump control unit supply wire.
3 Ignition on, engine off.
4 With a multimeter, measure the voltage between terminal (30) of the
pump relay connector and a good earth on the chassis.
9. Search for a opening on the pump control unit supply wire Under 5 Ω
1 Master switch off. Engine control unit connector faulty.
2 Unplug the engine control unit connector and the rotary pump relay Or
connector. Engine control unit faulty.
3 With a multimeter, measure the resistance between terminal (35) of
Over 5 Ω
the engine control unit connector and terminal (30) of the rotary pump
relay connector. Circuit open on the pump control unit supply wire.
11. Search for a short circuit on powering the pump control unit Much lower than the battery voltage
activation wire Engine control unit connector faulty.
1 Master switch off. Or
2 Disconnect the engine control unit switch. Engine control unit faulty.
3 Ignition on, engine off.
Close to the battery voltage
4 With a multimeter, measure the voltage between terminal (86) of the
Short circuit on supply to the pump control unit activation
pump relay connector and a good earth on the chassis.
wire.
12. Search for a short circuit on powering the pump control unit Much lower than the battery voltage
supply wire Pump relay faulty.
1 Master switch off.
Close to the battery voltage
2 Unplug the rotary pump relay connector.
Short circuit on supply to the pump control unit supply wire.
3 Ignition on, engine off.
4 With a multimeter, measure the voltage between terminal 30 of the
pump relay connector and a good earth on the chassis.
3 4 5 6
586hsm00 Fig. 74
Parts list
1 Choice of language. 3 Keyboard shortcut. 5 Version.
2 Choice of type of tractor. 4 Help. 6 Exit.
2 3
6 7 8 9 10
586hsm01 Fig. 75
Parts list
1 Overview. 5 Calibration. 8 Version.
2 Electrical tests. 6 Keyboard shortcut. 9 Return to previous mask.
3 Programming. 7 Help. 10 Exit.
4 Parameter setting.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10
11
31 12
13
14
30
15
29
28
27
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
586hsm09 Fig. 76
Parts list
1 Oil indicator. 17 +/- speed switch.
2 Low pressure indicator. 18 Clutch switch.
3 Diagnostic indicator. 19 Reverser switch.
4 Theoretical forward speed. 20 Range solenoid valve.
5 Quadrishift switch. 21 Display.
6 Quadrishift II/Quadractiv automatic system switch. 22 QUADRISHIFT solenoid valves.
7 Quadractiv status. 23 Differential locking switch.
8 Accelerator pedal set point. 24 Lift raised position.
9 Software version. 25 Front axle switch.
10 Engine control unit status. 26 Brake switch.
11 Error code. 27 Front axle solenoid valve.
12 Rear power take-off stop control. 28 Front axle solenoid valve.
13 Power take-off control. 29 Steering angle.
14 Rear power take-off economy speed selection. 30 Engine speed .
15 Rear PTO speed selection: 540/1 000 rpm. 31 Alarm.
16 Range change control.
1 2 3
586hsm10 Fig. 77
Parts list
1 Shuttle reverser lever or clutch pedal bottom contact (neutral or 3 Engine speed . The information is sent by the sensor whose
disengaged position). target is the hydraulic pump driving pinion.
2 Low pressure switch (contact open when stopped). N.B.: The dashboard information comes from the alternator.
1 2 3 4
586hsm11 Fig. 78
Parts list
1 Front axle engagement switches. 3 Front axle solenoid valve.
2 Front axle indicator light. 4 Brake pedals.
1 2
586hsm12 Fig. 79
Parts list
1 PTO output speed.
2 Engine speed .
3 PTO slip. Clutch sliding is summoned (from engagement to stoppage of the power take-off). If this value exceeds the limit threshold,
the system switches to safety, the solenoid valve is cut out and the PTO indicator flashes quickly.
1
2 3
586hsm13 Fig. 80
Parts list
1 Clutch pedal setpoint.
2 Clutch pedal top contact.
3 Shuttle reverser lever or clutch pedal bottom contact (neutral or disengaged position).
4 Current in the prportional solenoid valves: 0 to 1,2 A.
A1 A A2
J1.20 J1.20
J2.33 J2.33
A1 A5 A3 A2
583msm10 Fig. 81
A = Mechanical travel.
B = Electrical travel.
A1 = Pedal clutch engaged.
A2 = Clutch pedal released.
A3 = BOC opening.
A5 = TOC opening.
Vn A1 – Vn A2 _> 200
Vn A3 – Vn A2 _> 20
Vn A1 – Vn A5 _> 20
3 7 2
5
4
6
586hsm14 Fig. 82
Parts list
1 Indicator lights output. 5 Quadrishift II/Quadractiv automatic system switch.
2 Quadrishift solenoid valve (cf. table). 6 Quadractiv switch.
3 Clutch output sensor speed. 7 Quadractiv status.
4 Accelerator pedal setpoint.
Gear 1 2 3 4
EV1 Active Active — —
586hsm15 Fig. 83
Parts list
1 Field/road range lever switch. 3 Field lamp output.
2 Neutral logic input (switch on gearbox cover). 4 Range solenoid valve.
1 4
586hsm16 Fig. 84
Parts list
1 Differential locking switch. 5 Lift position input (lift raising instruction). If lift raising is
2 Differential locking lamp output. requested, the differential disengages.
3 Differential lock solenoid valve. 6 Brake switches.
4 Steering angle.
If tractor speed <10 km/h.
ß Differential is triggered at 15°.
ß Differential can re-engage at 13°.
If tractor speed _>10 km/h.
ß Differential is triggered at 5°.
ß Differential can re-engage at 3°.
586hsm17 Fig. 85
Parts list
1 "Faster" input. 3 Oil temperature indicator (t° > 90°).
2 "Slower" input. 4 Oil temperature probe information.
586hsm18 Fig. 86
Parts list
1 Win Métadiag© version to be programmed in the Drivetronic 3 computer.
Parameter setting
3
2
586hsm19 Fig. 87
Parts list
1 Existing parameters in the unit.
2 Parameters selected with Win Métadiag© [validated after setting (3)].
586hsm20 Fig. 88
Steering calibration is necessary after changing the steering angle sensor or the electronic unit.
– Set the wheels straight.
– Read value (1); this must be between 114 and 138.
– Click "OK".
N.B.: Calibration of the forward motion clutches is an independent Win Métadiag© operation - see chapter "G3".
3 4 5 6
586hsm21 Fig. 89
Parts list
1 Choice of language. 3 Keyboard shortcut. 5 Version.
2 Choice of type of tractor. 4 Help. 6 Exit
1 3
2 4
6 7 8 9 10
586hsm22 fr Fig. 90
Parts list
1 Overview. 5 Calibration. 9 Return to previous mask.
2 Electrical tests. 6 Keyboard shortcut. 10 Exit.
3 Programming. 7 Help.
4 Parameter setting. 8 Version.
586hsm23 Fig. 91
N.B.: For example, "AH-CD" means connector "A" of "TC" channel "H" ; Connector "C" of "TC" channel "D".
Parts list
AH – CD Clutch "1" proportional solenoid valve. AK – CJ Clutch "R" proportional solenoid valve.
AJ – CH Clutch "2" proportional solenoid valve. BH Front axle solenoid valve.
AB – CB Clutch "A" proportional solenoid valve. AD – CK Front/rear differential locking solenoid valve.
AC – CC Clutch "B" proportional solenoid valve. BG – BD PTO clutch proportional solenoid valve.
AA – CA Clutch "C" proportional solenoid valve. BF – BE PTO brake solenoid valve.
AF – CF Clutch "L" proportional solenoid valve. BC "Park Lock" control solenoid valve.
AG – CG Clutch "M" proportional solenoid valve. SPEED Gear engaged display.
AE – CE Clutch "H" proportional solenoid valve.
Clutch combinations
586hsm24 Fig. 92
Parts list
EE – EH Engine speed sensor. EJ Gearbox filter blockage indicator.
EF – EH Gearbox output speed sensor. EK Rear axle lubrication circuit pressure switch.
ED – EH PTO speed sensor (slip calculation). EA Rear axle low pressure switch.
EG PTO speed sensor (dashboard speed). EB Gearbox low pressure switch.
DJ – DG Gearbox oil temperature sensor. EC Crawling range engaged switch.
DF Park Lock safety switch.
N.B.:
Low pressure switches "EA" and "EB".
– Switch open at rest (pressure = 0 bar) lamp lit.
– Switch closed with engine running (pressure = 17 bar) lamp out.
Rear axle lubrication circuit pressure switch "EK".
– Switch closed at rest (pressure = 0 bar) lamp lit.
– Switch open with engine running (pressure = 1,8 bar) lamp out.
586hsm25 Fig. 93
Parts list
J2 – 20 Front axle switch. J2 – 22 "Park Lock" indicator.
J1 – 8 Front/rear differential locking switch. J2 – 23 Handbrake switch.
J2 – 29 LH brake pedal switch. J2 – 5 Raised position "TCE" information
J2 – 6 RH brake pedal switch. (contact closed = raised position).
J2 – 25 Park Lock switch. J2 – 35 Steering angle sensor signal.
Shuttle reverser
586hsm69 Fig. 94
Parts list
J2 – 19 Pedal top switch information (TOC). J2 – 22 Speed gear switch (decelerate).
J2 – 36 Approach pedal potentiometer. J2 – 2 "Forward position" shuttle reverser switch.
J2 – 7 Pedal bottom switch information (BOC). J2 – 1 "Neutral position" shuttle reverser switch.
J2 – 26 Manoeuvring gear switch. J2 – 24 "Reverse position" shuttle reverser switch.
J2 – 27 Speed gear switch (accelerate). J2 – 33 Supercharging signal.
586hsm61 Fig. 95
V4
586hsm62 Fig. 96
V3
586hsm63 Fig. 97
V2
586hsm64 Fig. 98
586hsm26 Fig. 99
Parts list
J2 – 4 Rear PTO clutch control. J1 – 30 Rear PTO light.
J1 – 28 Rear PTO brake switch. J1 – 20 Alarm.
J2 – 3 PTO stop switches on wings.
Parts list
1 Number of transmission hours. 2 Error code.
N.B.: The error codes are also visible in the bottom right-hand corner of the display.
1 2
586hsm28 Fig. 101
Parts list
1 Error code.
2 Special case of transmission oil pressure fault. Whn a loss of oil pressure is recorded on one of the hydraulic circuits, lights up
and an alarm is activated.
tra = Low pressure transmission circuit (rear axle).
bte = Low pressure gearbox circuit.
lub = Lubrication system (rear axle).
1 2 3
586hsm29 Fig. 102
Parts list
1 "RCC 1" 77 00 054 734. 2 "RCC 1" 77 00 058 272. 3 "TC" 77 00 049 277.
N.B.:
The rear trim needs to be removed to be able to read the "RCC" reference on the unit. The program version is visible on
the display.
– Press the front axle and differential locking engagement switches simultaneously then.
– Switch on the ignition.
– The version of the various programs then appears on the "PSD" in the form of a drop-down menu.
Parameter setting
Choice of tractor - the Ares 826 RZ TIER II is distinguished by its electronic injection system.
Calibration
Steering calibration
Refer to calibration on page G7.117.
Transmission calibration
Parts list
1 Tractor value.
2 When the conditions are met, validate the request and "mode normal" (normal mode) changes to "mode étalonnage" (calibration
mode). Calibration is necessary after changing the "TC", "RCC" or proportional solenoid valve, mechanical repair to the clutches. . .
This operation is necessary in case of incorrect gearshifting during use of implements with the PTO. Win Métadiag© will
measure the torque with and without PTO and transmit it to the unit in order to adjust gearshifting.
3 4 5 6
586hsm36 Fig. 109
Parts list
1 Choice of language. 3 Keyboard shortcut. 5 Version.
2 Choice of lift type. 4 Help. 6 Exit.
2 3 4 5 6
586hsm37 Fig. 110
Parts list
1 Overview. 4 Version. 6 Exit.
2 Keyboard shortcut. 5 Return to previous mask. 7 Programming.
3 Help.
2
5
7 4
586hsm38 Fig. 111
Parts list
1 "EV1" and "EV2": Solenoid valves. 4 Error code. 7 Engagement/release switch "S3".
2 "S1" and "S2": Switches. 5 Indicator 1 = red.
3 Software version. 6 Indicator 2 = orange.
Combination
1 0 Road
0 1 Automatic brake active
0 0 Memory
Programming
2
1
3 4 5 6
586hsm39 Fig. 113
Parts list
1 Choice of language. 3 Keyboard shortcut. 5 Version.
2 Choice of lift type. 4 Help. 6 Exit.
4 5 6 7 8
Parts list
1 Overview. 4 Keyboard shortcut. 7 Return to previous mask.
2 Programming. 5 Help. 8 Exit.
3 Calibration. 6 Version.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
18
17
16
15
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
586hsm41 Fig. 115
Parts list
1 Display. 11 Upper limit.
2 Transport shock absorber. 12 Voltage supplied by the position sensor.
3 5-position mode switch indicator. 13 Voltages supplied by the signal from the bars and load
4 Position display. correspondence (from – 6 to + 6 tonnes).
5 Load control sensitivity. 14 Activated solenoid valve indication.
6 Control keys. 15 Current values in the solenoid valves (from 0 to 3,5 A).
7 Exterior control indicator. 16 Active slip control.
8 Theoretical forward speed. 17 Slip rate.
9 Actual forward speed. 18 Warning light.
10 Lowering speed.
System faults may appear in the form of an error code: This is displayed on the screen (1) "Er" followed by the code:
Calibration
Select the component to be calibrated and follow the indications mentioned on the Win Métadiag© screen.
2
1
3 4 5 6
586hsm44 Fig. 118
Parts list
1 Choice of language. 3 Keyboard shortcut. 5 Version.
2 Choice of lift type. 4 Help. 6 Exit.
2 3 4 5 6
Parts list
1 Overview. 3 Help. 5 Return to previous mask.
2 Keyboard shortcut. 4 Version. 6 Exit.
1 2 3 4 5
13
12
11
10
9 8 7 6
586hsm46 Fig. 120
Parts list
1 Load control. 8 Battery condition.
2 Transport shock absorber. 9 Voltages supplied by the load sensor signal.
3 4-position mode switch indicator. 10 Activated solenoid valve indicator and value of transversed
4 Movement indicator. current (from 0 to 3,5 A).
5 Depth setting. 11 Warning light.
6 Exterior control indicators. 12 Upper limit.
7 Voltages supplied by the position sensor signal. 13 Lowering speed.
N.B.:
When a fault is detected, it is signalled under the overview by the symbol.
The electronic unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function and the user can obtain the error code through the flashing
of the safety indicator lamp.
Parts list
1 Long pause. 2 Short pause.
Serious failures
11 Raising proportional solenoid valve Circuit open on raising solenoid circuit or engine control unit faulty.
12 Lowering proportional solenoid valve Circuit open on lowering solenoid circuit or engine control unit faulty.
Current measured at 6 too high, short circuit between 2 and 6 or 14
13 Short circuit
and 6 or short circuit in proportional solenoid valve.
14 Rear UP button —
15 Rear DOWN button —
16 Supply voltage Supply voltage less than 9,5 V.
Minor failures
3 4 5 6
Parts list
1 Choice of language. 3 Keyboard shortcut. 5 Version.
2 Choice of type of tractor. 4 Help. 6 Exit.
3 4 5 6 7
Parts list
1 Overview. 4 Help. 7 Exit.
2 Parameter setting. 5 Version.
3 Keyboard shortcut. 6 Return to previous mask.
1 2
586hsm50 Fig. 124
Parts list
1 Built-in test. Illustrated indicator lamps lit simultaneously or successively.
2 Software version.
History of faults
3
4
1 2
586hsm51 Fig. 125
Parts list
1 Choice of type of tractor. 2 Speed calibration. 3 Maintenance frequency setting.
3 4 5 6
Parts list
1 Choice of language. 3 Keyboard shortcut. 5 Version.
2 Choice of application. 4 Help. 6 Exit.
4 5 6 7 8
Parts list
1 Overview. 4 Keyboard shortcut. 7 Return to previous mask.
2 Parameter setting. 5 Help. 8 Exit.
3 Calibration. 6 Version.
N.B.: the Electropilot application is only accessible with the engine running.
1 2 3 4 5 6
18
8
17
9
16
15 14 13 12 11 10
586hsm55 Fig. 129
Parts list
1 Warning light status. 7 Spool valve n° 1.
2 ON / OFF switch. 8 Value supplied by the spool position sensor.
3 Percentage of flow required by the joystick. 9 Spool valve n° 2.
4 Status of command sent by the joystick: 10 Error code indication.
11 Square and cross-haired cursor corresponding to the joystick
position.
Floating . 12 Light grey zone corresponding to the floating position.
13 White zone corresponding to the supply and return positions.
Power supply . 14 Spool valve n° 2 continuous operation command.
15 Engine speed (data transmitted by the DRIVETRONIC 3 or
Neutral. "TC" transmission unit).
16 Software version.
17 Position of the flow control knob for axis "B" of spool valve n° 2.
Power supply .
18 Position of the flow control knob for axis "A" of spool valve n° 1.
5 Error code specific to the valve.
6 Temperature at the electrohydraulic spool valve control unit.
Spool valve n° 1
Spool valve n° 2
Flashing Description of errors
Error code
No error
0 X
Actuator not connected.
CAN faulty.
'SETPOINT' message not
17 X X received Solenoid valve number setting incorrect.
Actuator or valve periods incorrectly programmed.
Data transfer rate in CAN incorrect.
Actuator not connected.
CAN faulty.
18 X X 'CONFIGURATION' message Solenoid valve number setting incorrect.
not received
Actuator or valve periods incorrectly programmed.
Data transfer rate in CAN incorrect.
The actuator signals an error on initialisation.
Formatting error in 'SETPOINT'
19 X X message A data byte contains an invalid value 'FF'.
Several simultaneous commands requested.
Spool valve n° 1
Spool valve n° 2
Flashing Description of errors
Error code
Joystick
Possible causes
Slow
Fast
Off
On
No error
85 X X No message ’DIAGNOSIS’ —
from the valves
Hydraulic motor switch pressed
86 X X —
on system startup
Exterior control pressed when
87 X X power switched on or pressed —
> 5 seconds
88 X X Temperature error —
89 X X Motor error below parameter —
Normally open and normally
96 X X closed hydraulic motor contacts —
in same logic state
Solenoid valve jammed.
Transducer position error.
129 X X Spool not returning to neutral
Temperature too low.
Oil viscosity too high.
Solenoid valve jammed.
Valve not in neutral when Solenoid valve deactivated following a voltage drop.
130 X X
power switched on Transducer position error.
Oil viscosity too high.
Joystick selection
N.B.: An incorrect choice of (1) will lead to system When used as a charger, this setting enables different
failure. The system is set by default to 100% i.e. an flow rates to be obtained between the two outlets of the
identical flow on both spool valve outlets. spool valve controlled by joystick axis (A). These different
flow rates make it possible to achieve the same raising
Example for a charger, it is possible to alter the ratio
and lowering speed despite the differences in lift arm
between the raising flow and the lowering flow on a single
section.
spool valve: Set from 1 to 100%.
– If set towards 1, the raising flow exceeds the lowering
flow.
– If set towards 100, the lowering flow exceeds the raising
flow.
A new spool valve is not allocated to either of the joystick control axes.
It does, however, have a "GENUINE PARTS" identification enabling Win Métadiag© to detect it when it is connected to the
tractor.
The procedure initially consists of setting up both valves on the same axis (Fig. 135). Set both spool valves on axis "Y" (1).
A 1
Calibration
The procedure consists of sweeping the chequered zone N.B.: Moving the hard spot during calibration
(1) along both axes without going as far as the floating eliminates the floating position.
position. Press OK to validate.
Identification
Type series N°
Plate (A) is located to the rear of the cab, on the right-
hand side (Fig. 1).
Certification
Plate (B) is located to the rear of the cab, on the right-
hand side (Fig. 1).
841hsm02 Fig. 2
3 4 20 8 9 17
5
10
6
19
13
14 11 16 15 2
3 4 20 8 9 17
5
10
6
19
13
14 16 15 2
841hsm00 Fig. 3
8 4
5
6
19
18 21 12 1
8 4
5
6
19
18 21 12 1
841hsm01 Fig. 4
The removal operations presented were performed on the cab of a tractor from the 806 range, closed
centre hydraulics, equipped with air conditioning and air brakes. Special points relating to other
tractors can be found at the end of the chapter. In all cases, the platform must be lifted slowly, making
sure at all times that no element remains attached to the girder and that components such as the master
cylinder at the front of the cab do not interfere with parts remaining on the girder. Raise the cab only with a
lifting bar to avoid any risk of deformation to the lifting points.
841hsm03 Fig. 5
Operation n° 1
Operation n° 2
841hsm04 Fig. 6
– Disconnect the battery (Fig. 6).
Operation n° 3
Operation n° 4
841hsm06 Fig. 8
841hsm07 Fig. 9
Taking the weight of the cab
Operation n° 5 D
F
Operation n° 6
E
841hsm08 Fig. 10
841hsm09 Fig. 11
Operation n° 7
Operation n° 8
Operation n° 9
I
– Disconnect the stabiliser link (I) on the right-hand side
(Fig. 15).
841hsm12 Fig. 15
Operation n° 10
Operation n° 11
Operation n° 12
841hsm62 Fig. 17
841hsm17 Fig. 18
L L
K
L L
M M
Operation n° 13
Figures 19 and 20
– Identify and disconnect the spool valve control
junctions.
– Open junction (K).
– Unscrew locknuts (L). X
– Unscrew nut (M) towards the control lever.
Operation n° 14
841hsm63 Fig. 22
Operation n° 15
Operation n° 16
Operation n° 17
Fig. 24
– Identify and disconnect the 2 power braking hoses (O).
– Identify and disconnect the 2 brake supply hoses (P).
841hsm21 Fig. 23
– Retrieve the brake fluid after unscrewing the reservoir
cap.
– Disconnect the brake valve supply line (Q). P
Operation n° 18
Q
– Disconnect the steering cylinder supply lines (Fig. 25).
841hsm22 Fig. 24
344bsm23 Fig. 25
Operation n° 19
841hsm64 Fig. 26
841hsm65 Fig. 27
S
R
T T
Operation n° 20
841hsm67 Fig. 30
841hsm68 Fig. 31
Operation n° 21
841hsm27 Fig. 32
841hsm28 Fig. 33
D
Special points F
Tightening torques
D 13 daN.m ± 2.
E 9 daN.m ± 2. G
F 13 daN.m ± 2.
G 9 daN.m ± 2.
H 13 daN.m ± 2.
841hsm09 Fig. 35
I 9 daN.m ± 2 (Fig. 37).
841hsm29 Fig. 36
Adjustments
I
For the main adjustments, refer to the chapters
corresponding to the components concerned.
841hsm12 Fig. 37
Cab exterior
– Remove the mounting screws above the roof.
– Remove the roof with the air conditioning lines by
sliding it from the front to the rear of the tractor.
Refitting
841hsm30 Fig. 38
841hsm31 Fig. 39
20 2
10
8 7
22
3 17
4
18
12 19
11
11
18
10
14
19
21 13
15
16
6
2 11
641hsm01 Fig. 1
Control panel
A. Front air flow direction selector. E
Air directed to the windscreen (deicing/
demisting).
D
Air directed to the windscreen and
footwell.
C
Air directed to the footwell.
B. Heating control.
C. Fan control. A
D. Mode selector.
641hsm02 Fig. 2
Heating.
Ventilation.
Air conditioning.
E. Thermostat control.
Engine layout
Condenser
– Free the locking screw (3) to pivot the condenser
forward (Fig. 3). 2
– Clean it by blowing compressed air from the inside out
(Fig. 4).
– If necessary, restore the condenser fins with a fin
comb.
641hsm03 Fig. 3
Do not use a high-pressure cleaner.
Fig. 3
1. Input: From compressor.
2. Output : To drier.
3.
641hsm04 Fig. 4
Drier (Fig. 6)
6. Input: From condenser.
7. Output : To expansion valve.
8. Fluid flow indicator.
9. High and low pressure switch.
Pressure switch
4 5
Low pressure cut-off: < 2 bar ± 0,25.
High pressure cut-off: > 27,5 bar (circuit re-established 641hsm05 Fig. 5
at 21 bar ± 2).
641hsm06 Fig. 6
641hsm07 Fig. 7
Cab layout
Air filters - Air conditioning
Interior filter (Fig. 8).
Exterior filter (Fig. 9).
– Remove them before cleaning.
– Clean carefully with pulsed air (frequent replacement
recommended).
641hsm09 Fig. 9
10
641hsm10 Fig. 10
641hsm11 Fig. 11
D C
B A
641hsm12 Fig. 12
17 14
15 16
12 13
641hsm14 Fig. 14
Thermostat
Potentiometer value 10 kΩ 0Ω
Switching threshold: contact closed 21°C 5°C
Switching threshold: contact open 18°C 2°C
C D
B
A
641hsm15 Fig. 15
Refitting
– Proceed in reverse order to the removal operations. 621hsm03 Fig. 18
621hsm04 Fig. 19
Heating radiator
– Remove the upper and lower side trims.
– Remove the fuse and relay box.
– Remove the fan left-hand side cover.
– Remove the fuse box support plate (Fig. 20).
– Remove the 2 dashboard support screws (Fig. 21).
– Remove the 4 steering column support screws
(Fig. 22).
– Disconnect the radiator piping (Fig. 23).
621hsm07 Fig. 22
621hsm08 Fig. 23
Refitting
Proceed in reverse order to the removal operations.
Note: On tilting the bracket forwards, reposition the
brake pedal rods correctly in the master cylinders.
621hsm11 Fig. 26
621hsm12 Fig. 27
Checks - Inspections
Tapping points
They are located on the compressor (18) (Fig. 28). 641hsm16 Fig. 28
Test conditions
– Clean air filter.
Quantity of oil to be
– Engine running at 2 000 rpm. Maintenance on AC circuit
added
– Fan at low speed. Condenser replacement 30 ml
– Thermostat set to maximum. Evaporator replacement 30 ml
– Circuit charged to 1 650 g. Drier reservoir replacement 15 ml
– Operating time prior to testing: 5 to 10 minutes. Pipe replacement 10 ml
– Absence of air bubbles (to be checked on drier
indicator). When replacing the compressor, 40 cm³ of PAG 244 oil
must be added on charging the circuit (reference
Values at ambient temperature of 20°C n° 60 05 014 466).
Low pressure: 0,2 bar ± 0,2.
High pressure: 8 bar ± 1. Diagnostics - Preliminary operations
Pulsed air temperature: 6°C ± 2 (at nozzle outlets). The ambient temperature is important for effective testing.
Where possible, check the air conditioning circuit at an
Values at ambient temperature of 35°C
ambient temperature of 20°C (if necessary, turn on the
Low pressure: 2 bar ± 0,2. heating in the cab in cold weather).
High pressure: 21 bar ± 1.
Pulsed air temperature 9°C ± 2 (at nozzle outlets).
Quantity of oil to be added on a maintenance action
N.B.: Measure the quantity of oil collected on
draining. On refilling, add the same quantity of new oil
plus the amount lost from the replaced component.
Diagnostics
Cooling malfunction
- Check the fuses on the cab and - Check the thermostat probe
- Check the proper triggering of the - Check the condition and tension
on the instrument panel
thermostat (max temperature) of the compressor belt.
- Check the ventilation switch
- Check the proper operation of the - Check the operation of the
- Check the thermostat
compressor clutch compressor (spindle seizing
- Check the pressure switch
- Check the proper operation of the and clutch).
pressure switch - Repair or change any faulty part.
- Repair or change any faulty part.
Yes Yes
Yes
- Check the continuity of the - Check for proper operation of the Lack of coolant.
electric wiring Lack of coolant. Excess coolant. Pressure regulator Large quantity of air Compressor or clutch Partial restriction
thermostat at the appropriate Pressure regulator
- Check the connections Pressure regulator Pressure regulator blocked open. present on the circuit. malfunction. between the compressor
trigger thresholds. blocked closed.
- Check for proper earthing blocked closed. blocked open. Check and repair.. Check and repair.. Check and repair.. outlet and the pressure
- Change it if it is faulty. Dehydrator saturated.
(cab, compressor) Dehydrator saturated. Bad condenser regulator inlet.
Check and repair. Check and repair.. cooling (motor fan). Check and repair..
Check and repair..
No Does the
No Does the problem persist ?
problem persist ?
Yes
Yes
Visually inspect the coolant circuit :
- Check for the presence of air bubbles
- Check the compressor clutch. on the dehydrator indicator.
- Check for clamped or blocked hoses
(after removing/installing).
- Check for the absence of leaks in the
entire circuit.
- Repair or change any faulty part. Does the No
Does the Yes
problem persist ? problem persist ?
Yes
No
END END
641hsn02_fr Fig. 29
Warning!
Heptane
Nettoyant de surface
Surface cleaning
er
Oberflachenreing
smiddel
Opperviokle reinging
iale
Detergente superfic
ie
Limpiador de superfic
de limpero de superficie
Producto
Removal
2 3
Remove:
– The windscreen wiper blade (1).
– The front worklights (2).
– The sun blind (3).
1
Wear cut-resistant protective gloves and
safety goggles.
841hsm42 Fig. 14
– Apply the activator in the bottle with the yellow cap (6)
to the black edge of the windscreen.
– Do not apply to the glass (wipe off if applied
accidentally, risk of marking the glass).
– Wipe with a clean, lint-free cloth.
841hsm47 Fig. 18
Applying primer
– Shake the bottle with the green cap (7) until you hear
the balls rattling and for at least one minute. 7
– Use a round brush to paint the black edge of the
windscreen (where the bead of sealant will be applied).
N.B.: This product is beneficial to sealant adhesion
and protects the metal parts stripped bare on cutting
away the old sealant against rust. It will also protect
the two-pack sealant from the sun's ultraviolet rays.
– Coat the rebate of the cab windscreen frame with the
same product at the points where the paint has been
removed on cutting away the old seal.
– Leave to dry for approximately 15 minutes.
– Dry with a hot air blower if the temperature is too low.
– Stick the cushion pads (P/N 60 05 020 197) to the
frame rebate (Fig. 21). 841hsm48 Fig. 19
841hsm49 Fig. 20
1 2 3
10 4
8 7 6
9 5
841hsm50 Fig. 21
841hsm52 Fig. 23
12
841hsm53 Fig. 24
841hsm55 Fig. 26
841hsm56 Fig. 27
1 2 3
8 4
7 6 5
841hsm60 Fig. 31
1 Round brush.
60 05 020 189
Two-pack windscreen sealant kit (450 ml) 2 Component "A" cartridge.
3 Nozzle to be cut.
2
5
3
4
6 7
Set of long blades (to remove windscreen) Set of short blades (to cut away seal)
Heptane
e
Nettoyant de surfac
Surface cleaning
r
Oberflachenreinge
ngsmiddel
Opperviokle reingi
ente super ficiale
Deterg
ficie
Limpiador de super
ro de superficie
Producto de limpe
77 11 132 317
Lifting kit
Characteristics
Consult the plate (A) to determine the lift type.
Parts list
1 Front cover. 20 Flexible pin ø 10 x 40.
2 RH side rail. 21 Bolts, HM 18 x 130.
3 LH side rail. 22 Nut M 18.
4 Angle bracket (welded to 826 Full Powershift). 23 Bolts, HM 10 x 45.
5 Top link support. 24 Nut M 10.
6 Top link bar. 25 Bolts, HM 10 x 20.
7 Top link pin. 26 Bolts, HM 20 x 50.
8 Cylinders. 27 Lockwasher.
9 Right arm. 28 Bolts, HM 22 x 70.
10 Left arm. 29 Lockwasher.
11 Ball joint category 3/2. 30 Nut HM 22.
12 Locking pin, ø 30 x 100. 31 Bolts, HM 18 x 50.
13 Cylinder pin. 32 Lockwasher.
14 Pin, ø 40 x 565. 33 Bolts, HM 18 x 70.
15 Compensation bar. 34 Bolts, HM 18 x 60.
16 Wear bush. 35 Thrust bar GTA 3130.
17 Spacer. 36 Thrust bar GTA 1040.
18 Washer. 37 Bolts, HM 14 x 90.
19 Pin 8 x 42. 38 Nut M 14.
39 Bolts, HM 20 x 40.
40 Bolts, HM 16 x 50.
Exploded view
32
31
2
31
32
A
4 34
32
32
3
32
31 34
29
7
5
33
6
9 31
11
28
19
8 27
16 26
14
24
30 25
27
26
15
13
22
25
19
23
18
13
20
21
11
18
10 12
17
26
40
38
37
28
35
38
39
37
28
36
411hsm01 Fig. 1
Tightening torques
Front lifts MX R 28, R 38 and R 53.
Important: All the screws must be fitted with Loctite Frenetanch (242).
24 daN.m
24 daN.m
24 daN.m
4 daN.m
24 daN.m
45 daN.m
34 daN.m
34 daN.m
4 daN.m
4 daN.m
24 daN.m
411hsm02 Fig. 2
34 daN.m
17 daN.m
11 daN.m
45 daN.m
34 daN.m
11 daN.m
45 daN.m
411hsm03 Fig. 3
401msm03 Fig. 4
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
Test conditions
Pressure Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
Characteristics
Frenetanch (242) 13
5 ± 0,7 daN.m 16
15
Frenetanch (242) 9
4
10
3
17 Frenetanch (242)
2 15 ± 3 daN.m
18
1 14 Frenetanch (242)
5 ± 0,7 daN.m
12 Frenetanch (242)
7 11 15 ± 3 daN.m
6 Frenetanch (242)
26 ± 4 daN.m
22
7
8
21
20
19
421hsm01 Fig. 5
Parts list
1 Unit. 12 Screw.
2 Support. 13 Screw.
3 Screw. 14 Screw.
APPLY: 4 punch marks. 15 Universal joint shaft.
4 Guard. APPLY: 4 points of Loctite Scelbloc (648) on the flanges.
5 Screw. 16 Flange.
6 Screw. APPLY: 4 points of Loctite Scelbloc (648).
7 Grid. 17 Screw.
8 Protector. 18 Hollow key.
9 Screw. 19 Screw.
10 Hydraulic controlled dry clutch. TIGHTENING: See the engine chapter.
11 Flange. 20 Washer.
APPLY: 4 points of Loctite Scelbloc (648). 21 Coupling pulley.
22 Screw.
Removal of housing
– Take out the pins (25) in order to remove the lift
cylinders (Fig. 6).
– Loosen the screws (26) then remove the bar (27) 15
(Fig. 6).
– Then remove the screws (6) to dismantle the housing-
support unit.
– Take the support housing apart by removing the
screws (3).
Refitting
– Reassemble in the opposite order to the dismantling
operations, observing the instructions given in the list.
421hsm03 Fig. 7
10
421hsm04 Fig. 8
1 2 3 4 5 11 12 13
11 8
16
3
421msm06 Fig. 9
17
Removing the clutch
– Remove the hub (1) from the housing (15) using a
press.
– Take out the holding spring (6) then remove the lining.
– Identify the piston (8) in relation to the hub (1).
– To replace the seals, take out bearing (12) then remove
the central flexible ring (11) holding the piston (8)
compressed using a press.
– Refit the assembly in reverse order to removal.
Note: To position the flexible ring (11), it is imperative to
place the grooves in alignment and us the press to
compress the springs (Fig. 9). 7 6 8 9 10 14 12 15
Parts list
1 Clutch hub. 421msm02 Fig. 10
2 Return spring.
3 Grooves. 12 15
4 Seal.
5 O-ring.
6 Holding spring. 14
7 Lining. 5 6
8 Piston. 8 9
9 Seal.
2 16
10 Flange.
11 Outer flexible ring.
12 Bearing. 1
13 Shims. 17
14 Inner flexible ring. Frenetanch
15 Clutch housing. (242)
16 Retaining washer.
17 Assembly screw. 10 11 13
4 7
3
421msm03 Fig. 11
1
12 10 Rectijoint (518)
2
3
4
5
8
3
4
11
9
9 2
2 3
3 7
8 8
4
6
3
2
13
9
14
15
3
2
1
421msm04 Fig. 12
Parts list
1 Caps. 6 Input shaft. 11 Breather.
2 Inner circlips. 7 Output shaft. 12 Plug.
3 Bearings. 8 Pinions. 13 Level plug.
4 Hollow keys. 9 Lipped seals. 14 Drain plug.
5 Countershaft. 10 Cover. 15 Casing.
Removal
Take out the seals, remove the circlips then remove the shafts, bearings and pinions.
a e
d
c
421hsm05 Fig. 13
Parts list
a Supply coming from the filter. d Return from brake boosters.
b Towards accumulator. e Return to the casing.
c To gearbox control.
This sheet is intended to be duplicated and completed for each operation on the tractor. If you have to send it to the
manufacturer's after sales service, it is essential to indicate:
Test conditions
Pressure Measured value
Oil temperature at 60°C
3 Pressure regulator.
4 Tank 20 l.
5 Manual bleed valve.
6 Pressure indicator.
7 Solenoid valve (controlled by the stop switches).
FUNCTION: For better reactivity from the system.
8 Principal control valve.
9 Trailer control valve.
10 Black coupling head.
11 Yellow coupling head.
12 Red coupling head.
13 Handbrake [valve (8) control].
14 Brake master cylinder [valve (8) control].
15 Brake fluid reserve.
16 Bleed valve on trailer brake valve control.
17 Towards hydraulic braking valve control
(according to equipment).
16
6
15
14
5
3 4
2
9
17
5
8
3
4
13
11
10
2
12
373msm01
Pneumatic circuit
3
1
4
7
3
2
2
1
9
8 bar
13
8
5
3
4
3
21
41
42
2
1-2
14
3
1
12
11
10
1
8 bar
0 bar
5 bar
373msm02
With the engine running and trailer connected, service brakes applied
Schematic diagram
16
6
15
14
5
3 4
2
9
17
5
8
3
4
13
11
10
2
12
373msm03
Pneumatic circuit
3
1
4
3
2
2
1
9
8 bar
13
8
5
3
4
3
21
1-2
41
42
2
14
3
1
12
11
10
1
8 bar
8 bar
0 bar
373msm04
With the engine running and trailer connected, hand brake applied
Schematic diagram
16
6
15
14
5
3 4
2
9
17
5
8
3
4
13
11
10
2
12
373msm05
Pneumatic circuit
3
1
4
7
3
2
2
1
9
8 bar
13
8
5
3
4
3
21
41
42
2
1-2
14
3
1
12
11
10
1
8 bar
8 bar
0 bar
373msm06
3
4
8
10
11
12
10
11 9
12 7
14
1
2
8
3
4
373hsm00
2
14
7
3
9
4
8
10
11
12
373msm01
Compressor
1
Parts list
1 Air intake.
2 Discharge.
3 Tightening torque 20 daN.m.
2
Pressure regulator
Parts list
4 Supply coming from the compressor.
5 Output towards tank.
6 Pneumatic inflation socket.
7 Discharge circuit.
3
Tank
373msm07
Parts list
8 Bleed valve.
9 Towards pressure indicator.
10 Towards solenoid valve.
11 Supply coming from the pressure regulator.
4 5
373msm08
10
11
8
373msm09
Solenoid valve
When it is turned on it enables pressure to be kept on standby at
the principal checking valve output. 13
Parts list
16 Supply coming from the tank. 12 15
17 Principal checking valve supply.
18 Electricity supply coming from the stop swtch.
373msm10
18
16
17
373msm11
19
24 20 21 22
373msm13
26
24
373msm15
60 05 705 076
Pressure gauge
A1 – INJECTION FEED
A2 – ENGINE TIER II
Chapter A
CHECKING PROCEDURE
CHECKING PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................................A0.2
MEASUREMENT SHEET
MEASUREMENT SHEET................................................................................................................................................A0.7
A1 – INJECTION FEED
IDENTIFICATION
INJECTION PUMPS IDENTIFICATION ..........................................................................................................................A1.2
TIGHTENING TORQUES
TIGHTENING TORQUES................................................................................................................................................A1.3
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
PRE-FILTER....................................................................................................................................................................A1.5
FUEL FILTER ..................................................................................................................................................................A1.6
INJECTION PUMP ..........................................................................................................................................................A1.7
INJECTORS ....................................................................................................................................................................A1.9
SITUATION OF THE DIFFERENT SENSORS..............................................................................................................A1.10
CHECKS/ADJUSTMENTS
ACCELERATOR CONTROL ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................................A1.12
ADJUSTING THE ENGINE INJECTOR ........................................................................................................................A1.13
SUPPLY PRESSURE CHECK ......................................................................................................................................A1.14
DIAGNOSTICS
SHEET N° 1 "ENGINE START-UP DEFECT" ...............................................................................................................A1.20
SHEET N° 2 "IRREGULAR ENGINE OPERATION" .....................................................................................................A1.21
SHEET N° 3 "GREY OR BLACK SMOKE EMISSION" .................................................................................................A1.22
SHEET N° 4 "WHITE SMOKE EMISSION" ...................................................................................................................A1.23
SHEET N° 5 "CHECK THE FUEL FEED CIRCUIT" ......................................................................................................A1.24
A2 – ENGINE TIER II
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
IDENTIFICATION OF THE ENGINES.............................................................................................................................A2.2
ENGINES 6 CYLINDERS ................................................................................................................................................A2.3
DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES ....................................................................................................................................A2.4
CYLINDER BLOCK .........................................................................................................................................................A2.7
LINERS AND PISTONS ..................................................................................................................................................A2.8
CONNECTING RODS .....................................................................................................................................................A2.9
CRANKSHAFT, BEARINGS AND FLYWHEEL.............................................................................................................A2.10
CAMSHAFT ...................................................................................................................................................................A2.11
DISTRIBUTION .............................................................................................................................................................A2.12
LUBRICATION...............................................................................................................................................................A2.13
COOLING ......................................................................................................................................................................A2.14
TURBOCHARGER ........................................................................................................................................................A2.15
TIGHTENING TORQUES
FRONT CHASSIS / ENGINE LINK................................................................................................................................A2.16
ENGINE/TRANSMISSION LINK....................................................................................................................................A2.16
CRANKSHAFT WITH STRAIGHT FRONT END ...........................................................................................................A2.19
CRANKSHAFT WITH TAPERING FRONT END...........................................................................................................A2.19
CHECKS/ADJUSTMENTS
CHECKING COMPRESSION........................................................................................................................................A2.20
CHECK OF ENGINE OIL PRESSURE..........................................................................................................................A2.20
CHECK OF VALVE LIFT (ENGINE COLD) ...................................................................................................................A2.21
VALVE CLEARANCE (ENGINE COLD) ........................................................................................................................A2.21
REMOVAL/REFITTING
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS......................................................................................................................................A2.25
SEPARATE ENGINE/FRONT AXLE .............................................................................................................................A2.26
SEPARATE ENGINE/GEARBOX ..................................................................................................................................A2.28
ENGINE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS ...............................................................................................................A2.30
CYLINDER HEAD..........................................................................................................................................................A2.31
CAMSHAFT ...................................................................................................................................................................A2.35
CYLINDER BLOCK .......................................................................................................................................................A2.36
LINERS..........................................................................................................................................................................A2.37
PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS..........................................................................................................................A2.40
CRANKSHAFT, BEARINGS, AND FLYWHEEL............................................................................................................A2.47
CHANGING THE FRONT BEARING SEAL ..................................................................................................................A2.53
CAMSHAFT, BALANCER SHAFTS AND DISTRIBUTOR ............................................................................................A2.55
LUBRICATION...............................................................................................................................................................A2.62
COOLING ......................................................................................................................................................................A2.68
TURBOCHARGER ........................................................................................................................................................A2.74
DIAGNOSTIC SHEETS
"EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION" SHEET ................................................................................................................A2.75
INSPECTION PROCEDURE OF THE CYLINDER HEAD GASKET.............................................................................A2.76
"ENGINE OIL PRESSURE TOO HIGH" SHEET ...........................................................................................................A2.77
CHECKING PROCEDURE OF THE HIGH OIL PRESSURE IN THE CRANKCASE ....................................................A2.78
"ENGINE OIL PRESSURE TOO LOW" SHEET ............................................................................................................A2.79
"COOLANT TEMPERATURE TOO HIGH" SHEET .......................................................................................................A2.80
"COOLANT TEMPERATURE TOO LOW" SHEET........................................................................................................A2.81
FAILURE SEARCHING PROCEDURE OF CYLINDER HEAD SEAL...........................................................................A2.82
TOOLS
ENGINE TOOLS............................................................................................................................................................A2.86
B1 – GBA 10 GEARBOX
B3 – GBA 31 GEARBOX
(FULL POWERSHIFT)
B4 – GBA 31 LOW-PRESSURE
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
(FULL POWERSHIFT)
Chapter B
B1 – GBA 10 GEARBOX
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
MEANING OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEM DESIGNATIONS..........................................................................................B1.2
INTRODUCTION TO THE GBA 10 .................................................................................................................................B1.3
TRANSMISSION KINEMATICS ......................................................................................................................................B1.4
GTA 1041 OVERDRIVE ..................................................................................................................................................B1.5
GTA 1042 AND 42+ OVERDRIVE...................................................................................................................................B1.6
GTA 1044 OVERDRIVE ..................................................................................................................................................B1.7
GTA 1044 NON-OVERDRIVE .........................................................................................................................................B1.8
GBA 10 REMOVAL/REFITTING PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................B1.9
TIGHTENING TORQUE
ENGINE/GEARBOX COUPLING ..................................................................................................................................B1.11
GEARBOX/REAR AXLE COUPLING ............................................................................................................................B1.12
MAIN ADJUSTMENTS
MAIN ADJUSTMENTS ..................................................................................................................................................B1.14
REVERSHIFT
CLUTCH FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................................B1.15
SHUTTLE REVERSER OPERATION ...........................................................................................................................B1.16
FRONT CLUTCH
EXPLODED VIEW .........................................................................................................................................................B1.17
REMOVAL/REFITTING (STAGE 1 PAGE B1.9) ...........................................................................................................B1.18
REMOVAL .....................................................................................................................................................................B1.20
REFITTING....................................................................................................................................................................B1.21
ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................................................................B1.22
PREPARING FOR ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................B1.22
REAR CLUTCH
EXPLODED VIEW .........................................................................................................................................................B1.23
REMOVAL/REFITTING (STAGE 2 PAGE B1.9) ...........................................................................................................B1.24
REMOVAL .....................................................................................................................................................................B1.26
REFITTING THE EPICYCLIC GEAR SET ....................................................................................................................B1.27
REFITTING THE ASSEMBLY .......................................................................................................................................B1.28
GEARSHIFT COVER
GENERAL......................................................................................................................................................................B1.46
REMOVING/REFITTING THE COVER .........................................................................................................................B1.47
REPLACING THE RANGE PISTON SEALS .................................................................................................................B1.48
REMOVING AND REFITTING THE GEAR SELECTOR...............................................................................................B1.48
ADJUSTING THE FIELD/ROAD RANGE......................................................................................................................B1.49
GUIDE RODS
GENERAL......................................................................................................................................................................B1.50
EXPLODED VIEW .........................................................................................................................................................B1.50
REMOVING THE GUIDE RODS ...................................................................................................................................B1.51
REFITTING THE GUIDE RODS....................................................................................................................................B1.52
ADJUSTING THE FORKS.............................................................................................................................................B1.53
OUTPUT SHAFT
GENERAL......................................................................................................................................................................B1.54
EXPLODED VIEW .........................................................................................................................................................B1.55
REMOVING THE SHAFT (STAGE 4 PAGE B1.10) ......................................................................................................B1.56
REFITTING THE SHAFT...............................................................................................................................................B1.57
ADJUSTING THE SHAFT .............................................................................................................................................B1.58
INPUT SHAFT
GENERAL......................................................................................................................................................................B1.59
EXPLODED VIEW .........................................................................................................................................................B1.60
REMOVING THE SHAFT (STAGE 5 PAGE B1.10) ......................................................................................................B1.62
COUNTERSHAFT
GENERAL......................................................................................................................................................................B1.65
EXPLODED VIEW (STAGE 6 PAGE B1.10) .................................................................................................................B1.65
REMOVING THE SHAFT ..............................................................................................................................................B1.66
ADJUSTING THE SHAFT .............................................................................................................................................B1.67
REFITTING THE SHAFT...............................................................................................................................................B1.67
ADJUSTING THE BEARINGS.......................................................................................................................................B1.68
CRAWLER SPEEDS
GENERAL......................................................................................................................................................................B1.69
EXPLODED VIEW .........................................................................................................................................................B1.70
REMOVING/REFITTING THE HOUSING .....................................................................................................................B1.72
REMOVING, ADJUSTING AND REFITTING THE CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................B1.73
SETTING THE CONTROLS ..........................................................................................................................................B1.74
GENERAL
CHARACTERISTICS.......................................................................................................................................................B3.2
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM......................................................................................................B3.3
GEARBOX ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................................B3.4
OPERATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION ................................................................................................................B3.8
REPAIR
REPLACING THE INPUT SHAFT SEAL .......................................................................................................................B3.13
REMOVING THE GEARBOX COMPLETELY ...............................................................................................................B3.13
TIGHTENING TORQUES..............................................................................................................................................B3.14
GENERAL
OPERATION....................................................................................................................................................................B4.2
CHARACTERISTICS.......................................................................................................................................................B4.2
DESCRIPTION
TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT ........................................................................................................................B4.3
TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT LAYOUT ..............................................................................................................................B4.4
OIL FILTER......................................................................................................................................................................B4.6
THERMOSTATIC VALVE................................................................................................................................................B4.6
REPAIR
PUMP ("GEROTOR" TYPE)............................................................................................................................................B4.8
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE....................................................................................................................................B4.10
PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID VALVE ..........................................................................................................................B4.10
DISCHARGE VALVE.....................................................................................................................................................B4.11
TOOLS
LOW-PRESSURE HYDRAULICS AND GEARBOX TOOLS.........................................................................................B4.17
Chapter C
5" DIFFERENTIAL
GENERAL..................................................................................................................................................................... C1.14
REMOVING/REFITTING THE BEARINGS .................................................................................................................. C1.16
REMOVING/REFITTING THE DIFFERENTIAL CASE................................................................................................. C1.18
REMOVING/REFITTING THE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK................................................................................................. C1.20
REMOVING/REFITTING THE PLANET GEARS, SUN GEARS AND RING GEAR .................................................... C1.21
ADJUSTING THE BACKLASH ..................................................................................................................................... C1.22
SHIMMING THE DIFFERENTIAL CASE ROLLER BEARINGS................................................................................... C1.23
ND AXLE TUBES
GENERAL..................................................................................................................................................................... C1.26
REMOVAL .................................................................................................................................................................... C1.28
REFITTING................................................................................................................................................................... C1.29
REMOVING THE PLANET CARRIER.......................................................................................................................... C1.31
REFITTING THE PLANET CARRIER .......................................................................................................................... C1.31
REMOVING THE ROLLER BEARINGS AND SEALS.................................................................................................. C1.32
REFITTING THE ROLLER BEARINGS AND SEALS .................................................................................................. C1.32
SHIMMING THE WHEEL SHAFT BEARINGS ............................................................................................................. C1.33
REPLACING THE WHEEL STUD ................................................................................................................................ C1.33
5" DIFFERENTIAL
GENERAL..................................................................................................................................................................... C2.16
REMOVING/REFITTING THE BEARINGS .................................................................................................................. C2.18
REMOVING/REFITTING THE DIFFERENTIAL CASE................................................................................................. C2.20
REMOVING/REFITTING THE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK................................................................................................. C2.22
REMOVING/REFITTING THE PLANET GEARS, SUN GEARS AND RING GEAR .................................................... C2.23
ADJUSTING THE BACKLASH ..................................................................................................................................... C2.24
SHIMMING THE DIFFERENTIAL CASE ROLLER BEARINGS................................................................................... C2.25
C3 – SERVICE BRAKES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOOT BRAKE................................................................................................................................................................. C3.2
AUTOMATIC BRAKE
OPERATING PRINCIPLES ............................................................................................................................................ C4.2
EXPLODED VIEW OF CONTROL UNIT ........................................................................................................................ C4.4
EXPLODED VIEW OF BRAKE MECHANISM................................................................................................................ C4.5
REMOVING/REFITTING THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE ASSEMBLY ................................................................................ C4.6
REMOVING/REFITTING THE UNIT............................................................................................................................... C4.7
REMOVING/REFITTING THE PARKING BRAKE.......................................................................................................... C4.9
BASIC PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................................... C4.11
ADJUSTING THE PARKING BRAKE CONTROL ........................................................................................................ C4.12
PARK LOCK
GENERAL..................................................................................................................................................................... C4.14
REMARK ...................................................................................................................................................................... C4.14
OVERALL VIEW ........................................................................................................................................................... C4.15
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .............................................................................................................................................. C4.16
OPERATION................................................................................................................................................................. C4.18
REMOVING/REFITTING THE SAFETY SWITCH........................................................................................................ C4.20
SAFETY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ............................................................................................................................... C4.21
"INSPECTION RESULTS" SHEET............................................................................................................................... C4.22
HANDBRAKE
GENERAL..................................................................................................................................................................... C4.24
OPERATION................................................................................................................................................................. C4.24
EXPLODED VIEW ........................................................................................................................................................ C4.25
REMOVING AND REFITTING THE HANDBRAKE CASING ....................................................................................... C4.26
ADJUSTING THE HANDBRAKE CONTROL ............................................................................................................... C4.27
DIAGNOSING BRAKE DISC WEAR ............................................................................................................................ C4.27
REMARK ...................................................................................................................................................................... C4.28
TOOLS
GPA 40 REAR AXLE – GPA 30 REAR AXLE – SERVICE BRAKES – AUTOMATIC BRAKE – PARK LOCK –
HANDBRAKE .............................................................................................................................................................. C4.29
Chapter D
D1 – FRONT AXLE
DESCRIPTION
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS - RIGID AXLE ............................................................................................................ D1.2
DRIVE CHAIN................................................................................................................................................................. D1.4
REMOVAL/REFITTING
TIGHTENING TORQUES AND SEALANTS .................................................................................................................. D1.5
ADJUSTING THE WHEEL ALIGNMENT ....................................................................................................................... D1.7
REMOVAL/REFITTING
STEERING CYLINDER .................................................................................................................................................. D1.9
REMOVING THE REDUCTION GEAR AND WHEEL HUB ......................................................................................... D1.10
REFITTING THE REDUCTION GEAR AND WHEEL HUB .......................................................................................... D1.11
REMOVING THE WHEEL PIVOT ................................................................................................................................ D1.13
REFITTING THE WHEEL PIVOT ................................................................................................................................. D1.15
REFITTING THE ANGLE SENSOR ............................................................................................................................. D1.17
REMOVING THE BEVEL GEAR AND DIFFERENTIAL ............................................................................................... D1.18
DISASSEMBLING THE DIFFERENTIAL...................................................................................................................... D1.20
ADJUSTING THE PINION PROTRUSION DISTANCE................................................................................................ D1.20
SETTING THE BEVEL PINION PRELOAD.................................................................................................................. D1.21
ADJUSTING THE MESHING BACKLASH ................................................................................................................... D1.22
PRELOADING THE DIFFERENTIAL BEARING BLOCKS........................................................................................... D1.22
CHECKING THE SETTINGS........................................................................................................................................ D1.23
FINAL REASSEMBLY .................................................................................................................................................. D1.23
DESCRIPTION
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS - RIGID AXLE ............................................................................................................ D2.2
CHARACTERISTICS...................................................................................................................................................... D2.4
REMOVAL/REFITTING
TIGHTENING TORQUES AND SEALANTS .................................................................................................................. D2.5
ADJUSTING THE WHEEL ALIGNMENT ....................................................................................................................... D2.7
REMOVAL/REFITTING
STEERING CYLINDER .................................................................................................................................................. D2.9
EPICYCLIC REDUCTION GEAR AND WHEEL HUB .................................................................................................. D2.10
REMOVING THE EPICYCLIC REDUCTION GEAR .................................................................................................... D2.11
REMOVING THE WHEEL HUB.................................................................................................................................... D2.11
WHEEL PIVOT AND UPPER ARM .............................................................................................................................. D2.12
REMOVING THE ANGLE SENSOR............................................................................................................................. D2.13
REMOVING THE WHEEL PIVOTS .............................................................................................................................. D2.13
REMOVING THE UPPER ARM.................................................................................................................................... D2.17
SUSPENSION CYLINDER AND LOWER ARM ........................................................................................................... D2.18
REMOVING THE TORSION BAR ................................................................................................................................ D2.19
REMOVING THE LOWER ARM................................................................................................................................... D2.20
REFITTING THE LOWER ARM ................................................................................................................................... D2.20
REFITTING THE TORSION BAR................................................................................................................................. D2.23
REFITTING THE UPPER ARM .................................................................................................................................... D2.24
UNIVERSAL SHAFTS .................................................................................................................................................. D2.24
REFITTING THE WHEEL PIVOTS............................................................................................................................... D2.28
REFITTING THE WHEEL HUB .................................................................................................................................... D2.29
REFITTING THE EPICYCLIC REDUCTION GEAR ..................................................................................................... D2.29
REFITTING THE SUSPENSION POSITION SENSOR................................................................................................ D2.30
SETTING THE SUSPENSION SENSORS................................................................................................................... D2.31
LOCALLY MADE TEST HARNESS.............................................................................................................................. D2.32
CALIBRATING THE SUSPENSION ............................................................................................................................. D2.33
REFITTING THE ANGLE SENSOR ............................................................................................................................. D2.34
FINAL STEPS............................................................................................................................................................... D2.34
BEVEL GEAR AND DIFFERENTIAL............................................................................................................................ D2.35
SECTIONAL VIEW ....................................................................................................................................................... D2.36
EXPLODED VIEW ........................................................................................................................................................ D2.37
DISASSEMBLING THE DIFFERENTIAL...................................................................................................................... D2.38
ELECTRIC CHECKS
CONTROL SWITCHES ................................................................................................................................................ D2.51
SUSPENSION CONTROL SOLENOIDS...................................................................................................................... D2.52
BREAKDOWN DIAGNOSIS
VALUES TO BE CHECKED ......................................................................................................................................... D2.53
INTERPRETING ERROR CODES ............................................................................................................................... D2.54
DESCRIPTION
GENERAL....................................................................................................................................................................... D3.2
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW OF THE 4-WHEEL DRIVE HOUSING (GPA 30 AXLE) .................................................... D3.3
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW OF THE 4-WHEEL DRIVE HOUSING (GPA 30 AXLE) .................................................... D3.4
EXPLODED VIEW OF THE 4-WHEEL DRIVE HOUSING (GPA 30 AXLE)................................................................... D3.5
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW OF THE 4-WHEEL DRIVE HOUSING (GPA 40 AXLE) .................................................... D3.6
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW OF THE 4-WHEEL DRIVE HOUSING (GPA 40 AXLE) .................................................... D3.7
EXPLODED VIEW OF THE 4-WHEEL DRIVE HOUSING (GPA 40 AXLE)................................................................... D3.8
TOOLS
FRONT AXLE – 4 WD POWER TAKE-OFF HOUSING ............................................................................................... D3.17
Chapter E
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTERISTICS.......................................................................................................................................................E1.2
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - QUADRISHIFT TRANSMISSION...........................................................................E1.5
COMPONENT LAYOUT - QUADRISHIFT TRANSMISSION ..........................................................................................E1.6
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - FULL POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION .................................................................E1.7
COMPONENT LAYOUT - FULL POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION.................................................................................E1.8
SECTIONAL VIEW OF GPA 40 REAR AXLE ...............................................................................................................E1.10
SECTIONAL VIEW OF GPA 30 REAR AXLE
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTERISTICS.......................................................................................................................................................E2.2
GENERAL HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF 100 L "LOAD SENSING" CLOSED-CENTRE CIRCUIT...................E2.5
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - QUADRISHIFT TRANSMISSION...........................................................................E2.6
EXTERIOR VIEW OF THE RIGHT-HAND COVER.........................................................................................................E2.8
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR VIEW OF THE RIGHT-HAND COVER..............................................................................E2.9
DESCRIPTION OF THE CIRCUIT SELECTOR (LOAD SENSING SIGNAL) ...............................................................E2.10
TOOLS
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT TOOLING .................................................................................................................................E2.36
Chapter F
CHAPTER F
ELECTRICITY.........................................................................................................F
Abbreviations:
+AVC = Constant source
+APC = Ignition source
Ar (Rr) = rear
Av (Frt) = Front
Cde = Controls
D (RH) = Right(-hand)
Deh = Electrohydraulic spool valve
Ev = Solenoid valve
Ext = Outer/outside/exterior
G (LH) = Left(-hand)
Hdc = Top of cab
Int = Inner/inside/interior
Odb = Onboard computer
Pot = Potentiometer
Tdb = Instrument panel/dashboard
Temp = Temperature
Reh = Electrohydraulic lift
Chapter G
G1 – INSTRUMENT PANEL
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
DESCRIPTION OF PANEL ............................................................................................................................................ G1.2
ALLOCATION OF LIGHT BULBS TO INDICATOR LIGHTS.......................................................................................... G1.3
CHARACTERISTICS
INDICATOR OPERATION.............................................................................................................................................. G1.4
WARNING LIGHTS (RED) ............................................................................................................................................. G1.9
SECONDARY WARNING LIGHTS (ORANGE)............................................................................................................ G1.10
OTHER INDICATOR LIGHTS ...................................................................................................................................... G1.10
INPUT/OUTPUT BY FUNCTION (REV COUNTER, VARIOUS SPEEDS AND HOUR COUNTER)............................ G1.11
INPUT/OUTPUT BY FUNCTION (GAUGE AND TEMPERATURE)............................................................................. G1.12
INPUTS/OUTPUTS RELATING TO RED LIGHTS....................................................................................................... G1.13
INPUTS/OUTPUTS RELATING TO OTHER LIGHTS.................................................................................................. G1.14
CONNECTION AND FUNCTIONS OF THE WIRES OF THE SINGLE CONNECTOR "JX1"...................................... G1.15
CONNECTION AND FUNCTIONS OF THE WIRES OF THE DOUBLE CONNECTOR "JX2" .................................... G1.16
TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (17 BAR)............................................................................................... G1.18
BLOCKAGE INDICATOR ............................................................................................................................................. G1.18
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR ............................................................................................................................ G1.18
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................................................................................... G1.18
SPEED SENSORS ....................................................................................................................................................... G1.19
REMOVAL/REFITTING
CONNECTORS "JX1" AND "JX2" ................................................................................................................................ G1.20
CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION OVER 100 METRES............................................................................................................................ G1.21
OTHER OPERATIONS................................................................................................................................................. G1.22
DESCRIPTION
TCE 15/TCE 25 .............................................................................................................................................................. G2.2
ACCESS TO THE INSTALLED SOFTWARE VERSION (TCE 15 OR TCE 25) ............................................................ G2.3
G3 – TRANSMISSION/AXLE CONTROL
DRIVETRONIC III
LOCATION OF THE LS 100 L/MIN COMPONENTS AND SENSORS .......................................................................... G3.3
LOCATION OF THE LS 110 L/MIN COMPONENTS AND SENSORS .......................................................................... G3.4
TOC, BOC SWITCHES AND ANGLE DETECTOR........................................................................................................ G3.5
DRIVETRONIC ELECTRONIC UNIT ............................................................................................................................. G3.5
SHUTTLE REVERSER LEVER CHARACTERISTICS (ILLUSTRATED IN NEUTRAL)................................................. G3.6
RANGE AND DECLUTCHING CONTROL..................................................................................................................... G3.6
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCHES ........................................................................................................................................ G3.7
QUADRISHIFT II (244) AND QUADRACTIV (245) CONTROL SWITCHES.................................................................. G3.8
SOLENOID VALVE......................................................................................................................................................... G3.9
CONTROL PRESSURE SWITCH ................................................................................................................................ G3.11
LUBRICATION/BOOST PRESSURE SWITCH, 3 BAR................................................................................................ G3.11
BLOCKAGE INDICATOR ............................................................................................................................................. G3.11
SPEED SENSORS ...................................................................................................................................................... G3.12
TEMPERATURE SENSOR .......................................................................................................................................... G3.12
ADJUSTMENT OF TOC, BOC AND ANGLE DETECTOR SWITCHES....................................................................... G3.13
STATIC CALIBRATION OF CLUTCHES...................................................................................................................... G3.14
ADJUSTING THE CALIBRATION PROCEDURES...................................................................................................... G3.16
INPUTS/OUTPUTS BY FUNCTIONS AND AUTOMATIC SYSTEMS.......................................................................... G3.17
STEERING ANGLE CALIBRATION ............................................................................................................................. G3.20
GENERAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM............................................................................................................................. G3.30
FULL POWERSHIFT
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS AND SENSORS ....................................................................................................... G3.37
LAYOUT ON THE REAR AXLE.................................................................................................................................... G3.40
FEATURES/SETTINGS................................................................................................................................................ G3.41
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCHES ...................................................................................................................................... G3.42
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF TC/RCC .......................................................................................................................... G3.48
G4 – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
DE 10 PUMP
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS AND SENSORS ......................................................................................................... G4.2
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE COMPONENTS............................................................................................................. G4.4
ADJUSTING THE ACCELERATOR DETECTOR ........................................................................................................ G4.12
DIAGNOSTIC HARNESS ............................................................................................................................................. G4.12
VP 44 PUMP
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS AND SENSORS ....................................................................................................... G4.14
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE COMPONENTS........................................................................................................... G4.15
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .............................................................................................................................................. G4.21
ADJUSTING THE ACCELERATOR DETECTOR ........................................................................................................ G4.25
DIAGNOSTIC HARNESS ............................................................................................................................................. G4.26
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTIONS OF THE ON-BOARD COMPUTER........................................................................................................... G5.2
OPERATING PRINCIPLES ............................................................................................................................................ G5.2
USE ................................................................................................................................................................................ G5.4
G6 – ELECTROPILOT
DESCRIPTION
CONTROLS.................................................................................................................................................................... G6.2
JOYSTICK CONNECTIONS........................................................................................................................................... G6.3
DC POWER SWITCH CONNECTIONS ......................................................................................................................... G6.3
CONNECTIONS ON MODULE ...................................................................................................................................... G6.4
ELECTROHYDRAULIC SPOOL VALVE ("DEH") .......................................................................................................... G6.5
REMOVAL/REFITTING
ELECTROHYDRAULIC SPOOL VALVE ("DEH") .......................................................................................................... G6.6
CONTROL HANDLE....................................................................................................................................................... G6.6
TOOLS
INSTRUMENT PANEL – ELECTRONIC LIFT (AND RADAR) – TRANSMISSION/AXLE CONTROL – ENGINE
MANAGEMENT – INFOTRAC AND ISO SOCKET – ELECTROPILOT....................................................................... G6.11
H2
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING
H3
BONDING THE WINDOWS
Chapter H
H1 – CAB LIFT
DESCRIPTION
IDENTIFICATION ........................................................................................................................................................... H1.2
RIGHT SIDE (LOCATION OF OPERATIONS)............................................................................................................... H1.3
LEFT SIDE (LOCATION OF OPERATIONS) ................................................................................................................. H1.4
REMOVAL/REFITTING
OPERATIONS 1 TO 4 .................................................................................................................................................... H1.6
PREPARING THE LIFTING BAR ................................................................................................................................... H1.6
INSTALLING THE LIFTING BAR ................................................................................................................................... H1.7
TAKING THE WEIGHT OF THE CAB ............................................................................................................................ H1.7
OPERATIONS 5 TO 6 .................................................................................................................................................... H1.7
OPERATIONS 7 TO 9 .................................................................................................................................................... H1.8
OPERATIONS 10 TO 12 ................................................................................................................................................ H1.9
OPERATIONS 13 TO 14 .............................................................................................................................................. H1.10
OPERATIONS 15 TO 18 .............................................................................................................................................. H1.11
OPERATION N° 19....................................................................................................................................................... H1.12
OPERATION N° 20....................................................................................................................................................... H1.13
OPERATION N° 21....................................................................................................................................................... H1.14
DESCRIPTION
CHARACTERISTICS...................................................................................................................................................... H2.2
DIAGRAM OF OPERATING PRINCIPLE....................................................................................................................... H2.4
CONTROL PANEL ......................................................................................................................................................... H2.5
REMOVAL/REFITTING
ENGINE LAYOUT........................................................................................................................................................... H2.6
CAB LAYOUT ................................................................................................................................................................. H2.8
HEATING RADIATOR UNIT AND FANS...................................................................................................................... H2.12
HEATING RADIATOR .................................................................................................................................................. H2.13
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................................................................................. H2.17
REMOVAL/REFITTING
WARNING! ..................................................................................................................................................................... H3.2
LIST OF EQUIPMENT TO USE – SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS ...................................................................................... H3.3
REMOVAL ...................................................................................................................................................................... H3.4
PREPARING THE WINDSCREEN BEFORE APPLYING PRIMER ............................................................................... H3.5
APPLYING PRIMER....................................................................................................................................................... H3.6
PREPARING THE TWO-PACK SEALANT..................................................................................................................... H3.7
REPLACING THE PLOUGHING WINDOW ................................................................................................................... H3.9
TOOLS
CAB LIFT – HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING – BONDING THE WINDOWS ............................................................... H3.11